Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
1
B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering
Course Curriculum & Syllabus (2013 ONWARDS)
1ST YEAR B.TECH
1ST SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 HU 101 Professional Communication 2 0 0 2
2 M 101 Mathematics-I 3 1 0 4
3 CH (BME)101 Engineering Chemistry 3 1 0 4
4 ME 101 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4
5 EE 101 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 0 4
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
6 HU 181 Students Project Presentation Laboratory 0 0 2 1
7 CH 191 Engineering Chemistry Practical 0 0 3 2
8 ME 194 Engineering Graphics 0 0 3 2
9 EE 191 Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 2
10 XC 181 Extra Curricular Activities (NSS/NCC) 0 0 2 1
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
26
2ND SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 M 201 Mathematics-II 3 1 0 4
2 PH 201 Physics-I 3 0 0 3
3 CH 201 Environment & Ecology 3 0 0 3
4 EC 201 Elements of Electronics Engineering 3 1 0 4
5 BME(CS) 201 Introduction to Programming 3 0 0 3
6 HU 201 Value & Ethics in Profession 3 0 0 3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
7 PH 291 Physics-I Lab 0 0 3 2
8 ME 293 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 2
9 BME(CS) 291 Introduction to Programming Laboratory 0 0 3 2
10 EC 291 Elements of Electronics Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 2
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
28
2
2ND YEAR B.TECH
3RD SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 M (BME) 301 Biomathematics & Biostatistics 3 1 0 4
2 PH (BME) 301 Physics-II 3 0 0 3
3 BME 301 Engineering Physiology & Anatomy 3 1 0 4
4 BME (EE) 302 Circuit Theory & Networks 3 0 0 3
5 BME (EC) 303 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 0 0 3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
6 PH (BME) 391 Physics-II Laboratory 0 0 3 2
7 BME 391 Engineering Physiology & Anatomy Laboratory 0 0 3 2
8 BME (EE) 392 Circuits & Networks Laboratory 0 0 3 2
9 BME (EC) 393 Analog Electronic Circuits Laboratory 0 0 3 2
10 HU 381 Personality Development Laboratory 0 0 3 2
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
27
4TH SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 BME 401 Biomechanics 3 0 0 3
2 BME 402 Biophysical Signals & Systems 3 0 0 3
3 BME (EC) 403 Digital Electronics & Integrated Circuits 3 1 0 4
4 BME(CS) 404 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 3 0 0 3
5 BME 405 Biomaterials 3 1 0 4
6 HU 401 Engineering Economics & Management 3 0 0 3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
7 BME 491 Biomaterials & Biomechanics Laboratory 0 0 3 2
8 BME 492 Biophysical Signals & Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 2
9 BME (EC) 493 Digital Electronics & Integrated Circuits Laboratory 0 0 3 2
10 BME(CS) 494 Programming Practices Laboratory 0 0 3 2
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
28
3
3RD YEAR B.TECH
5TH SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 BME 501 Biomedical Instrumentation 3 1 0 4
2 BME 502 Biosensors & Transducers 3 1 0 4
3 BME 503 Biomedical Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3
4 BME 504 Medical Imaging Techniques 3 0 0 3
5 Electives (PE)
BME 505A
BME 505B
BME 505C
Control Engineering
Biophysics & Biochemistry
Modelling of Physiological Systems
3
0
0
3
6 Electives (OE)
BME(CS) 506A
BME(CS) 506B
BME(EC) 506C
Data Structure & Algorithm
Soft-computing
VLSI & Embedded System
3 0 0 3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
7 BME 591 Biomedical Instrumentation Laboratory 0 0 3 2
8 BME 592 Biosensors & Transducers Laboratory 0 0 3 2
9 BME 593 Biomedical Digital Signal Processing Laboratory 0 0 3 2
10 Electives (OE)
BME(CS) 596A
BME(CS) 596B
BME(EC) 596C
Data Structure & Algorithm Laboratory
Soft-computing Laboratory
VLSI & Embedded System Laboratory
0 0 3 2
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS 28
4
6TH SEMESTER
THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 BME 601 Analytical & Diagnostic Equipments 3 0 0 3
2 BME 602 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers 3 1 0 4
3 BME 603 Advanced Imaging Systems 3 0 0 3
4 Electives (PE)
BME 604A
BME 604B
BME 604C
Communication Systems
Bionanotechnology
Tissue Engineering
3
0
0
3
5 Electives (OE)
BME(EE) 605A
BME(EE) 605B
BME(IT) 605C
Electrical & Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation
Fuzzy Control & Systems
Software Engineering
3 0 0 3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
6 BME 691 Biomedical Equipments Laboratory 0 0 3 2
7 BME 692 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Laboratory 0 0 3 2
8 Electives (PE)
BME 693A
BME 693B
BME 693C
Communication Systems Laboratory
Bionanotechnology Laboratory
Tissue Engineering Laboratory
0
0
3
2
9 BME 694 Group Discussion & Seminar 0 0 2 1
Hospital Training
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
23
5
4TH YEAR B.TECH
7TH SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 BME 701 Therapeutic Equipments 3 0 0 3
2 BME 702 Medical Image Processing 3 0 0 3
3 BME 703 Artificial Organ & Rehabilitation Engineering 3 0 0 3
4 Electives (PE)
BME 704A
BME 704B
BME 704C
Biological Control Systems
Biotelemetry & Telemedicine
BioMEMs
3 0 0 3
5 Electives (OE)
BME(ME) 705A
BME(ME) 705B
BME(EC) 705C
Engineering System Modeling & Simulation
Medical Robotics & Automation
Lasers & Optics in Medicine
3 0 0 3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
6 BME 791 Medical Instruments & Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 2
7 BME 792 Medical Image Processing Laboratory 0 0 3 2
8 BME 793 Project Part-I 0 0 3 2
Industrial Training
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
21
6
8TH SEMESTER
A. THEORY
SL.
NO.
PAPER CODE PAPER CONTACT HRS/WEEK
L T P C
1 BME801 Design Concept & Maintenance of Biomedical Instruments 3 0 0 3
2 BME802 Hospital Engineering & Management 3 0 0 3
3 BME803 Biomedical Hazards & Safety 3 0 0 3
4 Electives (OE)
BME 804A
BME 804B
BME 804C
Radiotherapy & Nuclear Medicine
Bioinformatics
Body Area Networks
3
0
0
3
B. PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
6 BME 891 Seminar 0 0 3 2
7 BME 892 Project Part-II 0 0 6 4
8 BME 893 Grand Viva 2
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
20
Total No of Credits throughout 8 Semesters=201
7
Detailed Syllabus
B.Tech-1st Year-1st Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Professional Communication
Code: HU 101, Contacts: 2L, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
The aim of this course is to enable an individual to speak, read, and listen with understanding to simple current English and to
write a connected passage about a simple subject or incident. The following are the requirements that the course caters to:
1. To develop in the learners the ability to listen, read and understand English.
2. To train pupils’ ears to understand English uttered by speakers.
3. To help pupils read and analyse extensive texts for information, pleasure and enlightenment.
4. To help pupils reinforce grammatical points already taught.
5 To enable pupils speak good English.
6. To teach the basic tenses of present, past and future
7. To teach pupils to practice important writing techniques.
8. To develop in the learners the ability to promote the writing skill until they are able to write a complete paragraph and
are ready to do any writing required in the university or in life.
Course Outcome:
1. English acts as a link language. Therefore students acquire the ability to apply the knowledge acquired in other
subject areas like, Mathematics, BasicSciences, Engineering Sciences, Professional Subjects and Environmental
Issues.
2. Strong foundation in reading, writing, listening and speaking English language.
3. Expertise in understanding instructions, following rules, interpreting data which are made in English language.
4. Capacity to function in multi/inter-disciplinary teams with a spirit of tolerance, patience and understanding so
necessary for team work;
5. Competence to acquire knowledge on one’s own through libraries/data bases for contributing to knowledge
assimilation, creation, dissemination & life-long learning;
6. Better understanding and acceptance of professional, social, moral and ethical responsibilities and good knowledge of
contemporary issues;
7. Familiarity with the current social, poltical issues and confidence to freely express and share concerns about them.
8. Broad education necessary to get a perception of the impact of solutions provided for developmental issues in a
global/societal context;
9. Capacity for rational, objective, orderly and logical thinking and ability to communicate with fellow
professionals/society effectively in written/oral forms; and,
10. Good attitudes and skills in personnel management and maintenance of human relations, required in every ones
working life.
Topic No of
Periods
Fundamentals of Technical Communication : process of communication, language as a tool of
communication, levels of communication , flow of communication, barriers to communication,
communication across cultures; Technical Communication: meaning, significance, characteristics, difference
between technical and general communication.
4
Elements of Written Communication: words and phrases, word formation, synonyms and antonyms,
homophones, one word substitution, sentence construction, paragraph construction, tense, preposition, voice
change .
8
Forms of Technical Communication: business letters, job application letter and resume, business letters:
sales & credit letters, letters of enquiry, letters of quotation, order, claim and adjustment letters, official
letters: D.O. letters, government letters, letters to authorities, etc. ,
Technical Reports: general format of a report, formal and informal reports, memo report, progress report,
status report, survey report, trip report, trouble report, laboratory report, research papers, dissertations and
theses.
Technical Proposals: purpose, characteristics, types, structure.
8
8
Presentation Strategies: defining the subject, scope and purpose, analysing audience & locale, collecting
materials, preparing outlines, organising the contents, visual aids, nuances of delivery, extemporaneous,
manuscripts, impromptu, memorization and non- verbal strategies.
6
Value-based Text Reading:
(A) Study of the following essays from the text book with emphasis on writing skills:
1. The Thief by Ruskin Bond
2. The Open Window by Saki
3. Marriage is a private Affair by Chinua Achebe
4. The Moon in the Earthen Pot by Gopini Karunakar
4
Total 30
BOOKS - RECOMMENDED:
1. Board of Editors: Contemporary Communicative English for Technical Communication Pearson Longman, 2010
2. Dr. D. Sudharani: Manual for English Language Laboratory Pearson Education (W.B. edition), 2010
3. Technical Communication Principles and Practice by Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma (Oxford Higher Education)
4. Effective Technical Communication by Barun K.Mitra( Oxford Higher Education )
5. V. Sashikumar (ed.): Fantasy- A Collection of Short Stories Orient Black swan (Reprint 2006)
Mathematics-I
Code: M 101, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objectives:
The objectives of offering this course are
1. To make aware students about the importance and symbiosis between Mathematics and Engineering.
2. To achieve fluency with Mathematical tools, which is an essential weapon in modern Graduate Engineer’s armor.
3. To compute the rank and inverse of a matrix.
4. To solve the system of the algebraic equations.
5. To compute Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a given matrix.
6. To understand the geometrical interpretation of mean value theorems.
7. To compute the extreme values of a given function in two variables.
8. To evaluate double and triple integrals over a region.
9. To compute volume of solids between the surfaces.
10. To compute normal vector of a surface and angle between the surfaces.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course; student shall be able to
1. Be able to carry out matrix operations, including inverses and determinants.
2. Demonstrate understanding of linear independence, span, and basis.
3. Determine Eigenvalues and eigenvectors and solve problems involving Eigenvalues.
4. Use vector calculus to analyze scalar and vector fields and compute the gradient, divergence and curl.
5. Evaluate line, surface and volume integrals.
6. Apply Green’s Theorem, Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s theorem to evaluate integrals.
Topic No of
Periods
Module I
Matrix: Determinant of a square matrix, Minors and Cofactors, Laplace’s method of expansion of a
determinant, Product of two determinants, Adjoint of a determinant, Jacobi’s theorem on adjoint determinant.
Singular and non-singular matrices, Adjoint of a matrix, Inverse of a non-singular matrix and its properties,
orthogonal matrix and its properties, Trace of a matrix. Rank of a matrix and its determination using
elementary row and column operations. Solution of System of Linear equations, Eigenvalue & Eigenvector of
a square matrix, Caley Hamilton Theorem & Its Application.
10L
Module II
Calculus of functions of single variable: Successive differentiation : Higher order derivatives of a function
single variable, Leibnitz’s theorem(statements and its applications).Rolle’s theorem and its applications.
10L
9
Mean value theorem- Lagrange & Cauchy and their application, Taylor’s theorem with Lagrange’s and
Cauchy’s form of remainders and its application, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorem(Statements only),
Maclaurin’s infinite series expansion of functions: sinx, cosx , ex, log(1+x ), ( a+x)n , n being an positive
integer or a fraction (assuming that the remainder Rn →0 as n→∞ in each case). Reduction formulae both for
indefinite and definite integrals of types
are positive integers.
Module III
Calculus of functions of several variables: Introduction to functions of several variables with examples,
Knowledge of limit and continuity, Partial derivatives and related problems, Homogeneous functions and
Euler’s theorem and related problems up to three variables, Chain rules, Differentiation of implicit functions,
Total differentials and their related problems, Jacobians up to three variables and related problems, Maxima,
minima and saddle points of functions and related problems, Concept of line integrals, Double and triple
integrals.
8L
Module IV
Vector Calculus: Scalar and vector fields. Vector function of a scalar variable, Differentiation of a vector
function, Gradient of a scalar point function, Directional derivative. Divergence and curl of a vector point
function and related problems. Green’s Theorem, Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s Theorem
(Statements and Applications).
7L
Module V
Infinite Series: Preliminary idea of sequence, Infinite series and their convergences/divergences, Infinite
series of positive terms, Tests for convergence: Comparison test, Cauchy’s root test, D’Alembert’s ratio test
and Raabe’s test. Alternating series, Leibnitz’s test. Absolute convergence and Conditional convergence.
Power series (Definition and Examples).
5L
Total 40L
Suggested Text / Reference Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics 8e by Erwin Kreyszig is published by Wiley India.
2. Engineering mathematics: B.S.Grewal (S.Chand &Co.).
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics: John Bird (4th Edition, 1st India Reprint 2006,Elsevier.
4. Mathematics Handbook : for Science and Engineering,L.Rade and B.Westergen(5th edition,1st Indian Edition
2009,Springer)
5. Calculus :M.J.Strauss,G.L.Bradly and K.L.Smith (3PrdP,1PstP Indian Edition 2007,Pearson Education)
6. Engineering mathematics: S.S.Sastry (PHI,4PthP Edition,2008)
7. Advanced Engineering Mathematics,3E:J.L.Goldberg and E.F.Abonfadel (OUP),Indian Edition.
Engineering Chemistry
Code: CH (BME) 101, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objective:
The Objectives of the curriculum are listed below:
❖ Chemistry is the basis of technologies to produce materials which are essential for any manufacturing and
development of technologies. It aims at training engineers with knowledge of chemistry, regardless of their majors,
through basic chemistry subjects and basic experimentations. The course for BME stream has been generated
including the modules based on
▪ Polymer
▪ Phase rule, steel and alloy
▪ Biochemistry and analytical method
▪ Lubricants and catalysis
▪ Nano-materials and composite
❖ These modules have incorporated to provide students the fundamental knowledge of chemistry which is indispensible
for development of basic concept in their respective stream.
10
❖ Graduates will have sound training in chemistry that will facilitate successful pursuit of advanced degrees in related
fields.
❖ The graduates will have independent critical thinking and problem solving skills that can be applied to support
interdisciplinary teams that may include members from multidisciplinary field.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this curriculum students should be able to:
• Have more competency students with respect to global scenario
• Develop of innovative technologies based on different disciplines
• Have the fundamental knowledge for higher studies
• Motivate themselves in the field of interdisciplinary research
• Possess general awareness about the everyday’s life.
• Apply knowledge of chemistry in the respective field of their engineering discipline and to demonstrate an
understanding of applicable approaches, techniques and methods and an appreciation of their limitations
• Combine theory and practice to solve scientific, technical and practical problems.
Module Topic No of
Lectures
Module 1
Polymers
Introduction, classification, Hydrocarbon Molecules, Thermoplastic, Thermosetting Polymers.
Basic Concepts Molecular Weight, Polymer Crystallinity. Crystallization, Melting and glass
transition phenomena, Polymerization: addition, condensation, Copolymerization.
3L
Viscoelasticity, Deformation Fracture, Defects in Polymers.
Advanced polymeric material, Conductiong Polymers, Electrical Properties of Polymers. Liquid
Crystal Properties, Supramolecular chemistry
3L
Fabrication of Polymers i) Compression Moulding ii) Injection Moulding iii) Transfer Moulding
iv) Extrusion Moulding
2L
Synthesis, properties and uses of PE, PMMA, Formaldehyde based resin 1L
Module 2
Phase Rule and steels:
Gibbs Phase Rule, One Component System Water, Two Component System Iron-carbon
Equilibrium Diagram with Microstructures. Limitations & Application of Phase Rule. Plain
Carbon Steel, Limitations. Introduction to Alloy Steels, special steels. Principles of shape
memory effect & its applications.
4L
Alloys:
Alloys, Types of alloys, alloys of Al, Cu & Pb. Their composition properties and uses. Recent
advances in alloy related materials. Powder Metallurgy Methods of metal powder formation,
Metal ceramic powders Technology of Powder metallurgy. Applications of powder metallurgy.
3L
Module 3
Biochemistry:
Introduction, Types of Colloids, Characteristics of Colloidal Solution, Properties of Colloidal
Solution, Applications of colloidal system.
3L
Analytical Methods:
Classification of Chromatographic Methods, Technology used in chromatography, Isolation of
separated components (Elution).
3L
Spectroscopy:
Introduction, Concept of Photochemical Reaction, Absorption, Lambert-Beer’s Law, UV-
Spectroscopy, IR-Spectroscopy.
4L
Module 4
Lubricants:
Definition, classification, characteristic properties, problems on acid value and saponification
value. Theories of lubrication. Additives for lubricants, selection of lubricant.
3L
Catalysis:
Introduction, Importance of catalysts, Activation energy and catalysts. Molecular design for
catalysts, Molecular design by natural Zeolites, zeotypes, pillared clays, Metal complexes and
clusters, Oxide materials carbon materials,
4L
Module 5
Nano-materials:
Introduction to nano-materials.
Production methods for Carbon based nanomaterial: Graphite, Fullerenes, Carbon nanotubes,
4L
11
Nanowires, Nanocones, Haeckelites. Their electronic and mechanical properties, Applications
of nano materials in i) Medicine ii) Catalysis, Electrical and electronic properties
Composite Materials:
Introduction. Constitution, Characteristic properties, Classification of composite materials
Particle, fiber reinforced composites, structural composites, Application of composite materials.
3L
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry-Jain & Jain, dhanpat Rai
2. Engineering Chemistry-Dara & dara, S Chand
3. Sashi Chawla, A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai & Co.Pvt. Ltd.
4. Materials Science & Engineering – William Callister,
5. Chemistry of advanced materials- CNR Rao, RSC Pbl
6. P. C. Rakshit, Physical Chemistry, Sarat Book House (7th Edition).
7. P. Ghosh, Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Limited.
8. F.W.Billmeyer : Textbook of Polymer Science is published by Wiley India ( is now an Indian Imprint.)
9. Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Pearson Education (2nd Edition).
10. I. L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
11. Physical Chemistry, Atkins, 6th Edition, Oxford Publishers.
12. Organic Chemistry, Mark Loudon, 4th Edition, Oxford Publishers..
13. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, J. D. Lee, Black Well Science
Engineering Mechanics
Code: ME 101, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objective:
Ability to draw complete and correctly labeled Free Body Diagrams of rigid bodies or systems of rigid bodies in static
equilibrium, ability to compute the resultant of any number of concurrent forces in 2- or 3- dimensions, ability to compute the
dot product and cross product of two vectors, and demonstrate, understanding of the meaning of the results, ability to solve
particle equilibrium problems in 2- or 3- dimensions, ability to compute the moment generated by a force about any point in 2-
D space and ability to find support reactions for truss and frame/machine problems, ability to reduce a system of forces acting
on a rigid body to a single equivalent force and compute its point of application, Ability to solve rigid body equilibrium
problems in 2- or 3-dimensions for statically determinate systems, ability to compute frictional forces for sliding motion and
for belts/pulleys, ability to solve the tip/slip problem, ability to compute the centroid and the area moment of inertia of 2-D
bodies using the method of composite areas, ability to construct shear force and bending moment diagrams for systems of
concentrated forces and/or distributed loads acting on statically determinate beams, ability to solve for the internal forces
acting on any member of a pin-jointed truss structure or a frame/machine component, Ability to find the centroid and area
moment of inertia for 2-D shapes by the method of integration and ability to compute the moment about any axis in 3-D space
generated by a force or a system of forces.
Course Outcome:
Students will understand the basics of mechanics. They will acquire the knowledge of direction and quantity of various
mechanical parameters like force, moment, inertia, friction etc. of rigid body as well as moving parts. They will be able to
compute above parameters whenever necessary.
SL.
NO.
Syllabus Contact
Hrs
Reference Books & Chapters and
Problems for practice
MOD-1 Importance of Mechanics in engineering;
Introduction to Statics; Concept of Particle and Rigid
Body; Types of forces: collinear,
concurrent, parallel, concentrated, distributed; Vector
and scalar quantities; Force is a vector; Transmissibility
of a force (sliding vector).
2L Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 1/1, 2/2,1/3
Introduction to Vector Algebra; Parallelogram law;
Addition and subtraction of vectors; Lami’s theorem;
Free vector; Bound vector;Representation of forces in
terms of i,j,k; Crossproduct and Dot product and their
4L+1T 1. Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 1/3, 2/4, 2/7
2. I.H. Shames
Chapt: 2.1 to 2.8
12
applications. Probs: 2.1, 2.2, 2.3,2.6, 2.10, 2.48,
2.52, 2.54, 2.64, 2.68
Two dimensional force system; Resolution of forces;
Moment; Varignon’s theorem; Couple;Resolution of a
coplanar force by its equivalent force-couple system;
Resultant of forces.
4L+2T 1. Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 2/3, 2/4, 2/5, 2/6, 2/9
Probs: 2/1 to 2/8; 2/13, 2/16, 2/20;
2/27, 2/31 to 2/33, 2/35, 2/37, 2/39;
2/53, 2/55, 2/57, 2/61, 2/66; 2/75,
2/77, 2/79, 2/78 to 2/82; 2/135 to
2/137, 2/139, 2/141, 2/146,
2/147,2/151, 2/157
MOD-2 Concept and Equilibrium of forces in two
dimensions; Free body concept and diagram; Equations
of equilibrium.
3L+1T Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 3/2, 3/3
Probs: 3/1, 3/3, 3/4 to 3/7, 3/11, 3/13,
3/15, 3/21, 3/25, 3/27, 3/31,3/39
Concept of Friction; Laws of Coulomb friction;
Angle of Repose; Coefficient of friction.
3L+1T Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 6/1, 6/2, 6/3
Probs: 6/1 to 6/6, 6/13, 6/15, 6/17;
2. I.H. Shames; Chapt: 7.1,7.2
MOD-3 Distributed Force: Centroid and Centre of
Gravity; Centroids of a triangle, circular sector,
quadrilateral, composite areas consisting of
above figures.
4L+1T 1. Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 5/1, 5/2, 5/3Sample probs: 5/1
to 5/5Probs: 5/2, 5/5, 5/7, 5/9, 5/12,
5/20,5/25, 5/30, 5/43,5/47
Moments of inertia: MI of plane figure with
respect to an axis in its plane, MI of plane
figure with respect to an axis perpendicular tothe plane
of the figure; Parallel axis theorem; Mass moment of
inertia of symmetrical bodies,
e.g. cylinder, sphere, cone.
3L+1T 1. Meriam&Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: Appendix A/1, A/2
Sample Probs: A/1 to A/5;
Probs: A/1, A/5, A/9, A/15, A/20
Concept of simple stresses and strains: Normal stress,
Shear stress, Bearing stress, Normal strain, Shearing
strain; Hooke’s law; Poisson’s ratio; Stress-strain
diagram of ductile and brittle materials; Elastic limit;
Ultimate stress; Yielding; Modulus of elasticity; Factor
of
safety.
2L+1T 1.Elements of strength of Materials
by Timoshenko & Young
Chapt: 1.1,1.2,1.3, 2.2
Prob set 1.2 : Prob: 3,4,5,8,9,10
Prob set 1.3: Prob: 1,3,5,7
2. Nag &Chanda -3rd Part
Chapt: 1.1, 1.2.1 to 1.2.3, 1.2.6, 1.2.7
MOD-4 Introduction to Dynamics: Kinematics and Kinetics;
Newton’s laws of motion; Law of gravitation &
acceleration due to gravity; Rectilinear motion of
particles; determination of position, velocity and
acceleration under uniform and non-uniformly
accelerated rectilinear motion; construction of x-t, v-t
and
a-t graphs.
3L+1T Meriam&Kriag: Vol-II
Chapt: 1/3, 1/5,1/7, 2/1,2/2
Probs: 1/1 to 1/10; 2/1 to 2/14; 2/15,
2/17, 2/19, 2/25, 2/27;
Plane curvilinear motion of particles: Rectangular
components (Projectile motion); Normal and tangential
components (circular motion).
3L+1T Meriam&Kraig: Vol-II
Chapt: 2/3, 2/4, 2/5,
Probs: 2/59 to 2/65, 2/67, 2/71, 2/81,
2/84, 2/89; 2/97, 2/99 to 2/103;
MOD-
15
Kinetics of particles: Newton’s second law; Equation of
motion; D.Alembert’s principle and free body diagram;
Principle of work and energy ; Principle of conservation
of energy; Power and efficiency.
5L+2T 5L+2T Meriam&Kraig: Vol-II
Chapt: 3/2, 3/3, 3/4,3/6, 3/7;
Probs: 3/1, 3/3, 3/4,3/7, 3/11, 3/12;
3/17, 3/19, 3/23; 3/103 to 3/107,
3/113, 3/115, 3/116;
Sample probs: 3/16, 3/17;
Probs: 3/143,3/145, 3/158
Books Recommended
13
Basic Electrical Engineering
Code: EE 101, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objective:
• The students will be introduced with an introductory and broad treatment of the field of Electrical Engineering.
• This course provides comprehensive idea about circuit analysis, working principles of machines and common
measuring instruments.
• The students will be introduced with an introductory and broad treatment of the field of Electrical Engineering. They
will be able to analyze different problems in basic electrical engineering.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able:
1. To understand the basic concepts of Electric and Magnetic circuits, AC & DC circuits
2. To explain the working principle, construction, applications of DC machines, AC machines & measuring instruments.
3. To understand the AC fundamentals.
4. To understand the working of various Electrical Machines.
5. To get the knowledge about various measuring instruments and house wiring.
Topic No of
Periods
Electrostatics: Coulomb’s law, Electric Field Intensity, Electric field due to a group of charges,
continuous charge distribution, Electric flux, Flux density, Electric potential, potential difference,
Gauss’s law, proof of gauss’s law, its applications to electric field and potential calculation, Capacitor,
capacitance of parallel plate capacitor, spherical capacitor, isolated spheres, concentric conductors,
parallel conductors. Energy stored in a capacitor.
5L
DC Network Theorem: Definition of electric circuit, network, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral
circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent source, Kirchhoff’s law, Principle of superposition. Source
equivalence and conversion, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton Theorem, nodal analysis, mesh analysis, star-
delta conversion. Maximum power transfer theorem with proof.
7L
Electromagnetism: Biot-savart law, Ampere’s circuital law, field calculation using Biot-savart &
ampere’s circuital law. Magnetic circuits, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits,
Faraday’s law, Self and mutual inductance. Energy stored in a magnetic field, B-H curve, Hysteretic and
Eddy current losses, Lifting power of Electromagnet.
5L
DC Machines: Construction, Basic concepts of winding (Lap and wave). DC generator: Principle of
operation, EMF equation, characteristics (open circuit, load) DC motors: Principle of operation, Speed-
torque Characteristics (shunt and series machine), starting (by 3 point starter), speed control (armature-
voltage and field control).
6L
AC Fundamentals: Production of alternating voltage, waveforms, average and RMS values, peak factor,
form factor, phase and phase difference, phasor representation of alternating
quantities, phasor diagram, behaviour of AC series, parallel and series parallel circuits, Power factor,
Power in AC circuit, Effect of frequency variation in RLC series and parallel circuits, Resonance in RLC
series and parallel circuit, Q factor, band width of resonant circuit.
6L
Single Phase Transformer: Core and shell type construction, EMF equation, no load and on load
operation, phasor diagram and equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, open and short circuit tests,
regulation and efficiency calculation.
4L
3 phase Induction Motor: Types, Construction, production of rotating field, principle of operation,
equivalent circuit and phasor diagram, rating, torque-speed characteristics (qualitative only). Starter for
squirrel cage and wound rotor induction motor. Brief introduction of speed control of 3 phase induction
motor (voltage control, frequency control, resistance control)
5L
Three Phase System: Voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star connection, relationship
between line and phase quantities, phasor diagrams. Power measurement by two watt meters method.
3L
General Structure of an Electrical Power System: Power generation to distribution through overhead
lines and under-ground cables with single line diagram.
1L
Text books:
1. Basic Electrical engineering, D.P Kothari & I.J Nagrath, TMH, Second Edition
2. Fundamental of electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI, Edition 2005.
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, V.N Mittle & Arvind Mittal, TMH, Second Edition
14
4. Basic Electrical Engineering, J.P. Tewari, New age international publication
Reference books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering (TMH WBUT Series), Abhijit Chakrabarti & Sudipta Nath, TMH
2. Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Vincent.D.Toro, Pearson Education, Second Edition.
2. Hughes Electrical & Electronics Technology, 8/e, Hughes, Pearson Education.
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, T.K. Nagsarkar & M.S. Sukhija, Oxford
4. Introduction to Electrical Engineering, M.S. Naidu & S, Kamakshaiah, TMH
5. Basic Electrical Engineering, J.J. Cathey & S.A Nasar, TMH, Second Edition.
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL PAPERS
Students Project Presentation Laboratory
Code: HU 181, Contacts: 2P, Credit: 1
Course Objective:
To familiarize students with basic Listening Skill, Speaking Skill, Linguistic/Paralinguistic features, Conversation Skill, Group
Discussion, Reading Skills and Writing Skill and relevant sub-skills in the view point of project presentation
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand & present their Listening Skill and relevant sub-skills
2. Understand & present their Speaking Skill and relevant sub-skills
3. Understand & present their Conversation Skill and relevant sub-skills
4. Understand & present their Reading Skills and relevant sub-skills
5. Understand & present their Writing Skill and relevant sub-skills
Topic No of
Periods
a) Honing ‘Listening Skill’ and its sub skills through Language Lab Audio device; 3P
b) Honing ‘Speaking Skill’ and its sub skills; 2P
c)Helping them master Linguistic/Paralinguistic features (Pronunciation/Phonetics/Voice
modulation/Stress/ Intonation/ Pitch &Accent) of connected speech;
2P
j) Honing ‘Conversation Skill’ using Language Lab Audio –Visual input; Conversational Practice Sessions
(Face to Face / via Telephone , Mobile phone & Role Play Mode);
2P
k) Introducing ‘Group Discussion’ through audio –Visual input and acquainting them with key strategies
for success;
2P
f) G D Practice Sessions for helping them internalize basic Principles (turn- taking, creative intervention,
by using correct body language, courtesies & other soft skills) of GD;
4P
g) Honing ‘Reading Skills’ and its sub skills using Visual / Graphics/Diagrams /Chart
Display/Technical/Non Technical Passages; Learning Global / Contextual / Inferential Comprehension;
2P
h) Honing ‘Writing Skill’ and its sub skills by using Language Lab Audio –Visual input; Practice Sessions 2P
Total 17
Books Recommended:
1. Dr. D. Sudharani: Manual for English Language Laboratory Pearson Education (WB edition),2010
2. Board of Editors: Contemporary Communicative English for Technical Communication, Pearson Longman, 2010
Engineering Chemistry Laboratory
Code: CH191, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
To familiarize students with fundamental engineering chemistry experiments and their applications
15
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be skilled to
1. Determine alkalinity in a given water sample
2. Determine organic & inorganic ions in water
3. Determine the strength of unknown acid solution by different methods
4. Determine dissolved oxygen in a given water sample
5. Determine reaction rate constant by hydrolysis of ester
6. Determine partition coefficient of acetic acid in the heterogeneous equilibrium condition
List of Experiment:
1. Determination of alkalinity in a given water sample
2. Determination of amount of Fe+2 in a given mohr salt solution by red-ox titration
3. Determination of Cl- ion in a given water sample by argentometric titration
4. Determination of hardness of water by complexometric titration
5. Determination of strength of unknown acid solution by ph metric titration
6. Determination of strength of unknown acid solution by conductometric titration
7. Determination of percentage composition of sugar solution by relative viscosity method
8. Determination of dissolved oxygen in a given water sample
9. Determination of reaction rate constant by hydrolysis of ester
10. Determination of partition co efficient of acetic acid in the heterogeneous equilibrium formed between n- butanol and
water
Engineering Graphics
Code: ME 194, Contacts: 3P, Credits: 2
Course Objective:
The ability to read drawing is the most important requirement of all technical people in engineering profession. The
potentialities of drawing as an engineer’s language may be made use of, as a tool for imparting knowledge and providing
information on various aspects of engineering.
1. Learn to sketch and take field dimensions.
2. Learn to take data and transform it into graphic drawings.
3. Learn basic Auto Cad skills.
4. Learn basic engineering drawing formats
Course Outcome:
1. Students’ ability to write letters and numbers will improve.
2. Students’ ability to perform basic sketching techniques will improve.
3. Students will be able to draw orthographic/isometric projections and sections.
4. Students’ ability to produce engineered drawings will improve.
5. Students’ ability to convert sketches to engineered drawings will increase.
6. Students will become familiar with office practice and standards.
7. Students will become familiar with Auto Cad (two dimensional) drawings.
8. Students will develop good communication skills and team work
A) THEORETICAL PART
1. Introduction to Lines, Lettering, Dimensioning, Scales.
2. Geometrical Construction and Curves.
3. Projection of Points, Lines and Surfaces.
4. Projection of Solids.
5. Isometric Views.
6. Sectional Views.
7. Development of Surfaces.
8. Introduction to computer Aided Drafting.
16
B) PRACTICAL PART
1. LINES, LETTERING, DIMENSIONING, SCALES; Plain scale, Diagonal scale.
2. GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION AND CURVES; Construction of polygons, Parabola, Hyperbola, Ellipse.
3. PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES, SURFACES; Orthographic projection- 1st and 3rd angle projection, Projection of
lines and surfaces– Hexagon.
4. PROJECTION OF SOLIDS; Cube, Pyramid, Prism, Cylinder, Cone.
Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory
Code: EE 191, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
The subject aims to provide the student with:
The capability to design and construct circuits, take measurements of circuit behaviour and performance, compare with
predicted circuit models and explain discrepancies.
Course Outcome:
The students will be able
1. To acquaint with the basic concepts and properties of electrical circuits and networks;
2. To gain basic laboratory experience with analyzing and building simple circuits;
3. To analyze fluorescent lamp
4. To prove superposition theorem
5. To prove Thevnin’s theorem
5. To prepare students for follow-up courses in the Circuits area of the Electrical Engineering program
List of Experiments:
1. Characteristics of Fluorescent lamps
2. Characteristics of Tungsten and Carbon filament lamps
3. Verification of Thevenin’s theorem.
4. Verification of Norton’s theorems.
5. Verification of Maximum power theorem.
6. Verification of Superposition theorem
7. Calibration of ammeter and voltmeter.
8. Study of R-L-C Series circuit
9. Study of R-L-C parallel circuit
10. Open circuit and Short circuit test of a single phase Transformer.
11. No load characteristics of D.C shunt Generators
12. Starting and reversing of speed of a D.C. shunt
13. Speed control of DC shunt motor.
14. Measurement of power in a three phase circuit by two wattmeter method.
Extra Curricular Activities (NSS/NCC)
Code: XC 181, Contacts: 2P, Credit: 1
Course Objective:
The main objectives of National Service Scheme (NSS) are:
i. understand the community in which they work
ii. understand themselves in relation to their community
iii. identify the needs and problems of the community and involve them in problem-solving
iv. develop among themselves a sense of social and civic responsibility
v. utilise their knowledge in finding practical solutions to individual and community problems
vi. develop competence required for group-living and sharing of responsibilities
vii. gain skills in mobilising community participation
viii. acquire leadership qualities and democratic attitudes
ix. develop capacity to meet emergencies and natural disasters and
x. practise national integration and social harmony
17
Course Outcome:
NSS is a part of the course curricula of the college. The students are exposed to various NSS activities and projects and they
are actively participating in the above programmes. Through the above participants the students develop a strong awareness
and an concerns various social issues .
They develop a sense of responsibility and accountability for the society as well as for the whole nation, which is
essential in shaping them as essential good future citizens of the country. The outcomes of student evaluation are addressed in
the formal processes of annual monitoring and evaluation and periodic review. Feedback from students is used internally to
plan for, and facilitate, change and to improve the student experience. Analysis of the survey results also highlights areas of
commendable practice which can be shared across the institution.
Topics
a) Creating awareness in social issues
b) Participating in mass education programmes
c) Proposal for local slum area development
d) Waste disposal
e) Environmental awareness
f) Production Oriented Programmes
g) Relief & Rehabilitation work during Natural calamities
Creating awareness in social issues:
1. Women’s development – includes health, income-generation, rights awareness.
2. Hospital activities – Eg. writing letters for patients, guiding visitors
3. Old age home – visiting the aging in-mates, arranging for their entertainment.
4. Children’s Homes - visiting the young in-mates, arranging for their entertainment
5. Linking with NGOs to work on other social issues. (Eg. Children of sex-workers)
6. Gender issues- Developing an awareness, to link it with Women’s Cell of college
Participating in mass education programmes
1.Adult education
2. Children’s education
Proposal for local slum area development
One or two slums to be identified and according to the needs, activities to be developed and proposals and reports are to be
submitted.
Environmental awareness
• Resource conservation – Awareness to be developed on water, energy,soil.
• Preservation of heritage monuments- Marches, poster campaigns
• Alternative energy consciousness amongst younger school-children.
• Plantation and beautification- Plantation of trees, their preservation and upkeep, developing NSS parks.
• Waste disposal- Proper methods of domestic waste disposal.
Production Oriented Programmes
5. Working with people and explaining and teaching improved agricultural practices
6. Rodent control land pest control practices;
7. Soil-testing, soil health care and soil conservation;
8. Assistance in repair of agriculture machinery;
9. Work for the promotion and strengthening of cooperative societies in villages;
10. Assistance and guidance in poultry farming, animal husbandry, care of animal health etc.;
11. Popularization of small savings and
12. Assistance in procuring bank loans
Relief & Rehabilitation work during Natural calamities
g) Assisting the authorities in distribution of rations, medicine, clothes etc.;
h) Assisting the health authorities in inoculation and immunization, supply of medicine etc.;
i) Working with the local people in reconstruction of their huts, cleaning of wells, building roads etc.;
j) Assisting and working with local authorities in relief and rescue operation;
Collection of clothes and other materials, and sending the same to the affected areas;
18
1st Year-2nd Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Mathematics-II
Code: M 201, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objectives:
The objectives of offering this course are
1. To identify the order and degree of a differential equation.
2. To know how to solve the first order and higher order ordinary differential equations.
3. To apply the first order and higher order ordinary differential equations to physical problems.
4. To compute the general solution of 2nd order ordinary differential equations and apply them to solve the L-C-R
circuits.
5. To make aware students about the Applications of graph theory in real life application.
6. To evaluate Laplace transforms and inverse Laplace transform.
7. To apply Laplace transforms to solve ordinary differential equations arising in engineering problems.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course; student shall be able to
1. Represent certain mechanical, electrical, biological systems in terms of ordinary differential equations and provision
of effective solutions to them.
2. Represent periodic functions corresponding to objects following periodic phenomena in terms of sine and cosine
functions.
3. Solve the Laplace, heat and wave equations for a variety of boundary conditions in
domains of simple geometry and with simple boundary conditions; the techniques available will include, separation
of variables, Laplace Transform methods.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module I
Ordinary differential equations (ODE)- First order and first degree Exact equations, Necessary and sufficient
condition of exactness of a first order and first degree ODE (statement only), Rules for finding Integrating
factors, Linear equation, Bernoulli’s equation. General solution of ODE of first order and higher degree
(different forms with special reference to Clairaut’s equation).
5L
Module II
ODE- Higher order and first degree: General linear ODE of order two with constant coefficients, C.F. & P.I.,
D-operator methods for finding P.I., Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy-Euler equations, Solution of
simultaneous linear differential equations.
5L
Module III
Basics of Graph Theory: Graphs, Digraphs, Weighted graph, Connected and disconnected graphs, Complement
of a graph, Regular graph, Complete graph, Subgraph,; Walks, Paths, Circuits, Euler Graph, Cut sets and cut
vertices, Matrix representation of a graph, Adjacency and incidence matrices of a graph, Graph isomorphism,
Bipartite graph.
10L
Module IV
Tree: Definition and properties, Binary tree, Spanning tree of a graph, Minimal spanning tree, properties of
trees, Algorithms: Dijkstra’s Algorithm for shortest path problem, Determination of minimal spanning tree using
Kruskal’s and Prim’s algorithm.
10L
Module V
Improper Integral: Basic ideas of improper integrals, working knowledge of Beta and Gamma functions
(convergence to be assumed) and their interrelations. Problems related to Beta and Gamma functions.Laplace
Transform (LT): Definition and existence of LT, LT of elementary functions, First and second shifting
properties, Change of scale property; LT of , LT of LT of derivatives of , LT of .
Evaluation of improper integrals using LT, LT of periodic and step functions, Inverse LT: Definition and its
properties; Convolution Theorem(statement only) and its application to the evaluation of inverse LT, Solution of
linear ODE with constant coefficients (initial value problem) using LT. Z transform.
3L
7L
TOTAL 40L
19
Suggested Text / Reference Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, (Wiley Eastern)
2. Graph Theory: V. K. Balakrishnan, (Schaum’s Outline, TMH)
3. A first course at Graph Theory: J. Clark and D. A. Holton (Allied Publishers LTD)
4. Introduction to Graph Theory: D. B. West (Prentice-Hall of India)
5. Graph Theory: N. Deo (Prentice-Hall of India)
6. Engineering Mathematics: B.S. Grewal (S. Chand & Co.)
7. Higher Engineering Mathematics: John Bird (4th Edition, 1st Indian Reprint 2006, Elsevier)
8. Calculus: Strauss, Bradley and Smith (3PrdPedition, Pearson Education)
9. Engineering Mathematics (Volume 2): S. S. Sastry (Prentice-Hall of India)
10. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3E: M.C. Potter, J.L. Goldberg and E.F. Abonfadel (OUP), Indian Edition
11. An Introduction to Differential Equations, R.K. Ghosh and K.C.Maity ( New Central Book Agency )
Physics-I
Code: PH 201, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
The aim of courses in Physics is to provide an adequate exposure and develop insight about the basic principles of physics
along with the possible applications. The acquaintance of basic physics principles would help engineers to understand the tools
and techniques used in the industry and provide the necessary foundations for inculcating innovative approaches. This would
create awareness about the vital role played by science and engineering in the development of new technologies. The courses
would provide the necessary exposure to the practical aspects, which is an essential component for learning science.
Course Outcome:
Through the 1st year basic physics course, students will be equipped with basic physical laws, principles and formalism to
apply them in their core curriculum. Through laboratory sessions they will be exposed to basic error analysis and some
phenomenological experiments which are essential for the understanding of the core curriculum.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module 1: Classical Mechanics
1.01: Classical Mechanics: Limitations of Newtonian Mechanics, constraint, degree of freedom,
generalized coordinates, Lagrange's equation (No derivation), Hamilton's principle, Applications of
Lagrange's equation: Linear Harmonic Oscillators-Differential equation and its solution, superposition
of two linear SHM's (with same frequency), Lissajous' figures.
1.02: Damped vibration: Introduction – differential equation and its solution, critical damping,
Logarithmic decrement.
1.03: Forced vibration: Introduction – differential equation, Amplitude and velocity resonance,
Sharpness of resonance and Quality factor, Application to L-C-R Circuit
1.04: Electromagnetic theory-I:
1.04-A: Vector operators, Gradient, Divergence, Curl-Physical significance, Gauss's divergence theorem
(statement only), Stoke's theorem (statement only) and their applications.
1.04-B: Development of electromagnetic theory, Electromagnetic spectrum, Concept of displacement
current, equation of continuity, Maxwell's field equations with physical significance, wave equation in
free space, transverse nature of electromagnetic wave, electromagnetic waves in a charge free
conducting medium, skin depth, Poynting vector.
4L
1L
2L
2L
3L
Module 2: OPTICS 1:
2.01: Interference – Conditions for sustained interference, Young's double slit as an example.
Qualitative idea of Spatial and Temporal Coherence, Conservation of energy and intensity distribution,
Fresnel's Biprism, thin films of uniform thickness (derivation) Newton’s ring.
2.02: Diffraction of light – Fresnel and Fraunhofer class. Fraunhofer diffraction for single slit and
double slits (elementary treatment, Intensity distribution). Plane transmission grating (No deduction of
4L
3L
20
the intensity distributions is necessary). Missing orders, Dispersive power, Rayleigh criterion
(qualitative), Resolving power of grating (Definition and formulae). Use of grating as a monochromator.
2.03: Polarization: General concept of Polarization, Plane of vibration and plane of polarization,
Concept of Plane, Circularly and Elliptically polarized light (using wave equations), Polarization
through reflection and Brewster’s law, Double refraction (birefringence) -Ordinary and Extra-ordinary
rays, Nicol's Prism.
2.04: Laser : Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation, Population inversion, Einstein’s A &
B co-efficient (derivation of the mutual relation), concept of laser as a polarized source, Optical
resonator and Condition necessary for active Laser action, Ruby Laser, He-Ne Laser, semiconductor
Laser- applications of laser.
2.05: Fiber optics: Optical Fibers – Core and cladding, total internal reflection step index and graded
index fiber, Calculation of Numerical aperture and acceptance angle, losses in the fiber, applications.
3L
3L
2L
Module 3: Elementary solid state physics
3.00: Crystallography & Solid state physics: Space lattice, unit cell, crystal systems, Bravais lattices,
basis, co-ordination number and atomic packing fraction, scc, bcc and fcc and hcp structures lattice
planes, indexing of directions, Miller indices, interplaner spacing, Bragg’s law & its application to real
crystal structure (NaCl, KCl).
4L
Module 4: Quantum Mechanics I:
4.01: Matter waves: Concept of de Broglie's Matter waves, derivation of wavelength of matter waves
in different forms, Concept of Phase velocity and Group velocity (qualitative)
4.02: Wave mechanics: Concept and Physical significance of wave function Ψ and interpretation of |
Ψ |2, Ψ(normalization and probability interpretation), Heisenberg's Uncertainty principle with
illustration; Schrödinger's equation- time dependent and time independent form (derivation). Discussion
with relevant problems.
4.03: Operator algebra: Operator, Commutator, Formulation of quantum mechanics and Basic
postulates, Operator correspondence, Expectation values, Ehrenfest theorem. Discussion with relevant
problems.
2L
3L
4L
TOTAL 40L
List of recommended Books:
Module 1: Experiments on Classical Mechanics:
1. Classical Mechanics- J. C. Upadhyay (Himalya Publishers)
2. Classical Mechanics-Shrivastav
3. Classical Mechanics-Takwal & Puranik (TMH)
4. Sound-N. K. Bajaj (TMH)
5. Advanced Acoustics-D. P. Roy Chowdhury (Chayan Publisher)
6. Principles of Acoustics-B.Ghosh (Sridhar Publisher)
7. A text book of sound-M. Ghosh (S. Chand publishers)
8. Electromagnetics-B.B. Laud (TMH)
9. Electricity Magnetism-B.Ghosh (Book & Allied Publisher)
10. Electricity Magnetism-Chattopadhyay & Rakshit (New Central Book Agency)
11. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs, (Book & Allied Publisher)
12. Electricity Magnetism-Fewkes and Yardwood (Oxford University Press)
Module 2: OPTICS 1:
1. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs (Book & Allied Publisher)
2. A text book of Light-Brijlal & Subhramanium, (S. Chand publishers)
3. Modern Optics-A. B. Gupta (Book & Allied Publisher)
4. Optics-Ajay Ghatak (TMH)
5. Optics-Hecht
6. Optics-R. Kar, Books Applied Publishers
Module 3: Elementary solid state physics
1. Solid state physics-Puri & Babbar ( S. Chand publishers)
2. Materials Science & Engineering-Kakani Kakani
3. Solid state physics- S. O. Pillai
4. Introduction to solid state physics-Kittel (TMH)
5. Solid State Physics and Electronics- A. B. Gupta, Nurul Islam (Book & Allied Publisher)
Module 4: Quantum Mechanics I:
1. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics-S. N. Ghoshal (Calcutta Book House)
2. Quantum Mechanics-Bagde Singh (S. Chand Publishers)
21
3. Perspective of Quantum Mechanics-S. P. Kuilla (New Central Book Agency)
4. Quantum Mechanics-Binayak Datta Roy (S. Chand Publishers)
5. Quantum Mechanics-Bransden (Pearson Education Ltd.)
6. Perspective of Modern Physics-A. Beiser (TMH)
General Reference:
1. Refresher courses in physics (Vol. 1, Vol. 2 & Vol. 3)-C. L. Arora (S. Chand Publishers)
2. Basic Engineering Physics-Amal Chakraborty (Chaya Prakashani Pvt. Ltd.)
3. Basic Engineering Physics-I -Sujoy Bhattacharya, Saumen Paul (TMH)
4. University Physics-Sears & Zemansky (Addison-Wesley)
Environment & Ecology
Code: CH 201, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
The Objectives of the curriculum are listed below:
• To introduce students to environmental science, its central ideas, concepts, models and applications
• To help students in application of the fundamentals of environmental science to important local, regional, national
and global environmental problems and potential solutions to maintain our sustainability
• To give you an opportunity to analyze and discuss the relevance of environmental science to your personal,
professional, and academic life
• Communicate scientific information to both professional and lay audiences
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this curriculum students should be able to:
• Describe the structure and function of significant environmental systems.
• Use scientific reasoning to identify and understand environmental problems and evaluate potential solutions.
• Critically evaluate arguments regarding environmental issues.
• Develop new project with good environmental impact leading to better earth for the future.
• Control industrial pollution as there are a good number of technologists with basic environmental awareness
Topic No of
Lectures
Module 1
General:
Definition, Scope & Importance, Need For Public Awareness- Environment definition, Eco system –
Balanced ecosystem, Material cycles- Carbon, Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles. Human activities – Food,
Shelter, Economic and social Security. Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment. Sustainable
Development.
5L
Module 2
Natural Resources:
Water Resources: Availability and Quality aspects, Water borne diseases, Water induced diseases, Use
and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits
and problems. Rain water harvesting,
Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining,
dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification. Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and mineral
resources.
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of
modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity.
Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy sources Different types of energy, Electro-magnetic radiation. Conventional and Non-
Conventional sources – Hydro Electric, Fossil Fuel based Nuclear, Solar, Biomass and Bio-gas.
Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy.
3L
1L
1L
2L
2L
Module 3
Pollution:
Population Growth and Urbanization
Environmental Pollution and their effects (Previous disaster)
AirPollution (Atmospheric structure, Primary and Secondary pollutant, Green house effect and Global
2L
1L
3L
22
warming, Acid Rain, Ozone Layer depletion, Smog, Control measure).
Water pollution (Effects of heavy metals, Sewage, BOD, COD, Water treatment).
Land pollution and Solid waste management. Noise pollution, e-Waste.
3L
4L
Module 4
Control:
Environmental Protection- Role of Government, Legal aspects, Initiatives by Non-governmental
Organizations (NGO), Environmental Education, Women Education.
Green chemistry:
Introduction, Goals Significance, Basic ideas in the field of green chemistry research. Industrial
applications of green chemistry.
2L
2L
TOTAL 31
Reference Books
1. Garg, S.K and Garg, R., Ecological and Environmental Studies, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2012.
2. Henry J.G. and Heinke G.W., Environmental Science and Engineering, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2004.
3. Masters G.M., Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2004.
Elements of Electronics Engineering
Code: EC 201, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Pre-requisites: Knowledge of Class XII level electronics, Physics & Mathematics. Recapitulation and Orientation lectures:
Course Objective:
The objective of this subject is to build up the fundamental idea of semiconductor devices and their electrical characteristics
when they are associated with the lump elements.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students should be able to explain the fundamentals of the operation of semiconductor devices and
their electrical characteristics.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module-I
Semiconductors: Conductors, Semiconductors and Insulators, electrical properties, band diagrams.
Intrinsic and extrinsic, energy band diagram, electrical conduction phenomenon, P-type and N-type
semiconductors, drift and diffusion carriers.
Diodes and Diode Circuits Formation of P-N junction, energy band diagram, built-in-potential forward
and reverse biased P-N junction, formation of depletion zone, V-I characteristics, Zener breakdown,
Avalanche breakdown and its reverse characteristics; Junction capacitance and Varactor diode. Simple
diode circuits, load line, linear piecewise model; Rectifier circuits: half wave, full wave, PIV, DC
voltage and current, ripple factor, efficiency, idea of regulation.
12L
Module-II
Bipolar Junction Transistors: Formation of PNP / NPN junctions, energy band diagram; transistor
mechanism and principle of transistors, CE, CB, CC configuration, transistor characteristics: cut-off
active and saturation mode, transistor action and current amplification factors for CB and CE modes.
Biasing and Bias stability.
10L
Module-III
Field Effect Transistors: Concept of Field Effect Transistors (channel width modulation), Gate
isolation types, JFET Structure and characteristics, MOSFET Structure and characteristics, depletion and
enhancement type; CS, CG, CD configurations; CMOS: Basic Principles.
8L
Module-IV
Feed Back Amplifier (basic concept), Oscillators and Operational Amplifiers: Concept (Block
diagram), properties, positive and negative feedback, loop gain, open loop gain, feedback factors;
topologies of feedback amplifier; effect of feedback on gain, output impedance, input impedance,
sensitivities (qualitative), bandwidth stability; effect of positive feedback, instability and oscillation,
condition of oscillation, Barkhausen criteria.
10L
23
Introduction to integrated circuits: Introduction to binary number; Basic Boolean algebra; Logic gates
and function realization.
TOTAL 40L
TEXT BOOKS:
• Millman & Halkias: Integrated Electronics.
• Sedra & Smith: Microelectronics Engineering.
References:
• Malvino: Electronic Principle.
• Schilling & Belove: Electronics Circuits.
• Millman & Grabal: Microelectronics.
• Salivahanan: Electronics Devices & Circuits.
• Boyelstad & Nashelsky: Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory.
Introduction to Programming
Code: CS (BME) 201, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the nature of programming as human activity
2. To learn and experience main components of programming process
3. To understand main control structures of procedural programming languages
4. To learn and being able to use major programming patterns
5. To understand the principles of data storage and manipulation
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand the basic terminology used in computer programming
2. Write, compile and debug programs in C language.
3. Use different data types in a computer program.
4. Design programs involving decision structures, loops and functions.
5. Explain the difference between call by value and call by reference
6. Understand the dynamics of memory by the use of pointers.
7. Use different data structures and create/update basic data files.
Topic No of
Lectures
Fundamentals of Computer:
History of Computer, Generation of Computer, Classification of Computers, Basic Anatomy of
Computer System, Primary & Secondary Memory, Processing Unit, Input & Output devices, Binary &
Allied number systems, representation of signed and unsigned numbers. Basic concepts of Assembly
language, high level language, compiler and assembler, Basic concepts of operating system, Concept of
Algorithm & flow chart. Basic concepts of operating systems like MS DOS, MS-WINDOW, UNIX.
4L
C Fundamentals:
The C character set identifiers and keywords, data type & sizes, variable names, declaration, statements
3L
Operators & Expressions:
Arithmetic operators, relational and logical operators, type, conversion, increment and decrement
operators, bit wise operators, assignment operators and expressions, precedence and order of evaluation.
Input and Output: Standard input and output, formatted output -- printf, formatted input scanf.
5L
Flow of Control:
Statement and blocks, if - else, switch, loops - while, for do while, break and continue, go to and labels
5L
Fundamentals and Program Structures:
Basic of functions, function types, functions returning values, functions not returning values, auto,
external, static and register variables, scope rules, recursion, function prototypes, C preprocessor,
command line arguments , Recursion, Call-By-Value, Call-By-Reference, Linear Search, Binary Search.
6L
Arrays , String and Pointers: One dimensional arrays, Two Dimensional Arrays, String application
using string function and without using string function, pointers and functions.
12L
Structures Union and Files:
Basic of structures, structures and functions, arrays of structures, bit fields, formatted and unformatted
Files.
5L
TOTAL 40L
24
Text Book:
1. Introduction To Computing , E. Balagurusamy,TMH
2. Gottfried Programming with C Schaum
3. Kerninghan B.W. & Ritchie D.M. The C Programming Language
4. Sinha & Sinha Fundamental of Computers
5. Kanetkar Y. Let us C
Value & Ethics in Profession
Code: HU 201, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
1. To improve the student’s Personality and Attitude.
2. To improve the skill of theories of Motivation
3. To improve the skill of Group Behaviour
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Build up Organizational Behaviour, Personality and Attitude.
2. Develop Group Behaviour & Communication skill
3. Handle the Organizational Politics.
4. Improve Organizational Design structure
Topic No of
Lectures
Science, Technology and Engineering as knowledge and as Social and Professional Activities
Effects of Technological Growth:
Rapid Technological growth and depletion of resources, Reports of the Club of Rome. Limits of growth:
sustainable development
Energy Crisis: Renewable Energy Resources
Environmental degradation and pollution. Eco-friendly Technologies. Environmental Regulations,
Environmental Ethics
Appropriate Technology Movement of Schumacher; later developments
Technology and developing notions. Problems of Technology transfer, Technology assessment impact
analysis. Human Operator in Engineering projects and industries. Problems of man, machine,
interaction, Impact of assembly line and automation. Human centered Technology
18
Ethics of Profession:
Engineering profession: Ethical issues in Engineering practice, Conflicts between business demands and
professional ideals. Social and ethical responsibilities of Technologists. Codes of professional ethics.
Whistle blowing and beyond, Case studies.
8
Profession and Human Values:
Values Crisis in contemporary society
Nature of values: Value Spectrum of a good life
Psychological values: Integrated personality; mental health
Societal values: The modern search for a good society, justice, democracy, secularism, rule of law,
values in Indian Constitution.
Aesthetic values: Perception and enjoyment of beauty, simplicity, clarity
Moral and ethical values: Nature of moral judgements; canons of ethics; ethics of virtue; ethics of duty;
ethics of responsibility.
14
TOTAL 40L
Books:
1. Stephen H Unger, Controlling Technology: Ethics and the Responsible Engineers, John Wiley & Sons,
New York 1994 (2nd Ed)
2. Deborah Johnson, Ethical Issues in Engineering, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 1991.
3. A N Tripathi, Human values in the Engineering Profession, Monograph published by IIM, Calcutta 1996.
25
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL PAPERS
Physics-I Laboratory
Code: PH 291, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course is objected to
1. Train students with basic idea on measurement techniques & related error
2. Train students with handful of experiments in the domain of Classical & Quantum mechanics, optics &
electromagnetic theory
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand and apply the basic idea on measurement techniques & related error in engineering experiments
2. Understand and apply experimental techniques of Classical & Quantum mechanics, optics & electromagnetic theory
in the domain of versatile engineering fields
General idea about Measurements and Errors (Mandatory):
Measurand (objects to be measured) precision, significant number., accuracy, certainty, resolution; Errors - types and
sources of errors (definitions and examples), Systematic error, Random error, Ambiguity error, Dynamic error, with
example of Slide calipers, Screw-gauge, Carrey Foster bridge. Study of different types of unit cells with model system,
Any 7 to be performed from the following experiments
Experiments on Classical Mechanics:
1. Study of torsional oscillation of torsional pendulum & determination of time period using various load of the oscillator.
2. Experiments on Lissajous figure (using CRO).
3. Experiments on LCR circuit.
Experiments on Optics:
4. Determination of wavelength of light by Newton’s ring method.
5. Determination of wavelength of light by Fresnel’s bi-prism method.
6. Determination of wavelength of light by Laser diffraction method.
7. Determination of numerical aperture and the energy losses related to optical fibre experiment
8. Study of Hydrogen/ Helium spectrum using transmission grating and measurement of Rydberg Constant.
9. Inspection of Laser beam profile-to find beam divergence.
10. Study of half-wave and quarter wave plates.
11. Measurement of specific rotation of an optically active solution by polarimeter
Experiments on Electromagnetic theory:
12. Measurement of nodal and antinodal points along a transmission wire and measurement of wave length.
Experiments on Quantum Mechanics I
13. Verification of Bohr’s atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment.
14. Measurement of stopping potential using a photocell and determination of Planck's Constant.
Workshop Practice
Code: ME 293, Contacts: 3P, Credits: 2
Course Objective:
1. To develop a knowledge of appropriate parameters to be used for various machining operations.
2. To develop a knowledge of workshop practice and basic use of machine tools and workshop equipment.
3. To introduce students to the role of manufacturing in an economy and to show the relationship between design and
manufacturing.
4. To make students aware of the necessity to manage manufacturing processes and systems for the best use of material
and human resources with particular emphasis on product safety and environmental considerations.
5. To introduce students to the scientific principles underlying material behavior
6. To impart knowledge and skill to use tools, machines, equipment, and measuring instruments.
7. To educate students of Safe handling of machines and tools
26
Course Outcome:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Demonstrate and produce different types of fitting models.
2. Gain knowledge of development of sheet metal models with an understanding of their applications.
3. Perform welding of different welded joints.
4. Understand the Basics of Workshop practices
A. THEORETICAL PART
1. INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING; Socio-economic role, Definition, Major grouping and
Examples. - 1L
2. ENGINEERING MATERIALS; Classification / Major grouping, Physical, Chemical and Mechanical
properties, Applications - 1L
3. DIFFERENT CONVENTIONAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES MAINLY COVERING BASIC
PRINCIPLES, DIFFERENT METHODS AND GENERAL APPLICATIONS; Manufacturing by forming
/shaping from solid (input) to solid (product); Forging, Rolling, Drawing, Extrusion; Press tool work-
Bending, Shearing, Drawing and Coining. - 3L
4. FORMING / SHAPING FROM LIQUID TO SOLID- CASTING; General principles, General
classification or Types of casting; Sand mould casting- procedural steps and requirements; Pattern, Mould,
Melting, Pouring, Solidification, Extracting and Fettling. Other casting processes (for larger volume and
quality); Centrifugal casting, Investment casting, Die casting. -3L
5. JOINING PROCESSES; Welding (Permanent Joining)- General classification and basis; Gas welding,
Arc welding, Friction welding and Resistance welding, w.r.t. Principle, Requirements, Relative Advantages
and Applications; Brazing and soldering.
- 2L
6. REMOVAL (MACHINING) PROCESS; Principle and purpose of machining, Machining requirements,
Machine tools- Definition, General classification w.r.t, functional principles and applications; Major
machining parameters (and responses)- Speed, Feed and Depth of cut; Tool geometry (Rake, Clearance and
Cutting angles), Cutting fluid application; Elementary machining operations- Facing, Centering, Turning,
Threading, Drilling, Boring, Shaping and Milling.
-2L
B. SCHEDULE OF PRACTICAL CLASSES
Suggested apportionment / weigtage:
Machining (and fitting)- 50% (6 days ) 18 hrs
Casting (including pattern making molding and preparation) - 25% (3 days 9hrs)
Welding (gas, arc and resistance) (2 days 6hrs) and Sheet Metal Working (1 day 3hr)- 25% (3 days
9hrs)
FEASIBLE TYPES / MODELS OF ASSIGNMENTS
i) FITTING (in 2 days or 6 hours); Making a gauge from MS plate as shown in Fig.1.
Fig.1: Job for fitting practice
Operations required:
11. Squaring and finishing of the blank by filing
12. Making the Vee-portion by sawing and filing
13. Drilling (in machine) and tapping (hand)
ii) MACHINING (in 3 days or 9 hours); To make a pin as shown in Fig.2 from a 20mm mild steel rod in
a lathe.
27
Fig.2: Job for practice on a lathe
iii) MACHINING (in 1 day or 3 hours); To make a MS prism as shown in Fig.3 from a 20mm mild steel
rod in a shaping and / or milling machine.
Fig.3: Job for practice on a shaping and/or milling machine
iv) PATTERN MAKING, SAND MOULDING AND CASTING (in 3 classes or 9 hours); To make a
wooden pattern and a sand mould with that pattern for casting a cast iron block as shown in Fig.4.
v) WELDING (GAS WELDING) (in 1 class or 3 hours); To join two thin mild steel plates or sheets (1 to 3
mm thick) as shown in Fig. 5 by gas welding.
28
Fig.5: Welding specimen for practice
vi) WELDING (ARC WELDING) (in 1 day or 3 hours); To join two thick (6mm) MS plate as
shown in Fig. 5 by arc welding.
vii) SHEET METAL WORK (in 1 day or 3 hours); forming a cone, for example.
Introduction to Programming Laboratory
Code: CS (BME) 291, Contacts: 3P, Credits: 2
Course Objective:
1. Analyze problems and develop computer algorithms to solve novel problems.
2. Write, document, test and debug programs, making use of variables, expressions, selection and looping statements.
3. Organize program code into modules using methods following the software engineering principles of modularity and
abstraction.
4. Assemble data and methods into classes at an introductory level following the software engineering principles of
encapsulation and data hiding.
5. Make use of arrays to store and process lists of data.
6. Read, interpret, analyze and explain programs.
7. Use editors to compose programming code and compilers to produce executable software
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand the basic concept of C Programming, and its different modules that includes conditional and looping
expressions, Arrays, Strings, Functions, Pointers, Structures and File programming
2. Acquire knowledge about the basic concept of writing a program.
3. Acquire knowledge about role of constants, variables, identifiers, operators, type conversion and other building
blocks of C Language.
4. Use of conditional expressions and looping statements to solve problems associated with conditions and repetitions.
5. Acquire knowledge about role of Functions involving the idea of modularity.
6. Achieve concept of Array and pointers dealing with memory management.
7. Acquire knowledge about structures and unions through which derived data types can be formed
8. Achieve concept of File Handling for permanent storage of data or record.
9. Achieve concept of Near & Huge pointers.
Exercises should include but not limited to:
1. Simple Programs: simple and compound interest. To check whether a given number is a palindrome or not,
2. Evaluate summation series, factorial of a number , generate Pascal’s triangle, find roots of a quadratic equation
3. Programs to demonstrate control structure: text processing, use of break and continue, etc.
4. Programs involving functions and recursion
5. Programs involving the use of arrays with subscripts and pointers
6. Programs using structures and files.
29
Elements of Electronics Engineering Laboratory
Code: EC 291, Contacts: 3P, Credits: 2
Prerequisites: Knowledge in High School Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics
Course Objective:
• To make students familiar with behavioural characteristics of well known electronic components.
• Familiarization with passive and active electronic components such as Resistors, Inductors, Capacitors, Diodes,
Transistors (BJT) and electronic equipment like DC power supplies, multimeters etc.
• Familiarization with measuring and testing equipment like CRO, Signal generators etc.
• Study of I-V characteristics of Junction diodes.
• Study of I-V characteristics of Zener diodes.
• Study of Half and Full wave rectifiers with Regulation and Ripple factors.
• Study of I-V characteristics of BJTs.
• Innovative experiments (Basic Logic gate design using DTL logic)
Course Outcome:
The students will be able
• To learn the basics of electronics and perform experiments;
• To study the behaviour of different active components like Diodes, Transistors, FETs etc;
List of Experiments:
1. Familiarisation with passive and active electronic components such as Resistors, Inductors, Capacitors, Diodes,
Transistors (BJT) and electronic equipment like DC power supplies, multimeters etc.
2. Familiarisation with measuring and testing equipment like CRO, Signal generators etc.
3. Study of I-V characteristics of Junction diodes.
4. Study of I-V characteristics of Zener diodes.
5. Study of Half and Full wave rectifiers with Regulation and Ripple factors.
6. Study of I-V characteristics of BJTs.
30
B.Tech-2nd Year, 3rd Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Biomathematics & Biostatistics
Code: M (BME) 301, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objectives:
The objectives of offering this course are
1. To develop the ability to solve problems using probability.
2. To introduce students to some of the basic methods of statistics and prepare them for further study in statistics.
3. To develop abstract and critical reasoning by studying logical proofs and the axiomatic method as applied to basic
probability.
4. To study the basic concepts and definitions of partial differential equations.
5. To apply the basic series and transform for solution to partial differential equations.
6. To provide an application oriented computation for solving wave equation, heat equation and steady state two
dimensional heat flow.
7. To make students familiar with complex variable.
8. To create zeal of working with higher mathematics in the widespread field of Biomedical engineering.
9. To introduce the basic statistical data analysis.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of this course; student shall be able to
1. Use a statistical package, both for numerical work and to help to analyze the data required for Biomedical
engineering.
2. Demonstrate an understanding of basic principles of probability, and sample spaces.
3. Know how to calculate fundamental concepts such as the cumulative distribution function, expectations, and
distributions for functions of random variables.
4. Know how to describe distributions using graphs and numerical descriptors.
5. Evaluate estimators, construct confidence intervals, and perform hypothesis tests in the context of a single population
sample.
6. Set up probability models for a range of random phenomena, both discrete and continuous.
7. Solve partial differential equations corresponding to vibration and radiation phenomena.
8. Understand analytic function of a complex variable and able to apply Cauchy integral theorem and residue theorem to
solve contour integrations.
9. Find the sample regression line.
10. Apply partial differential equations to Biomedical engineering problems.
11. Solve ordinary differential equations using series solutions; describe special functions as solutions to differential
equations.
Topic No of
Periods
Module-I
Calculus of Complex Variable: Functions, Limit and Continuity, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann
equations , Complex integration and Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, Taylor’s and Laurent
series, Zeros of an analytic function, Poles, Essential singularities, Residue theorem.
10L
Module-II
Probability: Axiomatic definition of probability, Conditional probability, Baye’s theorem (Statement only)
& its application. Random variable, Discrete and Continuous distributions, Expectation, Binomial, Poisson,
Uniform, Exponential and Normal distribution, Problems on Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution
10L
Module-III
Statistics: Sampling theory , Mean, Median ,Mode, Variance and Standard Deviation, Correlation and
Regression analysis , Testing of Hypothesis, ANOVA
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd rule
10L
Module-IV
Partial Differential Equations: Solution of one dimensional wave equation, One dimensional heat-
conduction equation, Laplace equation in two dimension by the methods of 1: Separation of variables
5L
31
2:Integral Transforms (Laplace and Fourier Transforms).
Module- V
Series Solution of Ordinary Differential Equation: Introduction, validity of series solution of an ordinary
differential equation, general method to solve equation of the type:
, Bessel’s equation, properties of Bessel’s function, Recurrence formula
for Bessel’s function of first kind, Legendre’s equation, Legendre function; Recurrence formula for
Legendre function (Pn(x)); Orthogonality relation.
5L
TOTAL 40L
Suggested Text / Reference Books:
1. Lipschutz & Lipson,Schaum’s Outline in Probability (2ndEd).
2. Colburn, Fundamentals of Probability and Statistics.
3. Advanced Ordinary & Partial Diff.Equation by M D Raisinghania.
4. Complex Variables and Applications (Brown and Churchill).
5. Probability and Statistics by N.G. Das.
Physics-II
Code: PH (BME) 301, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective: The aim of courses in Physics is to provide an adequate exposure and develop insight about the basic
principles of physics along with the possible applications. The acquaintance of basic physics principles would help engineers
to understand the tools and techniques used in the industry and provide the necessary foundations for inculcating innovative
approaches. This would create awareness about the vital role played by science and engineering in the development of new
technologies. The courses would provide the necessary exposure to the practical aspects, which is an essential component for
learning science. This could be achieved by primarily introducing a course clarifying some of the basics of physical
sciences attached to engineering curriculum in general, and an advanced course explaining the scientific details of
some of the material properties e.g. electric, magnetic semiconducting and acoustic properties which are connected to
the 4yr Biomedical Engineering course. The advanced courses will also give an insight into the new-age science &
technology to the budding engineers though the introduction of topic such as elementary Nanomaterials. .
Course Outcome: Through the 1st year basic physics courses, students will be equipped with basic physical laws, principles
and formalism to apply them in their core curriculum. After going through the 2nd year course (advanced course), students
will be exposed to the physics of materials that are allied to the syllabi of Biomedical engineering only as well develop
knowledge about ultrasonics, vacuum pump and gauges as well as fundamentals of frontier technologies such as elementary
nanoscience.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module 1: Acoustics, Modern Optics & Radioactivity:
1.01: Ultrasonics: Introduction, definition and properties –Production of ultrasonics by Piezo-
electric crystal and magnetostriction method; Detection of ultrasonics; Engineering & Medical
applications of Ultrasonics (Non-destructive testing, cavitation, measurement of gauge).
1.02: LASER-II: Recap of earlier course of laser (Population inversion, Optical resonator and
Condition necessary for active Laser action) Principles and characteristics – CO2 laser, excimer
(ultraviolet laser) , NdYAG laser, GaAs laser, free electron laser–biomedical applications.
1.03: Holography & Photoelasticity: Theory of Holography, viewing the hologram, mass storage,
biomedical applications. Photo-elasticity-Theory and applications
1.04 X-ray-Origin of X ray, X-ray spectra (Continuous & Characteristics), Hard and soft X-rays.
1.05 Radioactivity-Basic concepts, units, doses, applications of radio isotopes.
3L
3L
2L
2L
2L
Module 2: PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTORS & OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES
2.01: Band Theory of solids: Introduction to Band theory (mention qualitatively improvement
over free electron theory) - Energy bands of metal, insulator, semiconductor, magneto-resistance,
Piezoelectric effect, Hall Effect (qualitative)-applications.
2.02: Optoelectronic devices: Basic background of photonic devices, Photoconductivity, Photo
conducting materials, Optical devices, Importance of reverse current in optical detectors, photo
voltaic effects (solar cells), Light Emitting Diode (as direct band gap material), LDR-operation &
applications, Biomedical applications (Endoscopy)
2.03: Liquid crystal and phases-Introduction, classification, production, applications. Nonlinear
optical materials (elementary ideas) and their applications (LCD).
3L
4L
2L
32
2.04: Sensors & Display devices:
Basic idea about sensors, Thermo electric sensors, Thermocouple, Thermopile, LDR, Optical
Pyrometer, Bolometer, photodiode-area of applications. Operation and application of CRT, LCD,
LED, Plasma display, thin film transistor display.
4L
Module 3: Electron optics, Optical Instruments & Storage devices:
3.01: Electron Optics: Motion of charge particle in a electro-magnetic field. Electrostatic &
magneto static focusing system, construction and working of CRT, CRO and its applications.
3.02: Optical Instruments: Imaging-Types of imaging (PET, CT ), electron microscope.
3.03: Storage devices: Magnetic field and Magnetization; Magnetic susceptibility, Paramagnetism,
Concept of magnetic moment, Bohr Magneton, Curie's Law; Ferromagnetism, phenomenon of
hysteresis-hysteresis loss, Hard ferromagnets, applications of permanent magnets; Comparison and
applications of Soft ferromagnets (Permalloys, Ferrites). Magnetic resonance, NMR and MRI
(qualitative discussions related to applications).
2L
2L
4L
Module 4: Vacuum Technology, Cryogenics & Introduction to Nanomaterials
4.01 Vacuum technique: Basic definition, units, low, high and ultra high vacuum, methods of
production, conductance and pumping speed, vacuum pump-rotary, diffusion. Vacuum gauges-
Pirani, Penning, thermocouple.
4.02 Cryogenics: Methods of liquefaction of gases (cascade process, Linde’s process, and adiabatic
demagnetization process) – Measurement of cryogenic temperatures
4.03: Introduction to Nanomaterials: Reduction of dimensionality, Quantum wells (two
dimensional), Quantum wires (one dimensional), Quantum dots (zero dimensional);
Nanoclusters, nanocrystals; Some special nanomaterials e.g. grapheme sheet- properties and
applications.
3L
2L
2L
TOTAL 40L
List of recommended Books:
Module 1: Acoustics & Modern Optics
1. Sound-N. K. Bajaj (TMH)
2. Advanced Acoustics-D. P. Roy Chowdhury (Chayan Publisher)
3. Principles of Acoustics-B.Ghosh (Sridhar Publisher)
4. A text book of sound-M. Ghosh ( S. Chand publishers)
5. Optics-Ajay Ghatak (TMH)
6. Atomic & Molecular Physics Vol I-S. N. Ghoshal, S. Chand Publishers
7. Nonlinear optics-Ghatak, Tayagrajan, TMH
8. Nonlinear optics-B.B. Laud, TMH
9. Optics & Atomic Physics-Khandelwal, Himalya Publishers
Module 2: PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTORS & ENERGY BAND THEORY
1. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics-S. N. Ghoshal (Calcutta Book House)
2. Quantum Mechanics-Bagde Singh (S. Chand Publishers)
3. Perspective of Quantum Mechanics-S. P. Kuilla (New Central Book Agency)
3. Solid state physics- S. O. Pillai
4. Introduction to solid state physics-Kittel (TMH)
5. Solid State Physics- Ali Omar (Pearson Eduction)
6. Integrated Electronics-Millman Halkias (TMH)
7. Solid State Physics-A. J. Dekker (Prentice-Hall India)
8. Solid state physics-Gupta Kumar (K. Nath publishers)
Module 3: OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS & OPTICAL DEVICES
1. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs ( Book & Allied Publisher)
2. A text book of Light-Brijlal & Subhramanium, ( S. Chand publishers)
3. Modern Optics-A. B. Gupta ( Book & Allied Publisher)
4. Optics-Ajay Ghatak (TMH)
5. Optics-R. Kar, Books Applied Publishers
6. Integrated Electronics-Millman Halkias (TMH)
7. Electricity Magnetism-Fewkes and Yardwood (Oxford University Press)
Module 4: Magnetic properties of materials, Electron optics & Optical Instruments:
1 Introduction to solid state physics-Kittel (TMH)
2. Solid State Physics- Ali Omar (Pearson Eduction)
3. Solid state physics- S. O. Pillai
33
4. Solid State Physics-A. J. Dekker (Prentice-Hall India)
Module 5: Vacuum Technology, Cryogenics & Introduction to Nanomaterials
1. Physics-III-Avijit Lahiri (Grantha Bharati)
2. College Physics Vol-I- D. B. Sinha & J. Das Sarma (Modern Book House)
3. Introduction to application of Physics-P.N. Ghosh (editor), University of Calcutta
Engineering Physiology & Anatomy
Code: BME 301, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objective:
• Students will be able to get an in-depth understanding of anatomy and physiology of the cardiovascular system (heart
and blood vessel), the pulmonary system (lung), the renal system, the digestive system, the nervous system, the
muscular system and the skeletal system.
• The discussion of these physiological systems will cover the levels of cell, tissue and organ.
• Students will be able to understand the corresponding structure function relationship of these physiological systems.
• Students will be able to relate the structure and function of the cardiovascular, circulatory, respiratory, excretory,
nervous and digestive systems in humans.
• Make measurements on and interpret data of physiological processes in living systems.
• Explain mechanisms of communication, integration and homeostasis involved in physiological parameters and energy
balance.
• Extend students' vocabulary of anatomical concepts and terms.
• Students will understand and postulate physiological concepts based on anatomical information
• Enable students to develop their critical reasoning skills in the field of Engineering Physiology & anatomy.
Course Outcome:
• Students will be able to get an in-depth understanding of anatomy and physiology of the cardiovascular system (heart
and blood vessel), the pulmonary system (lung), the renal system, the digestive system, the nervous system, the
muscular system and the skeletal system
• The discussion of these physiological systems will cover the levels of cell, tissue and organ
• Students will be able to understand the corresponding structure function relationship of these physiological systems
• Students will be able to relate the structure and function of the cardiovascular, circulatory, respiratory, excretory,
nervous and digestive systems in humans
• Make measurements on and interpret data of physiological processes in living systems
• Explain mechanisms of communication, integration and homeostasis involved in physiological parameters and energy
balance
• Extend students' vocabulary of anatomical concepts and terms
• Students will understand and postulate physiological concepts based on anatomical information
• Enable students to develop their critical reasoning skills in the field of Engineering Physiology & anatomy
•
Module
No
Topic No of
Periods
1 Blood Vascular system
Composition and functions of blood. Plasma proteins – normal values, origin and functions. Brief
idea on Bone marrow. Formed elements of blood – origin, formation, functions and fate.
Hemoglobin – functions, compounds and derivatives. Abnormal hemoglobin-overview. Erythrocyte
sedimentation rate (ESR) and its significance. Hematocrit. PCV, MCV, MCH, MCHC. Blood
coagulation –factors, process, anticoagulants, Prothrombin time. Clotting time. Bleeding time.
Blood groups – ABO systems and Rh factors. Blood transfusion. Ultra structure & functions of
blood vessels (artery, vein, capillary). Differences between artery & vein.
8L
2 Cardio Vascular System
Structure & function of Heart, Anatomical position, chambers of heart, Blood circulation through
heart. Special junctional tissue of heart. Cardiac cycle. Heart Sound. Systemic & pulmonary
circulation. Cardiac output. Blood Pressure-regulation & controlling factors.
6L
34
3 Muscular & Skeletal System:
Microscopic and electron microscopic structure of skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscles. Difference
between skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscles. The sarcotubular system. Red and white striated
muscle fibers. Properties of muscle: excitability and contractility, all or none law, summation of
stimuli, summation of contractions, effects of repeated stimuli, genesis of tetanus, onset of fatigue,
refractory period. Muscle contraction – E C Coupling, Muscle fatigue, Rigor mortis, Sliding
filament theory, Slow & fast muscle fibers, Isotonic & Isometric contraction.
Types of Bones, Structure and Composition of Bone, Classification of Joints, Structure of Synovial
Joint, Cartilage, Tendon, Ligament.
8L
4 Renal System
Function of kidney, Anatomy & Histology of Nephron & collecting duet. Urine formation
(Filtration, reabsorption and secretion) Counter – current system of urine concentration, Anomalies
in urine concentration.
4L
5 Digestive System
Organization of GI system, Digestion and Absorption, Movement of GI tract, Liver, Intestine,
Pancreas, Role of Enzymes in Digestion.
3L
6 Respiratory System
Respiratory Pathways, Mechanism of Respiration, Respiratory membrane and gaseous exchange,
Lungs, Role of Lungs in Respiration and Thermoregulation.
3L
7 Neuro Physiology
Electron microscopic structure of nerve cell or neurons. Neuroglia. Myelinated and nonmyelinated
nerve fibers. The resting membrane potential. The action potential. Propagation of nerve impulse in
different types of nerve fibers. Compound action potentials. Conduction velocity of nerve impulse
in relation to myelination and diameter of nerve fibers. Synapses – types, structure, synaptic
transmission of the impulse, synaptic potentials, neurotransmitters. Autonomic nervous system –
Introduction. Structure of sympathetic and parasympathetic division. Neuromuscular Junction –
structure, events in transmission, end-plate potential, post titanic potential. CNS- Brain and Spinal
cord.
8L
Total 40
Reference Books:
1. Essential of Medical Physiology - Anil Baran Singha Mahapatra, Current Books International
2. Human Physiology - C.C.Chatterjee, Medical Allied Agency
3. Text book of Medical Physiology- Guyton
4. Concise Medical Physiology - Chauduri
5. Anatomy and Physiology – Ross & Wilson, Churchill Livigstone publications.
6. Modern Physiology & Anatomy for Nurses - J Gibson, Black-well Scientific Publishers
Circuit Theory & Networks
Code: BME (EE) 302, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Prerequisite:
1. Ability in identifying passive and active circuit elements/components and basic knowledge on their operation and
application.
2. In depth knowledge in Integral & Differential Calculus and fundamental knowledge on Laplace Theorem & its
inverse.
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with Resonance in Circuits and relevant parameters and methods for evaluating the same.
2. To introduce students the methods of Mesh Current and Node Voltage analysis and their application.
3. To describe Network Theorems and their applications.
4. To illustrate graph theory and its application in estimating electrical parameters in the circuit.
5. To introduce students with coupled circuits and their methods of analysis..
6. To introduce students with transient circuits and describe the methodology to evaluate relevant electrical parameters.
7. To highlight the application of Laplace & Inverse Laplace transform in analyzing circuits.
35
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand, Describe, Analyze and Design series and parallel RLC circuits and solve related problems
2. Analyze circuits using Node Voltage & Mesh Current Analysis in electrical networks and solve related problems.
3. Apply and Analyze Network Theorems to electrical networks to evaluate network parameters in simplified ways.
4. Understand, Describe, Analyze and Design Graph and Trees for a given network and build network matrices and
solve related problems
5. Understand Describe, Analyze and Design Coupled (Magnetic and Electromagnetic) Circuits and solve related
problems
6. Understand, Describe and Analyze the Transients in electrical networks and solve related problems
7. Apply Laplace Transform and form Transfer Function for different kinds of electrical networks for analyzing them
and solve related problems
Module Topic No of
Periods
1 Resonant Circuits: Series and Parallel Resonance, Impedance and Admittance Characteristics, Quality
Factor, Half-Power Points, Bandwidth, Resonant voltage rise, Transform diagrams, Solution of
Problems
4L
2 Mesh Current Network Analysis: Kirchoff’s Voltage Law, Formulation of Mesh Equations, Solution
of mesh equations by Cramer’s rule and matrix method, Driving point impedance, Transfer impedance,
Solutions of Problems with DC and AC sources
6L
3 Node Voltage Network Analysis: Kirchoff’s Current Law, Formulation of node equations and
solutions, Driving point admittance, Transfer admittance, Solutions of Problems with DC and AC
sources
4L
4 Network Theorems: Definition and implications of Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem,
Norton’s Theorem, Reciprocity Theorem, Compensation Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem,
Millman’s Theorem, Star-Delta transformations, Solutions and Problems with DC and AC sources
6L
5 Graph of Network: Concept of Tree Branch, Tree link, junctions, Incident matrix, Tie-set matrix, Cut-
set matrix, determination of loop current and node voltages.
5L
6 Coupled Circuits: Magnetic Coupling, polarity of coils, polarity of induced voltage, concept of self and
mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling, Solution of Problems
2L
7 Circuit Transients: DC Transient in R-L & R-C circuits with and without initial charge, R-L-C circuits,
AC transients in sinusoidal RL, R-C, & R-L-C circuits, solution of problems
5L
8 Laplace Transform: Concept of complex frequency, transformation of f(t) into F(s), transformation of
step, exponential, over-damped surge, critically damped surge, damped sine, und-amped sine functions,
properties of Laplace Transform, linearity, real-differentiation, real integration, Initial Value Theorem
and Final Value Theorem, Inverse Laplace Transform, applications in circuit analysis, Partial Fractions
expansion, Heaviside’s Expansion Theorem, solution of problems
8L
Total 40
Recommended Books:
1. Valkenburg M. E. Van, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall./Pearson Education
2. Hayt“Engg Circuit Analysis 6/e Tata McGraw-Hill
3. D.A.Bell- Electrical Circuits- Oxford
4. A.B.Carlson-Circuits- Cenage Learning
5. John Bird- Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology- 3/e- Elsevier (Indian Reprint)
6. Skilling H.H.: “Electrical Engineering Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons.
7. Edminister J.A.: “Theory & Problems of Electric Circuits”, McGraw-Hill Co.
8. Kuo F. F., “Network Analysis & Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons.
9. R.A.DeCarlo & P.M.Lin- Linear Circuit Analysis- Oxford
10. P.Ramesh Babu- Electrical Circuit Analysis- Scitech
11. Sudhakar: “Circuits & Networks:Analysis & Synthesis” 2/e TMH
12. M.S.Sukhija & T.K.NagSarkar- Circuits and Networks-Oxford
13. Sivandam- “Electric Circuits and Analysis”, Vikas
14. V.K. Chandna, “A Text Book of Network Theory & Circuit Analysis”,Cyber Tech
15. Reza F. M. and Seely S., “Modern Network Analysis”, Mc.Graw Hill .
36
16. M. H. Rashid:Introduction to PSpice using OrCAD for circuits and electronics, Pearson
17. Roy Choudhury D., “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publishers.
18. D.Chattopadhyay and P.C.Rakshit: “Electrical Circuits” New Age
Analog Electronic Circuits
Code: BME (EC) 303, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective
• To familiarize about the working principle and, method of connection application of Electronic devices
• To know about the working of circuits using advanced semiconductor devices and about the practical applications of
Electronic devices.
Course Outcome
Student can analyze practical circuits and come out with the necessary solutions and corrections to be incorporated. One could
design the circuits with these electronic components used in day to day life.They will also know regarding the development of
the Analog Electronics
Modul
e no.
TOPIC No. of
Lecture
1
Filters and Regulators: Capacitor filter, π-section filter, ripple factor, series and shunt voltage
regulator, percentage regulation, 78xx and 79xx series, concept of SMPS.
4
Transistor Biasing and Stability: Q-point, Self Bias-CE, Compensation techniques, h-model
of transistors. Expression for voltage gain, current gain, input and output impedance,
3
2
Transistor Amplifiers: RC coupled amplifier, functions of all components, equivalent circuit,
derivation of voltage gain, current gain, input impedance and output impedance, frequency
response characteristics, lower and upper half frequencies, bandwidth, and concept of wide
band amplifier.
3
Power amplifiers – Class A, B, AB, C, Conversion efficiency, Tuned amplifier 3
3
Multivibrator: Monostable, Bistable,Astable multivibrators; Monostable and astable
operation using 555 timer.
3
Feedback Amplifiers & Oscillators: Feedback concept, negative & positive feedback,
voltage/ current, series/shunt feedback, Berkhausen criterion, Colpitts, Hartley’s, Phase shift,
Wein bridge and crystal oscillators.
5
4
Operational Amplifier: Ideal OPAMP, Differential Amplifier, CMRR, Open & Closed loop
circuits, importance of feedback loop (positive & negative), inverting & non-inverting
amplifiers, voltage follower/buffer circuit.
4
Applications of Operational Amplifiers: adder, integrator & differentiator, comparator,
Schmitt Trigger. Instrumentation Amplifier, Log & Anti-log amplifiers, Precision Rectifier,
voltage to current and current to voltage converter, free running oscillator.
5
TOTAL 30
Reference Books:
1. Sedra & Smith-Microelectronic Circuits- Oxford UP
2. Franco—Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits,3/e,McGraw Hill
3. Boylested & Nashelsky- Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory- Pearson/PHI
1. Millman & Halkias – Integrated El;ectronics, McGraw Hill.
2. Rashid-Microelectronic Circuits-Analysis and Design- Thomson (Cenage Learning)
3. Schilling & Belove—Electronic Circuit:Discrete & Integrated , 3/e , McGraw Hill
4. Razavi- Fundamentals of Microelectronic s- Wiley
5. Malvino—Electronic Principles, 6/e, McGraw Hill
6. Horowitz & Hill- The Art of Electronics; Cambridge University Press.
7. Bell- Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs- Oxford UP
8. Tobey & Grame – Operational Amplifier: Design and Applications, Mc GrawHill.
9. Gayakwad R.A -- OpAmps and Linear IC’s, PHI
10. Coughlin and Driscol–Operational Amplifier and Linear Integrated Circuits–Pearson Edn
37
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL PAPERS
Physics-II Laboratory
Code: PH (BME) 391, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course is objected to train students with experimental techniques in the domain of Acoustics, Modern Optics &
Radioactivity, Semiconductors & Optoelectronic Devices, Electron optics, Optical Instruments & Storage devices
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand, perform and show their experimental skills in the domain of Acoustics
2. Understand, perform and show their experimental skills in the domain of Modern Optics & Radioactivity
3. Understand, perform and show their experimental skills in the domain of Semiconductors & Optoelectronic Devices
4. Understand, perform and show their experimental skills in the domain of Electron optics, Optical Instruments &
Storage devices
Any 7 to be performed from the following experiments
Experiments on Acoustics, Modern Optics & Radioactivity
1. Determination of velocity of ultrasonic wave using piezoelectric crystal.
2. To study variation of acoustics pressure
Experiments on PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTORS & OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES
3. Determination of band gap of a semiconductors/thermistor/four probe method.
4. Determination of Hall co-efficient of a semiconductor.
5. Measurement of Magnetoresistance of a semiconductor.
6. Study of a temperature sensor characteristics.
7. To study current-voltage characteristics, load response, areal characteristics and spectral response of photo voltaic solar
cells & measurement of maximum workable power.
8. Study of characteristics LED.
9. Study of LDR characteristics.
Experiments on Electron optics, Optical Instruments & Storage devices:
10. Study of hysteresis curve of a ferromagnetic material using CRO.
11. Use of paramagnetic resonance and determination of lande-g factor using esr setup.
12. Determination of specific charge (e/m) of electron by J.J. Thomson’s method.
Engineering Physiology & Anatomy Laboratory
Code: BME 391, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Objectives:
1. The objective of Engineering Physiology & Anatomy Laboratory class is to understand the practical aspects of the
body's internal organs and how they function.
2. Provide an active learning environment to teach the basic principles of human physiology & anatomy.
3. Teach students the principles of experimental documentation in a laboratory notebook.
4. Provide students with a hands on opportunity to use commonly used physiological variables measuring equipments.
5. Promote and encourage team work and collaboration among students in the lab.
6. Students are encouraged to create additional test conditions and run additional experiments during the lab time that
extend from the guided lesson plan.
Outcome:
1. Develop a visual knowledge of body structure at the cellular, tissue, organ, & system levels.
2. Understand the gross & microscopic approach to Anatomy & Physiology.
3. Provide the students with all necessary lab tools such as anatomical models, histology slides as well as experimental
& physiological problems that promote the critical understanding of the human body.
4. Familiarize the students with a variety of lab assignments, help visualize most of the anatomical models of all the
body systems that have been covered in the Anatomy & Physiology course.
38
Experiments:
1. Study on Compound Microscope.
2. Identification of fixed histological slides: Cerebellum, Cerebral cortex, Spinal cord, Renal tissues, Blood vessels
(artery & vein), Skin, Tongue, Liver.
3. Hemoglobin estimation.
4. Determination of blood pressure.
5. Blood film making & identification of different blood corpuscle.
6. ECG wave identification.
7. DC of WBC.
8. Determination of Blood Group (ABO; Rh).
9. Measurement of Bleeding Time (BT) & Clotting Time (CT).
Circuits & Networks Laboratory
Code: BME (EE) 392, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students MATLAB Software and its application in circuit analysis.
2. To introduce students in evaluating electrical parameters in resonant circuits using MATLAB.
3. To implement MATLAB in verification of Network theorems.
4. To familiarize students in measuring electrical parameters in transient circuits using MATLAB.
5. To introduce students with the generation of various waveforms using MATLAB.
6. To apply MATAB in evaluating impedance and admittance parameters in a circuit.
7. To familiarize students with poles & zeros concepts and the techniques in evaluating the same.
8. To enumerate application of Laplace transform and its inverse in analysis of circuits.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Describe Analyze and Design series and parallel RLC circuits using MATLAB.
2. Analyze circuits using Node Voltage & Mesh Current Analysis in electrical networks using MATLAB.
3. Verify and analyze Network Theorems to electrical networks using MATLAB.
4. Understand Describe, Analyze and Design Graph and Trees for a given network and solve related problems using
MATLAB.
5. Understand Analyze and Design Coupled Circuits and solve related problem using MATLAB.
6. Understand, Describe and Analyze the Transients in electrical networks and solve related problems using MATLAB
7. Implement Laplace Transform and its Inverse transform on various waveforms using MATLAB
Implementation of Following Experiments using Software (e.g. MATLAB/Pspice) or Hardware
1. Characteristics of Series & Parallel Resonant circuits
2. Verification of Network Theorems
3. Transient Response in R-L & R-C Networks ; simulation / hardware
4. Transient Response in RLC Series & Parallel Circuits & Networks; simulation / hardware
5. Determination of Impedance (Z), and Admittance (Y) parameters of Two-port networks
6. Generation of periodic, exponential, sinusoidal, damped sinusoidal, step, impulse, and ramp signals.
7. Representation of Poles and Zeros in s-plane, determination of partial fraction expansion in s-domain.
8. Determination of Laplace Transform, different time domain functions, and Inverse Laplace Transformation.
39
Analog Electronic Circuits Laboratory
Code: BME (EC) 393, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
1. To understand application of p-n junction Diode, Zener diode , Rectifier etc
2. To analyze the performance of multistage amplifier and power amplifier
3. To study and analyze the performance of multivibrators
4. To understand application of OP AMP
Course Outcome:
After learning this subject, students will be able to
1. Design voltage regulator using Zener Diode
2. Design a DC voltage supply circuit
3. Design and analyze amplifier circuit using transistor
4. Design different Wave Form generator circuit
5. Design and analyze different circuits using OP AMP
6. Design different filter circuits and study their performance
List of Experiments:
1. Study of Diode as clipper & clamper
2. Study of Zener diode as a voltage regulator
3. Study of ripple and regulation characteristics of full wave rectifier without and with capacitor filter
4. Study of characteristics curves of B.J.T
5. Construction of a two-stage R-C coupled amplifier & study of it’s gain .
6. Study of class A & class B power amplifiers.
7. Study of timer circuit using NE555 & configuration for monostable & astable multivibrator.
10. Construction & study of RC phase shift oscillator.
11. Study of Switched Mode Power Supply & construction of a linear voltage regulator using regulator IC chip.
12. Construction of a simple function generator using IC.
Personality Development Laboratory
Code: HU 381, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Guidelines for Course Execution:
Course Objectives:
This course has been designed
1. To inculcate a sense of confidence in the students.
2. To help them become good communicators both socially and professionally.
3. To assist them to enhance their power of Technical Communication.
Course Outcome:
After learning this subject, students will be able to
1. Comprehend conversations and speeches.
2. Speak with clarity and confidence, thereby enhancing their employability skills.
3. Identify his/her creative self, and express effectively the same in writing.
4. Explain the advantages of teamwork and how the tasks could be completed effectively when done as a cohesive unit.
5. Realize that selecting goal is a fundamental component to long-term success of an individual.
6. Enable students to understand different aspects of leadership and evaluate in their own strengths.
7. Be more organized and disciplined.
Detailed Course Outlines:
A. Technical Report Writing: 2L+6P
1. Report Types (Organizational / Commercial / Business / Project)
2. Report Format & Organization of Writing Materials
3. Report Writing (Practice Sessions & Workshops)
B. Language Laboratory Practice
40
I. Introductory Lecture to help the students get a clear idea of Technical Communication & the need of Language Laboratory
Practice Sessions: 2L
2. Conversation Practice Sessions: (To be done as real life interactions) 2L+4P
a) Training the students by using Language Lab Device/Recommended Texts/cassettes /cd’s to get their
Listening Skill & Speaking Skill honed
b) Introducing Role Play & honing over all Communicative Competence
3. Group Discussion Sessions: 2L+6P
a) Teaching Strategies of Group Discussion
b) Introducing Different Models & Topics of Group Discussion
c) Exploring Live /Recorded GD Sessions for mending students’ attitude/approach & for taking remedial measure Interview
Sessions; 2L+6P
a) Training students to face Job Interviews confidently and successfully
b) Arranging Mock Interviews and Practice Sessions for integrating Listening Skill with Speaking
Skill in a formal situation for effective communication
4. Presentation: 2L+6P
a) Teaching Presentation as a skill
b) Strategies and Standard Practices of Individual /Group Presentation
c) Media & Means of Presentation: OHP/POWER POINT/ Other Audio-Visual Aids
5. Competitive Examination: 2L+2P
a) Making the students aware of Provincial /National/International Competitive Examinations
b) Strategies/Tactics for success in Competitive Examinations
c) SWOT Analysis and its Application in fixing Target
Books – Recommended:
1. Nira Konar: English Language Laboratory: A Comprehensive Manual PHI Learning, 2011
2. D. Sudharani: Advanced Manual for Communication Laboratories & Technical Report Writing,Pearson Education
(W.B. edition), 2011
References:
Adrian Duff et. al. (ed.): Cambridge Skills for Fluency
A) Speaking (Levels 1-4 Audio Cassettes/Handbooks)
B) Listening (Levels 1-4 Audio Cassettes/Handbooks)
Cambridge University Press 1998
Mark Hancock: English Pronunciation in Use
4 Audio Cassettes/CD’S OUP 2004
41
2nd Year-4th Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Biomechanics
Code: BME 401, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
1. To describe the fundamental of biomechanics.
2. To Study the deformability, strength, visco elasticity of bone and flexible tissues, modes of loading and failure.
3. To describe the types and mechanics of skeletal joints.
4. To describe movement precisely, using well defined terms (kinematics) and also to consider the role of force in
movement (kinetics).
5. To teach students the unique features of biological flows, especially constitutive laws and boundaries.
6. To teach students approximation methods in fluid mechanics and their constraints.
7. To consider the mechanics of orthopedic implants and joint replacement , mechanical properties of blood vessels and
Alveoli mechanics
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course student will be able to
1. Understand and describe the properties of blood , bone and soft tissues like articular cartilage tendons and ligaments.
2. Gain broad knowledge about the mechanics of moving systems and familiarity with human anatomy to competently
analyze gross movement of the human body.
3. Be able to computionally analyze the dynamics of human movement from the most commonly used measurement
devices in the field, such as motion capture and force platform systems.
4. Use knowledge gained to competently interpret the current understanding of human movement and present
recommendations for further study.
TOPIC No of
Lectures
UNIT I: Introduction to Biomechanics
Review of the principles of mechanics, Vector mechanics- Resultant forces of Coplaner & Noncoplaner
and Concurrent & non-concurrent forces, parallel force in space, Equilibrium of coplanar forces,
Newton’s laws of motion, Work and energy, Moment of inertia.
4L
UNIT II: Tissue Biomechanics
Hard Tissues: Bone structure & composition mechanical properties of bone, cortical and cancellous
bones, viscoelastic properties, Maxwell & Voight models – anisotropy. Electrical properties of bone,
type of fractures, biomechanics of fracture healing.
Soft Tissues: Structure and functions of Soft Tissues: Cartilage, Tendon, Ligament, and Muscle;
Material Properties: Cartilage, Tendon, Ligament, and Muscle; Modeling: Cartilage, Tendon, Ligament,
and Muscle.
7L
UNIT-III: Joints Biomechanics: Skeletal joints, forces and stresses in human joints, Analysis of rigid
bodies in equilibrium, free body diagrams, types of joint, biomechanical analysis of elbow, shoulder,
hip, knee and ankle.
6L
UNIT IV: Cardiac & Respiratory Mechanics
Cardiovascular system, Mechanical properties of blood vessels: arteries, arterioles, capillaries, and
veins. artificial heart valves, biological and mechanical valves development, testing of valves.
Alveoli mechanics, Interaction of blood and lung, P-V curve of lung, Breathing mechanism, Airway
resistance, Physics of lung diseases.
5L
UNIT V: Movement Biomechanics
Gait analysis, body & limbs: mass & motion characteristics actions, forces transmitted by joints. Joints
forces results in the normal & disable human body, normal & fast gait on the level. Patterns:
Push/Throw Continuum Biomechanics of push - like motions, Biomechanics of throw - like motions.
4L
UNIT VI: Biofluid Mechanics
Newton’s law, stress, strain, elasticity, Hooke’s law, viscosity, Newtonian fluid, Non- Newtonian fluid,
viscoelastic fluids, Vascular tree. Relationship between diameters, Velocity and pressure of blood flow,
Resistance against flow.
4L
UNIT VII: Implant Mechanics: General concepts of Implants, classification of implants, Soft tissues
42
replacements and Hard tissue replacements, basic consideration and limitation of tissue replacement,
Design of orthopedic implant, specifications for a prosthetic joint, biocompatibility, requirement of a
biomaterial, characteristics of different types of biomaterials, manufacturing process of implants,
fixation of implants.
6L
Total 40L
Text Books
1. R. M. Kennedy, A textbook of Biomedical Engineering, GTU, 2010
2. Richard Shalak&ShuChien, Handbook of Bioengineering,
3. Sean P. Flanagan, Flanagan, Biomechanics: A case based Approach, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2013
4. Y. C. Fung, Yuan-Cheng Fung,Biomechanics: mechanical Proparty of living Tissue, Springer, 1996.
5. Carol A. Oatis, The Mechanics and Pathomechanics of Human Movement, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2010
6. Sean P. Flanagan, Flanagan, Biomechanics: A Case Based Approach, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2013.
Reference Books
1. Prof. Ghista,Biomechanics, Private Publication UAF, 2009
2. White &Puyator, Biomechanics, Private publication UAE, 2010
Biophysical Signals & Systems
Code: BME 402, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
Biomedical engineers must have knowledge about various biosignals and systems. This course with develop the fundamental
basis of signals and systems for biomedical engineering along with characterization and understanding of bio-signals and
physiological systems. Various signal processing tools are dealt in this course with an emphasis on their application in bio-
systems. Control systems along with their analogy with biological systems are also included.
Course Outcome:
The subject provides the student the exposure to the fundamentals in digital bio-signal processing. At the end of the course the
students will have clear knowledge of tools and techniques of digital signal processing along with firm understanding of
physiological signals and systems.
Module Content No of
Lectures
1 Signals and systems: Continuous time (CT) signals, Discrete time (DT) signals, periodic, aperiodic,
random, energy and power signals, step, ramp, impulse and exponential function, Transformation in
independent variable of signals: time scaling, time shifting and time inverting, Introduction to systems,
system properties, interconnection of system, LTI systems- linear and circular convolution, correlation,
auto-correlation, direct form-I and direct form-II representations, parallel and cascade representations, s,
physiological signals and their properties.
8
2 Signal analysis: Basic concepts of the Fourier Series, Properties of continuous and discrete time Fourier
series, Continuous Time Fourier Transform (CTFT) and Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT),
Discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and its inverse (IDFT), Introduction to Fast Fourier transform (FFT),
ECG signal analysis.
7
3 Sampling Theorem, Laplace Transforms and Z-Transforms: Representation of continuous time signals
by its sample, Sampling theorem, Reconstruction of a Signal from its samples, aliasing, Laplace transform:
basics, properties, inverse; z-transform: definition, properties, Poles and Zeros, inverse z-transform;
Region of convergence (ROC), Representation of systems by differential equations and transfer functions.
7
4 Noise and Feed Back System:: Sources and types of noise, Basic Feedback concept, Positive and
Negative Feedback, Control system, Open loop Control System, Control system With Feed Back,
Application of feed back in physiological systems and its importance.
4
5 Filtering Techniques: Types of filter (Active and Passive), General idea of L.P.F, H.P.F, B.P.F and N.F.
Passive and Active Filters (L.P, H.P, B.P & N.F), use of filter for biomedical signal analysis, design of
filter suitable for Bio-medical signal analysis.
4
6 Physiological System: Block diagram representation of cardio vascular system, Electrical analog of blood
vessels and its transfer function. Characteristics of ECG, EEG and EMG signals, signal conditioning of
these bio-potential signals
4
Total 34
43
Reference Books:
1. Oppenheim, Wilskey and Nawab-Signal & System, Prentice Hall India.
2. Hayken & Van Veen- Signal & System,Willey
3. Taub & Schilling-Principles of Communication System, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Kennedy & Devis-Electronic Communication System, Tata McGraw Hill
5. R.M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis, Wiley
6. A.K.Sawhney-Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd
7. J.G.Prokis & D.G.Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithm and Applications”, PHI/Pearson Education.
8. I.J. Nagrath, Control Systems Engineering, New Age International.
9. Wills J. Tompkins, “ Biomedical digital signal processing”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
Digital Electronics & Integrated Circuits
Code: BME (EC) 403, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Prerequisite:
Knowledge of analog electronics
Course Objective:
1. To introduce students with different number systems & their inter-conversion techniques.
2. To introduce students with codes & code conversion techniques.
3. To familiarize students with different logic families & technologies of circuit integration
4. To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and its application in digital electronics.
5. To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions
6. To describe the procedures for the analysis and design of combinational circuits and sequential circuits
7. To introduce the concept of memories, programmable logic devices and digital ICs.
Course Objective:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
8. Understand and describe different number systems and their conversions, signed binary number representation and
binary arithmetic and solve relevant numerical.
9. Understand and explain Boolean algebra and logic gates and solve relevant numerical.
10. Describe, analyze, formulate and construct combinational networks.
11. Understand and explain memory systems.
12. Describe, analyze, formulate and construct sequential networks.
13. Understand, describe, analyze and construct basic analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog circuits.
14. Understand and explain different kinds of logic families.
Module Topic No of
Periods
1 Data and number systems; Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal representation and their conversions;
BCD,ASCII, EBDIC, Gray codes and their conversions; Signed binary number representation
with 1’s and 2’s complement methods, Binary arithmetic.
5
2 Boolean algebra; Various Logic gates- their truth tables and circuits; Representation in SOP and
POS forms; Minimization of logic expressions by algebraic method, K-map method
6
3 Combinational circuits- Adder and Subtractor circuits; Applications and circuits of Encoder,
Decoder, Comparator, Multiplexer, De-Multiplexer and Parity Generator.
5
4 Memory Systems: RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEROM, Programming logic devices and gate
arrays.(PLAs and PLDs)
6
5 Sequential Circuits- Basic memory element-S-R, J-K, D and T Flip Flops, various types of
Registers and counters and their design, Irregular counter, State table and state transition
diagram, sequential circuits design methodology.
8
6 Different types of A/D and D/A conversion techniques. 4
7 Logic families- Basics TTL, MOS and CMOS, their operation and specifications 6
Total 40
44
Text Books:
1. S.Salivahanan, S.Aribazhagan, Digital Circuit & Design, 3rd Ed., Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
2. Anand Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits- PHI
3. A.K.Maini- Digital Electronics- Wiley-India
4. Kharate- Digital Electronics- Oxford
References:
1. Morries Mano- Digital Logic Design- PHI
2. Leach & Malvino—Digital Principles & Application, 5/e, Mc Graw Hill
3. Floyed & Jain- Digital Fundamentals-Pearson.
4. Tocci, Widmer, Moss- Digital Systems,9/e- Pearson
5. R.P.Jain—Modern Digital Electronics, 2/e , Mc Graw Hill
6. H.Taub & D.Shilling, Digital Integrated Electronics- Mc Graw Hill.
7. D.Ray Chaudhuri- Digital Circuits-Vol-I & II, 2/e- Platinum Publishers
8. Givone—Digital Principles & Design, Mc Graw Hill
9. S.K.Mandal, Digital Electronics Principles and Applications- Mc Graw Hill.
10. J.Bignell & R.Donovan-Digital Electronics-5/e- Cenage Learning.
11. P.Raja- Digital Electronics- Scitech Publications
Object Oriented Programming using C++
Code: BME(CS)404, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
1. Be able to explain the difference between object oriented programming and procedural programming.
2. Be able to program using more advanced C++ features such as→ composition of objects, operator overloads,
dynamic memory allocation, inheritance and polymorphism, file I/O, exception handling, etc.
3. Be able to build C++ classes using appropriate encapsulation and design→ principles.
Course Outcome:
After the completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Develop, design and implement simple computer programs.
2. Understand functions and parameter passing.
3. Perform numeric (algebraic) and string-based computation.
4. Understand object-oriented design and programming.
5. Understand dynamic memory allocation and pointers.
6. Design, implement, and test relatively large C++ programs.
Topic No of
Lectures
Introduction
Programming paradigms, Language translator, Basics of OOP, Structure of C++ program, Class and
object, Abstraction and encapsulation, Polymorphism, Inheritance, Static and dynamic binding.
3L
Declaration, Expression and statements
Data types, Variables, Constants, Operator and expression, Operator precedence and associativity.
Statements: Labelled, Expression, Compound, Control, Jump, Declaration, Try-throw-catch. Control,
Jump, Declaration, Try-throw-catch.
4L
Array, pointer and function
Array, Addresses, Pointer. Function: Declaration, Definition and call, Inline function, Main function
argument, Reference variable, Function overloading, Default argument, Parameter passing, Recursion,
Scope of variable, Return-by-value and Return-by-reference, Pointer to function
4L
Data abstraction through classes and user defined data types
Class, Members, Constructor and destructor, Copy constructor. Dynamic memory management: Operators
new and delete, Malloc and free, Static member, Scope of class names, Scope of variables.
6L
Operator Overloading
Overloading unary and binary operator, Overloaded function calls, Subscripting, class member access,
Non-member operator, New and delete, Cast operator.
5L
45
Class relationships
Introduction, Polymorphism, Coercion, Overloading, Parametric and inclusion polymorphism,
Inheritance: direct and indirect super classes, Multiple inheritance, Virtual base class, Friend, Virtual
function, Abstract class, Overriding and hiding, Dynamic binding of functions, Virtual destructor and
operators.
6L
Template and Exception Handling
Class template, Member function inclusion, Function template, Specialization, Inheritance, Namespace.
Concept of exception handling, Catch block, Nested try-catch block, Condition expression in throw
expression, Constructor & destructor, Runtime standard exception
5L
Standard Library in C++
Standard library function, Input and output, Iostream class hierarchy, Class ios, Other stream classes.
3L
Object oriented design and modelling [4L]
Software development, Qualities of software system, Software architecture, Process life cycle, phases,
Modularity, OOmethodology, Modeling, UML overview, Object oriented design patterns.
4L
TOTAL 40L
Textbooks/References: Textbooks/References:
1. Objected Oriented Programming with C++- E. Balaguruswamy
2. Schildt, H., The Complete Reference C++, McGraw – Hill.
3. C++ object oriented programming paradigm, Debasish Jana, PHI
4. Pooley, R and P. Stevens, Using UML , Addison-Wesley.
5. Programming In C++, Y.I. Shah and M.H. Thaker, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS
6. Rambaugh, James Michael, Blaha – "Object Oriented Modelling and Design" – Prentice Hall, India
7. Rajaram: Object Oriented Programming and C++, New Age International
Biomaterials
Code: BME 405, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Course Objectives:
• The student would be able to learn characteristics and classification of Biomaterials.
• Understand the characteristics of different metals and ceramics used as biomaterials.
• Understand polymeric materials, composites and combinations that could be used as a tissue replacement implants.
• Students should be able to understand how to develop artificial organ using these materials.
• Instill a fundamental understanding of the properties and applications of biomaterials, both natural and synthetic that are
used in contact with biological systems in the area of various tissues and organ replacement.
• To acquaint students with the interactions between biomaterials and the human body that lead to failure of devices.
• This course presents a balanced perspective on the evolving discipline of Biomaterials Science by including information
on hard biomaterials and soft biomaterials, orthopedic ideas, cardiovascular concepts, ophthalmologic ideas, and dental
issues.
• Demonstrate in-depth knowledge of the mechanical and biological properties of both natural and synthetic biomaterials
used in implant design and artificial tissue or organ making.
• Describe the role of adsorbed proteins and cells in the tissue response to biomaterials.
• Demonstrate an understanding of the host response to implant biomaterials and be able to compare the responses to
different materials.
• Describe the methods of testing for biomaterials biocompatibility.
• Distinguish the events that lead to the degradation of materials in the biological environment.
• Demonstrate an in-depth knowledge of the application of biomaterials, both natural and synthetic, in implant design and
artificial tissue or organ making.
• Demonstrate an understanding of implant failure from a biological perspective.
• Appreciate the complex mechanical and biological interactions between biomaterials and biological systems.
• Gain a solid appreciation for the special significance of the word biomaterial as well as the rapid and exciting evolution
and expansion of biomaterials science and its applications in health care.
46
Course Outcome:
• Identify and understand the main terms largely used in biomaterials literature, basic properties of various biomaterials,
correctly associate terms with processes/phenomena, and be able to correlate related events.
• Able to design basic tissue or organ replacement implants using clear understanding of Biomaterials as tools of
Biomedical Implant Engineering.
• They will be able to apply knowledge in the design of various biocompatible implants and artificial organ to develop and
improve Health Care Service and will be able to serve mankind and society.
• Include a balance of fundamental biological concepts, materials science background, medical/clinical concerns, as well
as coverage of biomaterials past, present, and future.
• Develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, particularly in the context of biomaterials
selection and design.
• An ability to understand environmental considerations and sustainable engineering solutions in the field of Biomaterials.
• Develop an ability to understand professional ethics and legal issues related to Biomaterials, Implant design and artificial
tissue grafting.
• Develop an ability to function effectively as an individual and a member in diverse team.
Topic No of
Lectures
Introduction: Definition of biomaterials, requirements of biomaterials, classification of biomaterials,
Comparison of properties of some common biomaterials. Effects of physiological fluid on the properties of
biomaterials. Biological responses (extra and intra-vascular system). Surface properties of materials, physical
properties of materials, mechanical properties.
6L
Metallic implant materials: Stainless steel, Co-based alloys, Ti and Ti-based alloys. Importance of stress-
corrosion cracking. Host tissue reaction with biometal, corrosion behavior and the importance of passive films
for tissue adhesion. Hard tissue replacement implant: Orthopedic implants, Dental implants. Soft tissue
replacement implants: Percutaneous and skin implants, Vascular implants, Heart valve implants-Tailor made
composite in medium.
6L
Polymeric implant materials: Polyolefins, polyamides, acrylic polymers, fluorocarbon polymers, silicon
rubbers, acetals. (Classification according to thermosets, thermoplastics and elastomers). Viscoelastic behavior:
creep-recovery, stressrelaxation, strain rate sensitivity. Importance of molecular structure, hydrophilic and
hydrophobic surface properties, migration of additives (processing aids), aging and environmental stress
cracking. Physiochemical characteristics of biopolymers. Biodegradable polymers for medical purposes,
Biopolymers in controlled release systems. Synthetic polymeric membranes and their biological applications.
6L
Ceramic implant materials: Definition of bioceramics. Common types of bioceramics: Aluminium oxides,
Glass ceramics, Carbons. Bioresorbable and bioactive ceramics. Importance of wear resistance and low fracture
toughness. Host tissue reactions: importance of interfacial tissue reaction (e.g. ceramic/bone tissue reaction).
4L
Composite implant materials: Mechanics of improvement of properties by incorporating different elements.
Composite theory of fiber reinforcement (short and long fibers, fibers pull out). Polymers filled with osteogenic
fillers (e.g.hydroxyapatite). Host tissue reactions.
4L
Biocompatibility & toxicological screening of biomaterials: Definition of biocompatibility, blood compatibility
and tissue compatibility. Toxicity tests: acute and chronic toxicity studies (in situ implantation, tissue culture,
haemolysis, thrombogenic potential test, systemic toxicity, intracutaneous irritation test), sensitization,
carcinogenicity, mutagenicity and special tests.
5L
Sterilisation techniques: ETO, gamma radiation, autoclaving. Effects of sterilization on material properties. 3L
Testing of biomaterials/Implants: In vitro testing (Mechanical testing): tensile, compression, wears, fatigue,
corrosion studies and fracture toughness. In-vivo testing (animals): biological performance of implants. Ex-
vivo testing: in vitro testing simulating the in vivo conditions. Standards of implant materials.
6L
Test books
1. J B Park, Biomaterials - Science and Engineering, Plenum Press , 1984.
2. Sujata V. Bhat, Biomaterials, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.
3. Bronzino JD, ed. The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, Second Edition, Vol-II, CRC Press
References
1. Jonathan Black, Biological Performance of materials, Marcel Decker, 1981
2. C.P.Sharma & M.Szycher, Blood compatible materials and devices, Tech.Pub.Co. Ltd., 1991.
3. Piskin and A S Hoffmann, Polymeric Biomaterials (Eds), Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
4. Eugene D. Goldbera , Biomedical Ploymers, Akio Nakajima.
5. L. Hench & E. C. Ethridge, Biomaterials - An Interfacial approach.
6. Buddy D.Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Biomaterial Sciences – Int. to Materials in Medicine
47
7. Frederick H. Silver, Biomaterials, Medical devices and Tissue Engineering, Chapman & Hall
Engineering Economics & Management
Code: HU 401, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
The course is intended to provide basic understanding of Economics and Management to engineering students with following
aspects:
1. To impart knowledge, with respect to concepts, principles and practical applications of Economics, which govern the
functioning of a firm/organization under different market conditions.
2. To help the students to understand the fundamental concepts and principles of management; the basic roles, skills,
functions of management, various organizational structures and basic knowledge of marketing.
Course Objective:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Furnish their concepts & knowledge on the principles and practical applications of Economics, which govern the
functioning of a firm/organization under different market conditions.
2. Understand & describe the fundamental concepts and principles of management; the basic roles, skills, functions of
management, various organizational structures and basic knowledge of marketing.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module1:
Economic Decisions Making – Overview, Steps, Problems.
3L
Module2:
Engineering Costs & Estimation – Fixed, Variable, Marginal & Average Costs, Sunk Costs, Opportunity
Costs, Recurring And Nonrecurring Costs, Incremental Costs, Cash Costs vs Book Costs,; Types Of
Estimate, Estimating Models - Per-Unit Model, Benefits ,C-V-P.
5L
Module3:
Investment Decision: Concept of time value of money, Cost of Capital, Cash Flow, present value of
annuity, Future value of annuity, Investment decision with considering time value of money and without
considering time value of money- Multiple Alternatives. Replacement Analysis - Replacement Analysis
with time value of money.
7L
Module4:
Decision making process under uncertainty In Future Events - Estimates And Their Use In Economic
Analysis, Probability, Joint Probability Distributions, Expected Value, Economic Decision Trees, Risk,
Risk vs Return.
5L
Module5:
Inflation And Price Change – Definition, Effects, Causes, Price Change With Indexes, Types of Index,
Composite vs Commodity Indexes, Use of Price Indexes In Engineering Economic Analysis
5L
Module6:
Accounting –Definition, Concepts, Double entry System, Journal , Ledger, Trial Balance, Trading
A/C,Profit & Loss A/C and Balance Sheet.
5L
Module7:
Interpretation of financial statements with Financial Ratios like Revenue Ratios, Balance sheet Ratios and
Combined ratios.
5L
Module8:
Inventory Management: Levels of stock, Wilson model of EOQ,EOQ with quantity discount.
5L
TOTAL 40L
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Economics, R.Paneerselvam, PHI publication
2. Fundamentals of Management: Essential Concepts and Applications, Pearson Education, Robbins S.P. and Decenzo David
A.
3. Economics: Principles of Economics, N Gregory Mankiw, Cengage Learning
4. Principles and Practices of Management by L.M.Prasad
48
5. Principles of Management by Tripathy and Reddy
6. Modern Economic Theory, By Dr. K. K. Dewett & M. H. Navalur, S. Chand Publications
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL PAPERS
Biomaterials & Biomechanics Laboratory
Code: BME 491, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course will provide basic hands on laboratory experiments in Biomaterials & Biomechanics
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course student will be able to
1. Perform Mechanical characterization & Hardness testing of biomaterials
2. Measure Surface roughness & haemocompatibility of biomaterials
3. Stress Strain analysis of hip prosthesis
4. Determine moment of inertia of human limb & human bone
5. Perform Ultrasonic characterization of biomaterials-NDE
6. Perform Conductivity measurement of body fluid
List of Experiments:
1. Mechanical characterization of biomaterials
2. Hardness testing of biomaterials
3. Surface roughness measurement of biomaterials
4. Estimation of haemocompatibility of biomaterials by hemolysis studies
5. Measurement of torque required to tap and screwing in jaw bone.
6. Determination of moment of inertia of human limb using dynamometer.
7. Determination of moment of inertia of human bone using compound pendulum method.
8. Stress-strain analysis of hip prosthesis
9. Ultrasonic characterization of biomaterials-NDE
10. Conductivity measurement of body fluid.
Biophysical Signals & Systems Laboratory
Code: BME 492, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course is objected to impart the fundamental knowledge and application of versatile types of signals in experimental point
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course student will be able to
1. Gain knowledge on the application of MATLAB software in analyzing biophysical signals
2. Generate versatile Signal waveform using MATLAB
3. Generate various types of noise waveforms using MATLAB
4. Apply MATLAB in evaluating Fourier Transform, Z-transform and Laplace Transform of mathematical functions
5. Apply MATLAB in studying filters and ECG signal analysis
The following simulation exercise should be carried out in MATLAB or C programming.
1. Familiarization with MATLAB and generation of various types of waveforms (sine, cosine, square, triangular etc.).
2. Generation of different functions (unit impulse, unit step, RAMP, etc.)
3. Generation of various types of noise (uniform white, Gaussian, coloured etc.).
4. Fourier transform of the signals
5. To study Z- transform (MATLAB) of: a) Sinusoidal signals b) Step functions.
6. To study Laplace- transform (MATLAB) of: a) Sinusoidal signals b) Step functions.
7. To study LPF &HPF, band-pass and reject filters using RC circuits
8. ECG signal analysis / Equivalent electrical circuit analysis of blood vessels
49
Digital Electronics & Integrated Circuits Laboratory
Code: BME (EC) 493, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
1. To familiarize students with different Digital ICs corresponding to different logic gates
2. To show the working operation of basic logic gates & Universal logic gates.
3. To familiarize students with the design of combinational circuits.
4. To introduce students with basic components of sequential circuits.
5. To familiarize students with the design of sequential circuits.
Course Outcome:
1. Understand and describe Digital ICs of different logic gates.
2. Describe, design and analyze combinational circuits.
3. Describe, design and analyze sequential circuits.
List of Experiments
1. Familiarization with different digital ICs.
2. Realization of different gates like AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR and EX-NOR.
3. Realization of basic gates using universal logic gates.
4. Gray Code to Binary Code Conversion and Vice Versa.
5. Code Conversion between BCD and Excess-3
6. Four-bit parity generator and comparator circuits.
7. Construction of simple Decoder and Multiplexer circuits using logic gates.
8. Construction of simple arithmetic circuits-Adder, Subtractor.
9. Design of combinational circuit for BCD to decimal conversion to drive 7-segment display using multiplexer.
10. Realization of RS-JK and D flip-flops using Universal logic gates.
11. Realization of Universal Register using JK flip-flops and logic gates.
12. Realization of Universal Register using multiplexer and flip-flops..
13. Realization of Asynchronous Up/Down counter.
Programming Practices Laboratory
Code: BME (CS) 494, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course is directed to train students with programming practices using C++
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course student will be able to
1. Understand the principles and practice of object oriented analysis and design in the construction of robust,
maintainable programs which satisfy their requirements;
2. Design, write, compile, test and execute straightforward programs using C++;
3. Realize the professional approach to design and the importance of good documentation to the finished programs.
4. Implement, compile, test and run C++ programs comprising more than one class, to address a particular software
problem.
5. Demonstrate the ability to use simple data structures like arrays in a C++ program.
List of Experiments:
1. Write a C++ program to display any message.
2. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of Inline Function.
3. Write a C++ program to show Default Arguments.
4. Write a C++ program to show Function Overloading.
5. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of for loop, while loop, do-while loop, switch case.
6. Write a C++ program to show the example of Static Variable and Static Member function.
50
7. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of Implicit and Explicit type casting.
8. Write a C++ program to show the example of scope resolution operator and private member function.
9. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of object as function argument.
10. Write a C++ program to show the example of friend function.
11. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of function returning object.
12. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of Constructor overloading.
13. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of copy operator and default operator.
14. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of overloading of unary operator.
15. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of overloading of binary operator.
16. Write a C++ program to show the example of overloading of binary operator and friend function.
17. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of overloading of binary operator and friend function.
18. Write a C++ program to compare two strings using operator overloading.
19. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of multilevel, multiple, hierarchical and hybrid inheritance.
20. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of array of pointer and array of pointers to objects.
21. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of this pointer.
22. Use a try block to throw it and use catch block to handle it properly and demonstrate the concept of re-throwing an
exception.
23. Write a C++ program to illustrate a function template for finding the maximum value in an array.
24. Write a C++ program to illustrate the example of virtual function.
25. Write a C++ program to implement the virtual base classes.
26. Write a C++ program to show the example of class templates and function template.
27. Consider a class network, the class master derives information from both account and admin classes which in turn derive
information from the class person. Define all the four classes and write a program to create, update and display the
information contained in master objects.
28. Write a C++ program to create a file and store the employee record in the file and display all the record and update the
contact number and address of the employee whenever it has required.
29. Write a C++ program to implement the handle the exception. Use a try block to throw it and use catch block to handle it
properly and demonstrate the concept of re-throwing an exception.
30. Related Problems based on the above concepts.
51
3rd Year-5th Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Biomedical Instrumentation
Code: BME 501, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Prerequisite:
Knowledge of analog & digital electronics
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with various aspects of measuring electrical parameters from living body.
2. To introduce students with the characteristics of medical instruments and related errors.
3. To illustrate various types of amplifiers used in biomedical instruments.
4. To familiarize students with biomedical recorders.
5. To introduce students with patient monitoring system & its characteristics.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Describe and characterize the sources of biomedical signals and needs of using biomedical instruments & their
limitations.
2. Understand & describe pc based medical instrumentation & regulation of medical devices.
3. Describe and characterize medical instruments as per their specifications, static & dynamic characteristics and
understand data acquisition system.
4. Describe, analyze, characterize and design Bio-amplifiers.
5. Understand, describe, characterize and design various medical recording systems & their components.
6. Understand and describe patient monitoring systems and its necessity in healthcare system.
Topic No of
Lectures
Medical Instrumentation: Sources of Biomedical Signals, Basic medical Instrumentation system, Performance
requirements of medical Instrumentation system, Microprocessors in medical instruments, PC based medical
Instruments, General constraints in design of medical Instrumentation system, Regulation of Medical devices.
6L
Measurement systems: Specifications of instruments, Static & Dynamic characteristics of medical instruments,
Classification of errors, Statistical analysis, Reliability, Accuracy, Fidelity, Speed of response, Linearization of
technique, Data Acquisition System.
6L
Bioelectric signals and Bioelectric amplifiers: Origin of bioelectric signals, Electrodes, Electrode-tissue
interface, Galvanic Skin Response, BSR, Motion artifacts, Instrumentation amplifiers, Special features of
bioelectric amplifiers, Carrier amplifiers, Chopper amplifiers, Phase sensitive detector.
8L
Biomedical recording systems: Basic Recording systems, General consideration for signal conditioners,
Preamplifiers, Differential Amplifier, Isolation Amplifier, Electrocardiograph, Vectorcardiograph,
Phonocardiograph, Electroencephalograph, Electromyography, Other biomedical recorders, Biofeedback
instrumentation, Electrostatic and Electromagnetic coupling to AC signals, Proper grounding, Patient isolation and
accident prevention.
12L
Patient Monitoring Systems: System concepts, Cardiac monitor, selection of system parameters, Bedside
monitors, Central monitors, Heart rate meter, Pulse rate meter, Holter monitor and Cardiac stress test, Cardiac
cauterization instrumentation, Organization and
equipments used in ICCU & ITU.
8L
Total 40L
Text Books:
1. R. S. Khandpur “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. J.J.Carr & J.M.Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
52
3. Cromwell, Weibell & Pfeiffer, “Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurement”, Prentice Hall, India
References:
1. Joseph Bronzino, “Biomedical Engineering and Instrumentation”, PWS Engg . , Boston.
2. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons.
3. Joseph D.Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering handbook”, CRC Press.
Biosensors & Transducers
Code: BME 502, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Objective: This subject aims to impart an understanding of the physical principles which govern the measurement of a
biological variable or system, using a transducer which converts the variable into an electrical signal. This course will
principally focus on biosensors and transducers associated with measurement of physiological phenomena, including pressure,
displacement, flow, volume and biochemistry.
Outcome: On completion of this course, the student should:
i) Have a broad understanding of the applications of various sensors and transducers available for physiological and
cellular measurements
ii) Understand fundamental transduction and biosensing principles
iii) Get the clear domain knowledge about various measurement systems includes different types of sensors,
electrodes, signal conditioning circuits for acquiring and recording various physiological parameters.
iv) Understand various measurement devices and techniques, including the underlying biological processes that
generate the quantities to be measured or controlled
v) Be capable of critically reviewing the literature in the application area and apply knowledge gained from the
course to analyse simple biosensing and transduction problems.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module-I: Transducers principles and Medical applications - Classification of transducers,
characteristic of transducers, Temperature transducers: Resistance temperature detector (RTD), Thermistor,
Thermocouple, p-n junction, chemical thermometry, Displacement transducers: potentiometer, resistive
strain gauges, inductive displacement, capacitive displacement transducer, Pressure transducer:variable
capacitance pressure transducers, LVDT transducers, strain gauge transducers, semiconductor transducers,
catheter tip transducers, Piezoelectric transducer, Photoelectric transducers: photo-emissive tubes,
photovoltaic cell, photoconductive cell, photodiodes, Flow transducers: magnetic, resistive and ultrasonic
Module–II: Biopotential Electrodes - Electrode electrolyte interface, polarization, polarizable and non-
polarizable electrodes, Electrode Behavior and, Circuit Models, Electrode-skin Interface and Motion
Artifact, Body-Surface Recording Electrodes, Internal Electrodes: Needle & wire electrodes, Electrode
Arrays, Microelectrodes: Metal supported metal , micropipette (metal filled glass and glass micropipette
electrodes), microelectronic, properties of microelectrodes. Electrodes for Electric Stimulation of Tissue
(i.e. for ECG, EMG & EEG)
Module-III: Chemical Biosensors
Blood gas and Acid-Base Physiology, Electrochemical sensors, reference electrode, pH, pO2, pCO2
electrodes, Ion-Selective Field-Effect Transistor (ISFET), Noninvasive Blood-Gas Monitoring, Blood-
Glucose Sensors. Transcuteneous arterial oxygen tension & carbon dioxide tension monitoring enzyme
electrode.
Module-IV: Optical Sensor and Radiation Detectors: Principles of optical sensors, optical fiber sensors,
indicator mediated transducers, optical fiber temperature sensors, Proportional counter, Gas-ionisation
chamber, Geiger counters, Scintillation detectors.
Module-V: Biological sensors: Sensors / receptors in the human body, basic organization of nervous
system-neural mechanism, Chemoreceptor: hot and cold receptors, barro receptors, sensors for smell,
sound, vision, Ion exchange membrane electrodes, enzyme electrode, glucose sensors, immunosensors,
Basic principles of MOSFET biosensors & BIOMEMS, basic idea about Smart sensors.
TOTAL
53
Reference Books:
1. R. S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. S.C. Cobbold, “Transducers for Biomedcial Instruments”, Prentice Hall.
3. Brown & Gann, “Engineering Principles in Physiology Vol. I”, Academic Press.
4. Carr & Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology Pearson Edn, Asia.
5. Rao & Guha,”Principles of Medical Electronics & Biomedical Instrumentation”, University Press, India.
6. Iberall & Guyton, Regulation & Control in Physiological System, Instruments Soc.USA.
7. A.V.S. De Renck , “Touch Heat & Pain”, Churchill Ltd. London.
8. Harry Thomas, “Handbook of Bio medical Instrumentation”, Reston, Virginia.
9. D. L. Wise, “Applied Bio Sensors“, Butterworth, London.
Biomedical Digital Signal Processing
Code: BME 503, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objectives
1. To build a strong base for developing algorithms for signal processing systems.
2. To develop competency in terms of logical thinking, programming and application skills.
3. To train and motivate students for pursuing higher education and research for developing cutting edge technologies.
Course Outcomes
After completion students will be able to
1. Understand the fundamental techniques and applications of digital signal Processing with emphasis on biomedical
signals.
2. Implement algorithms based on discrete time signals.
3. Understand Circular and linear convolution and their implementation using DFT analyse signals using discrete
Fourier transform.
4. Understand efficient computation techniques such as DIT and DIF FFT Algorithms.
5. Design FIR filters using window method, digital IIR filters by designing prototype analog filters and then applying
analog to digital conversion
54
Medical Imaging Techniques
Code: BME 504, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective
1. To study the production of x-rays and its application to different medical Imaging techniques.
2. To study the different types of Radio diagnostic techniques.
3. To study the special imaging techniques used for visualizing the cross sections of the body.
4. To study the imaging of soft tissues using ultrasound technique
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course students will be able to
1. Understand and describe the basics of X-ray imaging modality and its biological effects.
2. Understand and describe the fundamentals of CT imaging
3. Understand and explain the principles of Fluoroscopy and angiography.
4. Understand and explain the principles of Infra red imaging.
55
Electives (PE)
Control Engineering
Code: BME 505A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objectives:
This course is objected to impart knowledge on the fundamentals of Control systems engineering, its components and
applications.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. To teach the fundamental concepts of Control systems and mathematical modeling of the system
2. To study the concept of time response and frequency response of the system
3. To teach the basics of stability analysis of the system
4. To study the state variable analysis
5. To teach the problem solving technique and designing aspect of control system.
Topic No of
Lectures
Module 1:
Introduction to Control Systems: Classification of control systems with examples. Properties of Control
Systems: Stability, disturbance rejection, insensitivity and robustness.
2L
Module 2:
Control system components: Position and velocity sensors and encoders, servomotors and voice coil
actuators.
2L
Module 3:
Basic Control actions: Proportional, integral, derivative, and their combinations.
2L
Module 4:
Review of Matrix Algebra: Rank of matrix, Generalised matrix inverse, eigenvalues, eigenvector,
computation of function of matrix.
3L
Module 5:
State variable analysis: Concept of state, state variable, state model. State variable formulation of control
system, diagonalization, Relating transfer function with state model. Time response of state model of linear
time-invariant system. Alternative representations in state space (cascade form, parallel form, controllable
canonical form, observable canonical form). Elementary concept of controllability & observability.
9L
Module 6:
Block diagram representation of control systems: block diagram reduction and signal flow graph
analysis.
4L
Module 7:
Stability of linear systems: Routh-Hurwitz criterion, Nyquist criterion. Stability margins. Root locus
analysis. Effects of system gain and additional pole-zeros on stability.
8L
Module 8:
Review of frequency domain methods: Nichols plots. Frequency Domain Specifications in open loop and
3L
56
closed loop and their significance, Concept of Bandwidth (3 dB BW & 90 degree BW) and Cut-off
frequency, Effect of addition of poles and zeros on Bandwidth.
Module 9:
Design and compensation of control systems in frequency domain: Lag compensator, lead
compensator, lead-lag compensator and lag-lead compensator.
2L
Module 10:
Case Studies: Performance analysis of remote position control system and generator voltage regulation.
1L
Total 36L
Books :
1. Nagrath I. J. and Gopal M.,“Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International (P) Ltd.
2. Ogata K, “Modern Control Systems”, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
3. Benjamin C. Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, PHI
4. Gopal: Modern Control System, New Age International
Biophysics & Biochemistry
Code: BME 505B, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
• The course aims to provide an advanced understanding of the core principles and topics of Biophysics &
Biochemistry and their experimental basis, and to enable students to acquire a specialized knowledge and
understanding of selected aspects by means of a branch lecture series.
• Students will be able to learn the vocabulary and conceptually understand the biochemical & biophysical processes.
• Students will be able to learn the theoretical and technical basis for biophysical & biochemical definition and
determination of macromolecular structure.
• This course focuses on the phenomena related to the interaction and communication between living cells and their
molecular constituents, drawing on research methods used within the fields of molecular and cellular biochemistry
and biophysics.
Course Outcome:
• The students will get broad and deep understanding of the ways that life functions are explained in terms of the
principles of chemistry and physics.
• The ability to utilize computational tools as appropriate to the biochemistry, biophysics, and molecular biology
disciplines, including research, data analysis, and communication.
• The students will get knowledge necessary for students, according to their career goals, to attain acceptance into
advanced degree programs.
• The students will be exposed to familiarity with the complexity of issues facing professionals in the biochemistry,
biophysics, and molecular biology disciplines, including scientific and moral ethics, cultural diversity, and
environmental concerns.
• The students will be exposed to familiarity with the types of contributions that this course can provide to society,
including improvements in the human condition, and economic stimulation at the local, national, and international
levels.
• Learn how to design and interpret experiments, thereby contributing to the creation of new knowledge in the fields of
biochemistry and biophysics.
• Develop an awareness of ethical responsibilities when conducting and reporting research in the biochemistry,
biophysics, and molecular biology disciplines.
MODULE CONTENT HOURS
1 Biological Principles: Composition and properties of cell membrane, membrane
transport, body fluid, electrolytes, filtration, diffusion, osmosis, electrophoresis,
plasmapheresis, radioimmunoassay, Photochemical reaction, laws of photochemistry,
fluorescence, phosphorescence.
5
2 Bioelectricity: Membrane potential, Action potential, Electrical properties of 4
57
membrane, capacitance, resistance, conductance, dielectric properties of membrane.
3 Electrical stimulus and biophysical activity: Patient safety, electrical shock and
hazards, leakage current, Electrical activity of heart (ECG), Electrical activity of
brain(EEG), Electroretinogram (ERG), Electro-occologram (EOG),
Electromyogram(EMG).
5
4 Radioactivity: Ionizing radiation, U-V & IR radiations, Production of radioisotopes,
Radioactive decay, Half life period.
4
5 Macromolecules: Classification & functions of carbohydrates, glycolysis, TCA cycle,
ATP synthesis. Classification & functions of proteins, architecture of protein,
Classification of amino acid, oxidative and non oxidative deamination, transamination.
Classification & functions of lipids, biosynthesis of long chain fatty acid, oxidation
and degradation of fatty acid.
8
6 Enzymes and Nucleic acid: Chemical nature &broad classification of enzymes, M-M
kinetics, Isozymes and Allosteric enzymes. Structure of DNA, DNA Replication,
Transcription, Translation.
8
Modelling of Physiological Systems
Code: BME 505C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objectives:
The course provides a detailed insight in the modeling approaches to describe and reconstruct physiological properties and
physiology of the cardiovascular muscular and neurological systems. The course will provide the students with a guide to
mathematical modeling techniques and tools for simulation of physiological systems.
Course Outcomes:
After Completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Understand the requirements for the development of mathematical and computational models in the analysis of
physiological process/ biological systems
2. Articulate the difference between theory and model
3. Choose and apply appropriate analytical and numerical tools to solve ordinary differential equation models of
biological problems.
4. Understand, predict and interpret the biological significance of linear and nonlinear control systems.
5. Classify modeling approaches and select appropriate models as research and development tools.
6. Students will be able to demonstrate their understanding of cellular force development and tissue mechanics.
7. Students will be able to integrate electrical, electrochemical, physiological and mechanical phenomena into the design
of models to assess their inter-dependencies.
58
Electives (OE)
Data Structure & Algorithm
Code: BME (CS) 506A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objectives:
The course provides a detailed insight in the data structure using object oriented programming & relevant algorithm formation
and their application.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the need of Object oriented programming and its relevance in the context of Structures and Functions
2. Learn the concepts and relevance of Classes & Objects
3. Understand the concept of Operator Overloading and inheritance for effective programming.
4. Understand advanced concepts about functions and programming techniques for working with files.
5. Understand different types of Data structures
Topic No of
Lectures
Overview of C language, Time and Space analysis of Algorithms - Order Notations. 5L
Linear Data Structures: Sequential representations - Arrays and Link Lists, Stacks, Queues and Dequeues,
Strings, Application. Linear Data Structures, Link Representation - Linear linked lists, Circularly linked lists.
Doubly linked lists,application.
7L
Recursion: Design of recursive algorithms, Tail Recursion, When not to use recursion, Removal of recursion. 4L
Non-linear Data Structure: Trees - Binary Trees, Traversals and Threads, Binary Search Trees, Insertion and
Deletion algorithms, Height-balanced and weight-balanced trees, B-trees, B+ -trees, Application of trees; Graphs -
Representations,Breadth-first and Depth-first Search.
6L
Hashing: Hashing Functions, collision Resolution Techniques. 4L
Sorting and Searching Algorithms- Bubble sort, Selection Sort, Insertion Sort, Quicksort, Merge Sort, Heapsort
and Radix Sort.
4L
File Structures: Sequential and Direct Access. Relative Files, Indexed Files - B+ tree as index. Multi-indexed 6L
59
Files, Inverted Files, Hashed Files.
Total 36L
Text books:
Data Structure Through C-Bandyopadhyay & De,Pearson Education
Data Structure Using C-Berman,OUP
Ajay Agarwal- Data Structure Through C, Cyber Tech
Data Structures and Algorithms – O.G. Kakde and U.A. Deshpande, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS.
Aho Alfred V., Hopperoft John E., UIIman Jeffrey D., “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Addison Wesley.
Drozdek A –Data Structures and Algorithms.
Pujari A.K. – Data Mining & Techniques, Universities Press.
References:
1. Heileman: Data structures, algorithms & OOP- Tata McGraw Hill
2. Data Structures Using C – M.Radhakrishnan and V.Srinivasan, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS
3. Weiss Mark Allen, Algorithms, Data Structures, and Problem Solving with C++, Addison Wesley.
4. Horowitz Ellis & Sartaj Sahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures, Galgotia Pub.
5. Tanenbaum A. S., Data Structures using ‘C’
Soft-computing
Code: BME(CS)506B, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
AIM:
To give an overall understanding on the theories those are available to solve hard real world Problems
OBJECTIVES:
1. To give the students an overall knowledge of soft computing theories and fundamentals
2. To give an understanding on the fundamentals of non-traditional technologies and approaches to solving hard real-
world problems
3. Fundamentals of artificial neural networks, fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic and genetic algorithms.
4. Use of ANN, Fuzzy sets to solve hard real-world problems
5. To give an overview of Genetic algorithms and machine learning techniques to solving hard real-world problems
6. To study about the applications of these areas
Topic No of
Lectures
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION
Evolution of Computing - Soft Computing Constituents – From Conventional AI to Computational Intelligence –
Neural Networks - Scope and Evolution – Models of Neural Networks – Feed forward Networks – Supervised
Learning Neural Networks – Associative memory networks – Unsupervised learning networks – Special Networks
6L
UNIT II
FUZZY SETS AND FUZZY LOGIC
Fuzzy Sets – Operations on Fuzzy Sets – Fuzzy Relations - Fuzzy Rules Non –interactive fuzzy sets –
Fuzzification– Intuition , inference, Rank ordering –Defuzzification – Max-membership principle, centroid
method, center of sums, center of largest area.
7L
UNIT III
FUZZY MEASURES AND REASONING
Fuzzy arithmetic and measures – Fuzzy reasoning – approximate reasoning –categorical, qualitative, syllogistic,
dispositional – Fuzzy inference systems – fuzzy decision making – individual, multiperson, multi objective,
Bayesian – fuzzy logic control system – architecture, model and application
7L
UNIT IV
MACHINE LEARNING AND GENETIC ALGORITHM
Machine Learning Techniques – Machine Learning Using Neural Nets – Genetic Algorithms (GA) – Simple and
General GA – Classification of Genetic Algorithm – Messy, Adaptive, Hybrid, Parallel – Holland Classifier
System
8L
UNIT V
APPLICATION AND IMPLEMENTATION SOFT COMPUTING
Genetic algorithms -. Traveling Salesperson Problem, Internet Search Techniques –Fuzzy Controllers – Bayesian
8L
60
Belief networks for Rocket Engine Control – Neural Network, Genetic algorithm and Fuzzy logic implementation
in C++ and Matlab
Total 36L
TEXT BOOK:
1. S.N. Sivanandam and S.N. Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India Ltd., First Indian Edition, 2007
REFERENCES:
1. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun, Eiji Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2003.
2. James A. Freeman and David M. Skapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications, and Programming Techniques”,
Pearson Edn., 2003.
3. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, “Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic-Theory and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. Amit Konar, “Artificial Intelligence and Soft Computing”, First Edition,CRC Press, 2000.
5. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation”, Second Edition Prentice Hall, 1999.
6. Mitchell Melanie, “An Introduction to Genetic Algorithm”, Prentice Hall, 1998.
7. David E. Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning”, Addison Wesley, 1997.
VLSI & Embedded System
Code: BME(EC)506C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
PO(Program Objective):
1 Describe MOS transistor structure and operation
2 . State VLSI design flow and design hierarchy
3. Design NAND, NOR, half adder, full adder transmission gate
4. describe different inverters(Resistive load,CMOS etc)
5. Design MOS based sequential circuit
6. Design dynamic logic circuits
7. Understand the fundamentals of the embedded systems
8. Basic programming concepts of for embedded systems
9. Describe the Basic OS fundamentals and the RTOS for embedded systems
Learning Outcome:
Outcome of this course is:
Students will be able to apply the theoretical VLSI circuits knowledge and embedded systems fundamentals for designing
circuits in the domain of VLSI and can have a basic platform for embedded systems. Getting a strong foundation on the
theoretical knowledge on VLSI as well as embedded systems will help them to get into the field of VLSI circuits design and
the embedded systems and RTOS fields which in turn helps the society to have chips for simplifying /helping everyday life
either in form of knowledge sharing or in the form of product development.
Topic No of
Lectures
Introduction to MOSFETs: MOS-transistor structure, operation,characteristics.VLSI design flow
and design hierarchy. Brief overview of circuit design techniques (Hierarchical design, Design
abstraction, computer aided design).
2L
MOS Inverter: Simple inverter structure, VTC, Critical voltages, different types of inverter, Noise
margin.
2L
CMOS combinational circuit:: NAND gate, NOR gate, Half adder, Full adder, Other complex
logic circuts, CMOS transmission gates, Simple circuits design with CMOS transmission gate.
5L
Sequential MOS Logic Circuits: SR Latch, JK Latch,D latch,Edge triggered Flipflops. 5L
Dynamic Logic Circuits: Dynamic logic circuits basics, Precharge and evaluate logic,cascading
problem, Domino Logic.
4L
61
Introduction to Embedded systems: Embedded Systems –Definition, Difference between
Embedded system and General Computing Systems, Importance of Embedded Systems ,
Hardware architecture of the real time systems,Different hardware units & processor overview for
embedded systems.
4L
Programming Concepts for Embedded systems: ALP and High level language, Macros,
functions, data types, data structures, modifiers, statements ,loops, pointers Queue, stack, Lists and
ordered lists, compilres and cross compilers.
4L
Real Time Operating Systems : Operating system basics, Tasks, Process and Threads,
Multiprocessing and multitasking, task communication, task synchronization, Multiple tasks
scheduling in real time systems by RTOS
10L
Total 36L
Text books:
1. Neil H.E Weste, Kim Haase, David Harris, A.Banerjee, “CMOS VLSI Design: A circuits & Systems
Perspective”, Pearson Education
2. Wayne Wolf,” Modern VLSI Design – System-on-chip Design”, Prentice Hall India/Pearson Education
3. Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf Lablebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, Analysis & Design”, Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition
4 .Introduction to Embedded System: Shibu K. V. (TMH)
5. Embedded System Design – A unified hardware and software introduction: F. Vahid
(John Wiley)
6. Embedded Systems: Rajkamal (TMH)
References:
1. David Hodges, Horace G Jackson, & Resve A Saleh, “ Analysis & Design of Digital Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition
2. Ken Martin,” Digital Integrated Circuits”, Oxford University Press
3.Embedded Systems : L. B. Das (Pearson)
4. Embedded System design: S. Heath (Elsevier)
5. Embedded microcontroller and processor design: G. Osborn (Pearson)
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL PAPERS
Biomedical Instrumentation Laboratory
Code: BME 591, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with the operation of DC to DC converter & its application.
2. To introduce students with timer circuits & heart-rate meter.
3. To emphasis on the study of EMG, ECG, EEG & PCG waveform & analysis.
4. To familiarize students with the design of biopotential amplifiers.
5. To introduce students with basic operation of X-ray system.
6. To introduce students on the study of isolation of biosignals.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand and implement isolation techniques in designing biomedical instruments.
2. Measure and Analyze EMG, ECG, EEG and PCG waveforms in diagnostic point of views
3. Measure and Analyze QRS components from diagnostic point of view.
4. Design and analyze the characteristics of Biopotential amplifiers.
5. Understand & describe the basic operation of an X-ray system.
6. Measure heart rate meter using F-V Converter.
7. Measure ON-Time & OFF-Time delay of a waveform using Timer circuit.
62
List of experiments:
1. Power isolation: isolation transformer and DC-DC converters
2. Timer circuits: ON delay and OFF delay study
3. Measurement of heart rate using F-V converter
4. ECG processing and analysis
5. EMG processing and analysis
6. EEG processing and analysis
7. Detection of QRS component from ECG signals
8. Study on Instrumentation Amplifier-Design
9. Study on X-ray radiography systems / X-ray simulator
10. Characterization of biopotential amplifier for ECG & EMG signals
11. PCG processing and analysis / electronic stethoscope
12. Isolation of bio-signal (EMG / ECG)
Biosensors & Transducers Laboratory
Code: BME 592, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objectives:
1. To study and analyze the theory and practical characteristics of the various transducers for the measurement of the
vital physiological signals
2. To get familiar with the various types of transducers and to study the compatibility for any clinical measurements
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Perform temperature, pressure & displacement measurement using relevant sensors/transducers
2. Study the characteristics of an LDR, load cell & pH electrodes
3. Perform torque measurement with strain gauge
4. Study the characteristics of biotransducers and bioelectrodes
List of Experiments:
1. Temperature measurement using AD590 IC sensor
2. Displacement measurement by using a capacitive transducer
3. Study of the characteristics of a LDR
4. Pressure and displacement measurement by using LVDT
5. Study of a load cell with tensile and compressive load
6. Torque measurement Strain gauge transducer
7. Study & characterization of Biotransducers – Pressure, Temparature, Humidity
8. Study & characterization of Bioelectrodes – ECG, EMG, EEG
9. Study & Characterization of pH electrodes.
Biomedical Digital Signal Processing Laboratory
Code: BME 593, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
Examining the full scope of digital signal processing in the biomedical field, this course provides the basics of digital signal
processing as well as programming in MATLAB for designing and implementing digital filers for biomedical application. It
provides a set of laboratory experiments that can be done using either an actual analog-to-digital converter, or taking the
available data base to process the biomedical signals. The course emphasizes on feature extraction and classification of normal
and abnormal features using different modeling techniques.
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students, using MATLAB software, will be able to
1. Perform DFT of a step response
2. Estimate Power spectral density of waveform
3. Determine frequency response, phase response & magnitude response of FIR & IIR filters
4. DCT, IDCT, FFT, IFFT, correlation, autocorrelation and cross-correlation of ECG signals
63
Data Structure & Algorithm Laboratory
Code: BME(CS) 596A, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course provides the student with the fundamental means to approach the design and analysis of algorithms in an effective
and methodologically correct manner. The student will acquire knowledge of general techniques for the design and analysis of
algorithms and will be provided with a collection of significant examples of representative problems. Furthermore, the student
will have the opportunity to supplement the theoretical concepts with programming in the C language during laboratory
sessions.
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Able to understand the importance of structure and abstract data type, and their basic usability in different
applications through different programming languages
2. Able to analyze and differentiate different algorithms based on their time complexity.
3. Able to understand the linked implementation, and its uses both in linear and non-linear data structure
4. Able to understand various data structure such as stacks, queues, trees, graphs, etc. to solve various computing
problems
5. Able to implement various kinds of searching and sorting techniques, and know when to choose which technique
6. Able to decide a suitable data structure and algorithm to solve a real world problem
List of Experiments:
1. Implementation of array operations.
2. Implementation of linked lists: inserting, deleting, and inverting a linked list.
3. Stacks and Queues: adding, deleting elements of Circular Queue: Adding & deleting elements.
4. Merging Problem: evaluation of expressions/operations on multiple stacks & queues.
5. Implementation of stacks & queues using linked lists.
6. Polynomial addition, Polynomial multiplication.
7. Sparse Matrices: Multiplication, addition.
8. Recursive and Non-recursive traversal of Trees
9. Threaded binary tree traversal. AVL tree implementation.
10. Application of Trees, Application of sorting and searching algorithms.
11. Hash tables implementation: searching, inserting and deleting, searching & sorting techniques
Soft-computing Laboratory
Code: BME (CS) 596B, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
To implement neural network techniques, fuzzy logic approaches, genetic algorithms to solve different type of practical
problems
64
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. To know about the basics of soft computing techniques and also their use in some real life situations.
2. To solve the problems using neural networks techniques.
3. To find the solution using different fuzzy logic techniques
4. To use the genetic algorithms for different modelling
5. To integrate the various soft computing techniques
List of experiments:
1. To perform Union, Intersection and Complement operations.
2. To implement De-Morgan’s Law.
3. To plot various membership functions.
4. Use Fuzzy toolbox to model tip value that is given after a dinner based on quality and service.
5. To implement FIS Editor.
6. Generate ANDNOT function using McCulloch-Pitts neural net.
7. Generate XOR function using McCulloch-Pitts neural net.
8. Hebb Net to classify two dimensional input patterns in bipolar with given targets.
9. Perceptron net for an AND function with bipolar inputs and targets.
10. To calculate the weights for given patterns using hetero-associative neural net.
11. To store vector in an auto-associative net, find weight matrix & test the net with input
12. To store the vector, find the weight matrix with no self-connection.
13. Test this using a discrete Hopfield net.
VLSI & Embedded System Laboratory
Code: BME(EC)596C, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This lab course is to provide an introduction to the characteristics of digital logic and the design, construction, testing and
debugging of simple digital circuits using Verilog HDL. And also provide an introduction to the development of application
using microcontrollers.
Course Outcome:
1. An understanding of digital logic
2. An ability to implement basic synchronous sequential circuits with flip-flops
3. An understanding of the operation of logic gates
4. An understanding of the operation of SR, T, JK, and D flip-flops
5. An understanding of the operation of counters and registers an understanding of the operation of multiplexers,
decoders.
6. To have a wide knowledge in the architecture 8051 microcontroller
7. Being able to design small software/hardware systems
List of experiments:
1. Introduction to modelsim & Design of Logic gates
2. Design of Binary Adders & Subtractor
3. Design of Multiplexers & Demultiplexers
4. Design of Encoders & Decoders
5. Design of Flip Flops
6. Design of Counters & Shift Registers
7. Switch level modeling
8. Bit manipulation
9. Verifying Arithmetic function
10. Interrupts &Timer control
65
3rd Year-6th Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Analytical & Diagnostic Equipments
BME 601, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
This course is intended to impart the fundamental knowledge of versatile analytical & diagnostic equipments used in the
healthcare system
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
Identify, understand and explain the working principle of basicdanalytical & diagnostic equipments used in biomedical
engineering domain
1. Understand and explain the working principle of Blood gas analyzers and Oximeters
2. Understand and explain the working principle of Blood cell counters and Blood pressure apparatus
3. Understand and explain the working principle of Blood Flow meters
4. Understand and explain the working principle of Pulmonary function analyzers
5. Understand and explain the working principle of Endoscopy
Topic No of
Lectures
Module I: Clinical equipments
Principles of photometric measurement, Radiation sources, Optical filters, Colorimeter, Spectrometer ,
Design of Monochromators, Flame photometer, Atomic absorption spectrophotometer, Automated
biochemical analyzer- Auto analyzer, Electromechanical analyzer – Chromatographs, Microscopes,
Scanning Electron Microscope, Transmission Electron Microscope, Centrifuge-principles and applications.
8L
Module II: Blood gas analyzers and Oximeters
Blood pH measurement, Blood pCO2 measurement, Blood pO2 measurement, a complete blood gas
analyzer, Fiber optic based blood gas sensors, Oximetry, Principles of oximetric measurements, Ear
oximeter, Pulse oximeter, Intravascular oximeter.
6L
Module III: Blood cell counters and Blood pressure apparatus
Methods of cell counting, Flow cytometry, Coulter Counters, automatic recognition and differential
counting of cells, Sphygmomanometer, Automated indirect and specific direct method of B.P. monitor.
7L
Module IV: Blood Flow meters
Electromagnetic blood flow meter, Ultrasonic blood flow meter-Transit time and Doppler blood flow
meter, Cardiac output measurement-Dye dilution method and Impedance technique.
6L
Module V: Pulmonary function analyzers
Respiratory volumes and capacities, Compliance and related pressure, Spirometer, Pneumotachometer,
impedance pneumograph / plethysmograph, apnea detector.
6L
Module VI: Endoscopy
Basic endoscopic equipments, Fibreoptic instruments and video-endoscopes, Accessories-illumination,
instrument tips, instrument channels, tissue sampling devices, suction traps and fluid-flushing devices,
Various endoscopic applications. Maintenance and Storage
7L
TOTAL 40L
Text Books:
1. R. S. Khandpur “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. J.J.Carr & J.M.Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
66
3. Cromwell, Weibell & Pfeiffer, “Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurement”, Prentice Hall, India
References:
1. Joseph Bronzino, “Biomedical Engineering and Instrumentation”, PWS Engg . , Boston.
2. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons.
3. Joseph D.Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering handbook”, CRC Press.
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers
BME 602, Contacts: 3L+1T, Credit: 4
Objective:
The Microprocessor is a general purpose programmable logic device. A thorough understanding of the Microprocessor
demands, concepts & skill from two different aspects - hardware concepts and programming skills. The syllabus presents an
integrated approach to hardware and software in the concept of 8085 Microprocessor. The syllabus has been updated on the
Microprocessor architecture, introduces programming and integrates hardware and software concepts, with interfaces and
peripherals.
However 8086 microprocessor provides better and faster performance that contains a set of 16 bit ALU, a rich instruction set
and provides segmented memory addressing scheme. It also has a powerful instruction set along with the architectural
developments which imparts substantial programming sensibility. The microcontroller 8051 for the approach for designing
embedded systems. The course is intended to acquire the knowledge for design and development of microprocessor based
systems as well as microcontroller based systems.
Outcome:
After completion of this course students will be able to
1. Familiar with the 8085 and 8086 microprocessor and 8051 microcontroller
2. Explain the application of microprocessor & microcontroller
3. Interface external device like sensors, memory, keyboard etc with the microprocessor as well as microcontroller.
4. Design embedded system.
5. They will be able to write program in assembly language and C language.
6. Study the advanced microcontroller.
7. Control the different physical parameters.
Topics No. of
Periods
Module -1
Introduction to Microcomputer based system. History of evolution of Microprocessor and
Microcontrollers and their advantages and disadvantages, Architecture of 8085 Microprocessor.
Address/data bus De multiplexing, status Signals and the control signal generation. Instruction set of
8085 microprocessor, Classification of instruction, addressing modes, timing diagram of the
instructions ( a few examples).
6
Assembly language programming with examples, Interrupts of 8085 processor, programming using
interrupts, Stack and Stack Handling, Call and subroutine, DMA, Memory interfacing with 8085
6
Module 2:
The 8086 microprocessor- Architecture, pin details, addressing modes, instruction set, Assembly
language programming interrupts
6
Memory interfacing with 8086 2
Module -3
Introduction to MCS-51 microcontroller –Architecture, pin details, memory organization, Hardware
features of MCS-51, external memory interfacing, timers, interrupts, serial port, addressing modes,
assembly language programming, ADC and DAC interfacing with microcontroller 8051
11
Module -4:
Support IC chips- 8255, 8253, 8259, 8251 and their interfacing techniques 6
Brief introduction to PIC microcontroller (16F877) 1
Total 40
Module -5:
Introduction to PLC and Mechatronics 2
Total 40
67
Textbooks :
1. Microprocessors and microcontrollers - N. Senthil Kumar, M. Saravanan and Jeevananthan (Oxford univ.press)
2. 8051 Microcontroller – K. Ayala (Cengage learning)
3. MICROPROCESSOR architecture, programming and Application with 8085 - R.Gaonkar (Penram International Publishing
LTD. )
4. 8051 Microprocessor –V. Udayashankara and M.S Mallikarjunaswami (TMH).
5. Microprocessor 8085 and its Interfacing—S Mathur (PHI)
6. An Introduction to Microprocessor and Applications –Krishna Kant (Macmillan)
7. Mechatronics: W. Bolton, Pearson Education
8. Mechatronics : N.P. Mahalik, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
9. Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers, Thomson/Delmar Learning; 3rd edition, 2005
10. Programmable Logic Controllers, McGraw-Hill Higher Education; 4 edition, 2010
Reference:
1. 8086 Microprocessor –K Ayala (Cengage learning)
2. The 8085 Microprocessor,Architecture,Programming and Interfacing- K Uday Kumar,B .S Umashankar (Pearson)
3. The X-86 PC Assembly language, Design and Interfacing - Mazidi, Mazidi and Causey (PEARSON)
4. The 8051 microcontroller and Embedded systems - Mazidi, Mazidi and McKinley (PEARSON)
5. Microprocessors – The 8086/8088, 80186/80386/80486 and the Pentium family – N. B. Bahadure (PHI).
6. The 8051 microcontrollers – Uma Rao and Andhe Pallavi (PEARSON).
Advanced Imaging Systems
BME 603, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
This course is intended to impart the versatile advanced imaging techniques, their operating principle, applications & related
modalities in healthcare system.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand, explain & analyze the principles of ultrasound imaging and its biological effects.
2. Understand, explain & analyze the principles of PET & SPECT imaging.
3. Understand, explain & analyze the fundamentals of Magnetic resonance imaging
Topic No of
Lectures
Module I: Ultrasound Imaging
Physics of ultrasound and Production of ultrasound, Medical ultrasound, acoustic impedance, absorption
and attenuation of ultrasound energy, pulse geometry, ultrasonic field, ultrasonic transducers and probe
design, Principles of image formation, capture and display - Principles of A Mode, B Mode and M Mode.
Real-time ultrasonic imaging systems, electronic scanners, image artifacts, Doppler ultra sound and
Colour velocity mapping, duplex ultrasound, bio-effects and safety levels. Scan converters, Frame
grabbers, Single line and multi line monitoring of ultrasound displays - US artifacts
10L
Module II: Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
Principles of nuclear magnetism, RF magnetic field and resonance, magnetic resonance (MR) signal,
nuclear spin relaxations, gradient pulse, slice selection, phase encoding, frequency encoding, spin echoes,
gradient echoes, K-space data acquisition and image reconstruction. MRI scan ner hardware: magnet,
gradient coil, RF pulse transmission and RF signal reception. Diagnostic utility and clinical MRI,
functional MRI, magnetic resonance angiography (MRA), magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS),
diffusion MRI, bio-effects and safety levels.
12L
68
Module III: PET and SPECT Imaging
Introduction to emission tomography, basic physics of radioisotope imaging Compton cameras for nuclear
imaging, Radio nuclides for imaging, nuclear decay and energy emissions, brief of radionuclide
production and detectors, pulse height analyzer, uptake monitoring equipments, Rectilinear scanners,
Gamma Camera PET scanner principles, SPECT, Computer techniques in fast acquisition Analytic image
reconstruction techniques, Attenuation, scatter compensation in SPECT spatial compensation in SPECT.
10L
Module IV - Other Imaging Techniques & Archiving:
Infrared (IR) imaging: Thermography - Clinical applications of thermography, liquid crystal
thermography. Optical coherence tomography (OCT): Introduction and its medical applications -
Advances in image resolutions and speed in picture archiving and communication systems (PACS) in
medical imaging.
8L
TOTAL
Text Books:
1. Carr & Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
2. R. S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons
References:
1. Dowsett, Kenny & Johnston, “The Physics of Diagnostic Imaging”, Chapman & Hall Medical, Madras/London.
2. Brown, Smallwood, Barber, Lawford & Hose, “Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering”, Institute of Physics
Publishing, Bristol.
3. Massey & Meredith , “Fundamental Physics of Radiology”, John Wright & Sons.
4. S. Webb, “The Physics of Medical Imaging”, Ada m Hilger, Bristol.
5. Sybil M Stockley, “A Manual of Radiographic Equipments”, Churchill Livingstones.
6. Chistrmis , “Physics of Diagnostic Radiology”
Electives (PE)
Communication Systems
BME 604A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Pre-Requisite: Mathematics, Signal Theory.
Course Objective: This curriculum is designed for enabling the students to assimilate the principles of electronic
communication. Theory of traditional communication systems, digital communication, wireless communication, information
theory, Source coding, error correction strategies and their working methodology would be stressed.
Course Outcome: On course completion, the students would be exposed to the methods of modulating amplitude and
phase/frequency of the electromagnetic wave, transmission and receptions of binary streams and voice signals, constraints of
designing communication systems namely noise, power. Also idea of information as measurable quantity. Methods of
probabilistic source coding and error correction techniques are ingrained quantitatively.
Topic No. of
Lectures
ANALOG COMMUNICATION
Noise: Source of Noise - External Noise- Internal Noise - Noise Calculation. Introduction to
Communication Systems: Modulation – Types - Need for Modulation. Theory of Amplitude
Modulation - Evolution and Description of SSB Techniques - Theory of Frequency and Phase
Modulation – Comparison of various Analog Communication System (AM – FM – PM).
8L
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
69
Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK) – Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Minimum Shift Keying (MSK) –
Phase Shift Keying (PSK) – BPSK – QPSK – 8 PSK – 16 PSK - Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
(QAM) – 8 QAM – 16 QAM – Bandwidth Efficiency– Comparison of various Digital Communication
System (ASK– FSK – PSK – QAM).
8L
DATA AND PULSE COMMUNICATION
Data Communication: History of Data Communication - Standards Organizations for Data
Communication- Data Communication Circuits - Data Communication Codes - Error Detection and
Correction Techniques - Data communication Hardware - serial and parallel interfaces. Pulse
Communication: Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) – Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) – Pulse code
Modulation (PCM) - Comparison of various Pulse Communication System (PAM – PTM – PCM)
7L
SOURCE AND ERROR CONTROL CODING
Entropy, Source encoding theorem, Shannon fano coding, Huffman coding, mutual information,
channel capacity, channel coding theorem, Error Control Coding, linear block codes, cyclic codes,
convolution codes, viterbi decoding algorithm
7L
MULTI-USER RADIO COMMUNICATION
Advanced Mobile Phone System (AMPS) - Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) – Code
division multiple access (CDMA) – Cellular Concept and Frequency Reuse - Channel Assignment and
Hand off - Overview of Multiple Access Schemes - Satellite Communication - Bluetooth.
6L
Total 36L
TEXT BOOK:
1. Wayne Tomasi, “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.
REFERENCES:
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
2. Rappaport T.S, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
3. H.Taub, D L Schilling and G Saha, “Principles of Communication”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
4. B. P.Lathi, “Modern Analog and Digital Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2007.
5. Blake, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Thomson Delmar Publications, 2002.
6. Martin S.Roden, “Analog and Digital Communication System”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
7. B.Sklar, “Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications” 2nd Edition Pearson Education, 2007.
Bionanotechnology
BME 604B, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
This course is aimed to provide the knowledge on fundamental aspects of bionanotechnology
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to understand the basics of bionanotechnology and its application
Topic No. of
Lectures
UNIT - I BIONANOMACHINES AND THEIR BASICS
Negligible gravity and inertia, atomic granularity, thermal motion, water environment and their
importance in bionanomachines. The role of proteins- amino acids- nucleic acids- lipids and
polysaccharides in modern biomaterials. Overview of natural Bionanomachines: Thymidylate Sythetase
, ATP synthetase, Actin and myosin, Opsin, Antibodies and Collagen.
5
UNIT - II SYNTHESIS OF BIOMOLECULES & INTERPHASE SYSTEMS 8
70
Recombinant Technology, Site-directed mutagenesis, Fusion Proteins. Quantum Dot structures and
their integration with biological structures. Molecular modeling tools: Graphic visualization, structure
and functional prediction, Protein folding prediction and the homology modeling, Docking simulation
and Computer assisted molecular design. Interphase systems of devices for medical implants –
Microfluidic systems – Microelectronic silicon substrates – Nano-biometrics – Introduction – Lipids as
nano-bricks and mortar: self assembled nanolayers.
UNIT - III FUNCTIONAL PRINCIPLES OF NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY
Information driven nanoassembly, Energetic, Role of enzymes in chemical transformation, allosteric
motion and covalent modification in protein activity regulation, Structure and functional properties of
Biomaterials, Bimolecular motors: ATP Synthetase and flagellar motors, Traffic across membranes:
Potassium channels,ABC Transporters and Bactreriorhodapsin, Bimolecular sensing, Self replication,
Machine-Phase Bionanotechnology Protein folding; Self assembly, Self-organization, Molecular
recognition and Flexibility of biomaterials.
7
UNIT - IV PROTEIN AND DNA BASED NANOSTRUCTURES
Protein based nanostructures building blocks and templates – Proteins as transducers and amplifiers of
biomolecular recognition events – Nanobioelectronic devices and polymer nanocontainers – Microbial
production of inorganic nanoparticles – Magnetosomes .DNA based nanostructures – Topographic and
Electrostatic properties of DNA and proteins – Hybrid conjugates of gold nanoparticles – DNA
oligomers – Use of DNA molecules in nanomechanics and Computing.
8
UNIT - V APPLICATIONS OF NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY
Semiconductor (metal) nanoparticles and nucleic acid and protein based recognition groups –
Application in optical detection methods – Nanoparticles as carrier for genetic material –
Nanotechnology in agriculture – Fertilizer and pesticides. Designer proteins, Peptide nucleic acids,
Nanomedicine, Drug delivery, DNA computing, Molecular design using biological selection,
Harnessing molecular motors, Artificial life, Hybrid materials, Biosensors, Future of
Bionanotechnology
8
Total 36L
TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:
1. C. M. Niemeyer, C. A. Mirkin, ―Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications and Perspectives‖, Wiley – VCH, (2004).
2 T. Pradeep, ―Nano: The Essentials‖, McGraw – Hill education, (2007).
3. Challa, S.S.R. Kumar, Josef Hormes, Carola Leuschaer, ‖Nanofabrication Towards Biomedical Applications, Techniques,
Tools, Applications and Impact‖, Wiley – VCH, (2005).
4. Nicholas A. Kotov, ―Nanoparticle Assemblies and Superstructures‖, CRC, (2006).
5. David S Goodsell, “Bionanotechnology‖, John Wiley & Sons, (2004).
Tissue Engineering
BME 604C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
This course will provide an overview of cell biology fundamentals, an extensive review on extracellular matrix and basics of
receptors, followed by topics on cell-cell and cell-matrix interactions at both the theoretical and experimental levels.
Subsequent lectures will cover the effects of physical (shear, stress, strain), chemical (cytokins, growth factors), and electrical
stimuli on cell function, emphasizing topics on gene regulation and signal transduction processes. Tissue engineering will be
introduced by reviewing tissue structure and function and the clinical need for tissue repair. An overview of scaffold design
and processing for tissue engineering will be reviewed and the application of tissue engineering to specialized tissues and
organs will then be addressed in depth. Specific organ systems include skin, muscular skeletal system (vascular grafts, blood
substitutions, cardiac patch, and heart valve), nervous system (peripheral and central nervous systems), liver, pancreas, and
kidney.
71
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the difference between cells and tissues and understand how complex structures can arise from
simpler components.
2. Demonstrate the ability to predict single component fluid properties and changes in thermodynamic variables associated with
intercellular processes associated with tissues.
3. Demonstrate understanding of common tissue engineering strategies and known solutions for organ replication.
4. Apply the combined knowledge of tissue organization and common tissue engineering strategies to design a unique, plausible
tissue engineering solution.
Topic No. of
Lectures
UNIT I– INTRODUCTION TO TISSUE ENGINEERING
Introduction – definitions - basic principles - structure-function relationships –Biomaterials: metals,
ceramics, polymers (synthetic and natural) – Biodegradable materials - native matrix - Tissue
Engineering and Cell-Based Therapies –Tissue Morphogenesis and Dynamics- Stem Cells and Lineages
- Cell-Cell Communication
6
UNIT II– TISSUE CULTURE BASICS
Primary cells vs. cell lines - sterile techniques – plastics – enzymes - reactors and cryopreservation -
Synthetic Biomaterial Scaffolds- Graft Rejection – Immune Responses-Cell Migration-Controlled Drug
Delivery- Micro technology Tools
7
UNIT III– SCAFFOLD FORMATION
Oxygen transport - Diffusion - Michalies-Menten kinetics - oxygen uptake rates -limits of diffusion -
Principals of self assembly - Cell migration - 3D organization and angiogenesis - Skin tissue
engineering –Introduction - scar vs. regeneration - split skin graft -apligraft. Engineered Disease
Models- Tissue Organization- Cell Isolation and Culture - ECM and Natural Scaffold Materials-
Scaffold Fabrication and Tailoring
8
UNIT IV– CARDIOVASCULAR TISSUE ENGINEERING
Blood vessels structure - vascular grafts - Liver tissue engineering – Bioartificial liver assist device -
shear forces - oxygen transport - plasma effects – Liver tissue engineering - Self-assembled organoids -
decelluarized whole livers – Stem cells - basic principle - embryonic stem cells - Induced pluripotent
stem cells -Material Biocompatibility - Cell Mechanics - Vascularization- Stem Cell Therapies
7
UNIT V– PATTERNING OF BIOMIMETIC SUBSTRATES
Patterning of biomimetic substrates with AFM lithography primarily focusing on DPN-Nanotemplating
polymer melts - Nanotechnology-based approaches in the treatment of injuries to tendons and ligaments
- Progress in the use of electrospinning processing techniques for fabricating nanofiber scaffolds for
neural applications -Nanotopography techniques for tissue-engineered scaffolds
8
Total 36L
TEXT BOOKS
1. KetulPopat “Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine” CRC Press Taylor and Francis 2011.
2. Cato T. Laurencin, Lakshmi S “Nanotechnology and Tissue Engineering: The Scaffold “CRC Press Taylor and Francis
2008.
REFERENCES
1. Kun Zhou, David Nisbet, George Thouas, Claude Bernard and John Forsythe “Bio-nanotechnology Approaches to Neural
Tissue Engineering”, NC-SA 2010.
2. Nair “Biologically Responsive Biomaterials for Tissue Engineering”, Springer Series in Biomaterials Science and
Engineering, Vol. 1 Antoniac, Iulian (Ed.) 2012.
Electives (OE)
Electrical & Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation
BME (EE) 605A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Prerequisite:
Knowledge of analog & digital electronics
72
Course Objective:
1. To familiarize students with basic measurement system & its components
2. To introduce students with characteristics of measuring instruments & errors in measurement
3. To familiarize students with basic electrical measuring instruments
4. To familiarize students basic and advanced electronic measuring instruments
5. To introduce students with PC based instrumentation system and data acquisition system
6. To introduce students with basic optical power measurement system
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand & describe basic measurement systems and their components.
2. Describe the characteristics of instruments and different measurement errors.
3. Describe construction & operation of basic electrical instruments & analyze AC bridge circuits.
4. Understand and describe the configuration & working principle of different electronic instruments for the used in
laboratories.
5. Distinguish between analog and digital instruments.
6. Understand and describe the working theory of basic data acquisition system & PC based instrumentation system.
7. Realize the construction & working principle of Optical Power Measurement.
Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1:
General Features: Measurement systems – Static and Dynamic Characteristics – Units and
Standards of measurements, –errors analysis, –moving iron meters, dynamometer, wattmeter–
multimeter, – True rms meters– Bridge measurements, Wheatstone Bridge, Kelvin, Wein, Maxwell,
Hay, Schering and Anderson Bridges.
8
Module2:
Basic Measurement Concepts: Electronic Multimeter Current measurement with analog electronic
instruments. Chopper stabilized amplifier for measurement of very low voltage and currents. Cathode
Ray Oscilloscopes- Block Schematic, Principles and applications. Dual Trace and Dual Beam
Oscilloscopes, Digital Storage Oscilloscopes
7
Module3:
Signal Generator and Analysis: Function Generators- RF Signal Generators- Sweep Generators –
Frequency Synthesizer-Wave Analyzer-Harmonic Distortion Analyzer – Spectrum Analyzer
7
Module4:
Digital Instruments: Comparison of analog & digital techniques- digital voltmeter- mutlimeter –
frequency counters-measurement of frequency and time interval – extension of frequency range-
measurement errors.
7
Module5:
Data Acquisition Systems: Elements of digital data acquisition system- interfacing of transducers –
multiplexing – computer controlled instrumentation: IEEE 488 BUS. Optical Power Measurement,
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer.
7
Total 36L
Books:
1. Electronic Instrumentation by H. S. Kalsi. 3rd Ed. Tata McGraw-Hill Education
2. A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation by A.K. Sawhney, Puneet Sawhney.
Dhanpat Rai Publications.
3. Modern Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques – Albert D. Helfrick & William D. Copper,Prentice
Hall of India, 2003
4. Elements of Electornics Instrumentation & Measurement, Pearson Education 2003
5. Measurement System- Application & Design – Ernest O.Doeblin, Tata McGraw Hill 2004
Fuzzy Control & Systems
BME (EE) 605B, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 3
73
Course Objective:
This course presents some fundamental knowledge of fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic, fuzzy decision making and fuzzy control
systems. The aim is to equip graduate students with some state-of-the-art fuzzy-logic technology and fuzzy system design
methodologies, thereby better preparing them for the rapidly evolving high-tech information-based financial market and
modern industry.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Understand basic knowledge of fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic
2. Apply basic knowledge of fuzzy information representation and processing
3. Apply basic fuzzy inference and approximate reasoning
4. Understand the basic notion of fuzzy rule base
5. Apply basic fuzzy system modelling methods
6. Apply basic fuzzy PID control systems
7. Uunderstand the basic notion of computational verb controllers
Topic No. of
Lectures
FUZZY SYSTEMS
Classical sets – Fuzzy sets – Fuzzy relations – Fuzzification – Defuzzification – Fuzzy rules-Fuzzy
Implications and Approximate Reasoning
8
FUZZY LOGIC AND ITS APPLICATIONS
Fuzzy Logic and Its Applications in Artificial Intelligence, Database and Information Systems,
Pattern Recognition
10
FUZZY LOGIC CONTROL
Membership function – Knowledge base – Decision-making logic – Optimisation of membership
function using neural networks – Adaptive fuzzy system – Introduction to genetic algorithm.
8
APPLICATION OF FLC
Fuzzy logic control – Inverted pendulum – Image processing – Home heating system – Blood
pressure during anesthesia – Introduction to neuro fuzzy controller.
10
Total 36L
Text Books
1. Timothy J. Ross, ‘Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications’, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. John Yen & Reza Langari, ‘Fuzzy Logic – Intelligence Control & Information’, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. H.J. Zimmermann, ‘Fuzzy Set Theory & its Applications’, Allied Publication Ltd., 1996.
2. Hao Ying, Fuzzy Control and Modeling: Analytical Foundations and Applications, IEEE Press, 2000.
3. Laurance Fausett, Englewood cliffs, N.J., ‘Fundamentals of Neural Networks’, Pearson Education, 1992.
4. Jacek M. Zurada, ‘Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems’, Jaico Publishing home, 2002.
5. Simon Haykin, ‘Neural Networks’, Pearson Education, 2003.
Software Engineering
BME (IT) 605C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
1. This course helps to understand theories, methods, and technologies applied for professional software development.
2. To define software engineering and
3. Explain its importance
4. To discuss the concepts of software products and software processes
74
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. The students understands the process to be followed in the software development life cycle
2. Find practical solutions to the problems
3. Solve specific problems alone or in teams
4. Manage a project from beginning to end
5. Work independently as well as in teams
6. Define, formulate and analyze a problem
Topic No. of
Lectures
Introduction
1.1 Software Engineering Process Paradigms
1.2 Process Models – Incremental and Evolutionary models,
1.3 Typical Application for each model,
1.4 Agile methodology
1.5 Process and Project Metrics.
4
Software project scheduling, Control & Monitoring
2.1 Software estimation – Empirical estimation models – Cost/Effort estimation
2.2 Planning – Work breakdown Structure, Gantt Chart. Discuss schedule and cost slippage.
4
Risk Management
3.1 Risk Identification, Risk Assessment, Risk Projection, RMMM
2
Software Configuration Management
4.1 Software Configuration items, SCM process, Identification of objects in software configuration,
version and change control, configuration audit , status reporting, SCM standards and SCM issues.
3
Software Design Specification
5.1 Software Design – Abstraction , Modularity
5.1 Software Architecture – Effective modular design, Cohesion and Coupling, Example of code for
cohesion and coupling.
5.2 User Interface Design – Human Factors, Interface standards, Design Issues – User Interface Design
Process.
6
Software Quality
6.1 Software Quality Assurance – Software standards , Quality metrics Software Reliability ,Quality
Measurement and Metrics
3
Software Testing
7.1 Basic concept and terminology, Verification & validation, White Box Testing- Path Testing,
Control Structures Testing , DEF-USE testing,
7.2 Black Box Testing –BVA Integration, Validation and system testing.
7.3 OO testing methods-Class Testing, Interclass testing, testing architecture,
Behavioral testing.
7.4 Software Maintenance
8
Web Engineering
8.1 For web based applications – attributes, analysis and design, testing.
8.2 Security Engineering,
8.3 Service-Oriented Software Engineering.
8.4 Test Driven Development
8.5 Software engineering with aspects
6
Total 36L
Text Books:
1. Roger Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioners Approach, (6th Edition),
McGraw Hill, 2010
75
2. Ian Somerville, Software Engineering, 9th edition, Addison Wesley, 2011
Reference Books:
1. Eric J. Braude and Micheal E. Bernstein, Software Engineering Modern Approach, 2nd edition, Wiley, 2011.
2. Ali Behforooz Fredrick Hudson, Software Engineering Fundamentals, Oxford University Press, 2006.
3. James F. Peters and Witold Pedrycz, “ Software Engineering – An Engineering Approach”, Wiley.
4. Mouratidis and Giorgini. “Integrating Security and Software Engineering – Advances and Future”, IGP. ISBN – 1-59904-
148-0
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL PAPERS
Biomedical Equipments Laboratory
BME 691, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objectives:
To provide practice on recording and analysis of different bio potentials, study the function of different therapeutic
equipments.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Perform and study experiments on Lead selection circuits & pulse rate meter
2. Perform and study experiments on colorimeter/spectrophotometer & flame photometer
3. Perform and study experiments on electronic BP and calibration procedure
4. Perform and study experiments on ultrasonic transmitter and detector
5. Perform and study experiments on pulmonary function analyzer, respiratory rate meter & apnea detection
6. Perform and study experiments on blood flow velocity measurement
7. Perform and study experiments on diathermy unit (ultrasound & short-wave)
8. Perform and study experiments on Pacemaker Circuits / Pacemaker simulator, nerve conduction velocity measuring
system
List of experiments:
1. Lead selection circuits
2. Study on pulse rate meter
3. Study on colorimeter/spectrophotometer
4. Study on flame photometer
5. Study on electronic BP and calibration procedure
6. Study of ultrasonic devices - transmitter and detector
7. Study on pulmonary function analyzer - spirometer
8. Study on respiratory rate meter & apnea detection
9. Study on blood flow velocity measurement - ultrasonic method
10. Study on diathermy unit (ultrasound & short-wave)
11. Pacemaker Circuits / Pacemaker simulator
12. Study on nerve conduction velocity measuring system
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Laboratory
BME 692, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objectives:
To provide practice of programming in assembly language in 8085 microprocessor, 8086 microprocessor as well as 8051
microcontroller. Objective of this course to be familiar with the trainer kit of microprocessor as well as the interfacing with the
external peripherals & sensors
Course Outcome
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Write the program in assembly language.
2. Familiar with the trainer kit of 8085, 8086 microprocessor kit.
3. Familiar with the simulator of 8085, 8086 microprocessor kit.
76
4. Interface peripherals and sensors with microprocessor & microcontroller.
List of experiments:
1. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to swap the content of two register B and C containing the values 08H and
06H respectively.
2. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to add two number 09H and 08H and store the result in 9085H location and
draw the flow chart.
3. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to subtract 05H from 09H and store the result in 8072H. and draw the flow
chart.
4. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to add five (5) numbers and store the result in memory location 9071H. The
numbers are stored from 9061H to 9065H location. The numbers are stored in 5 consecutive memory locations given
below and draw the flow chart.
5. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to multiply 08H with 03H and store the result in 9065H location. and draw
the flow chart.
6. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to multiply FEH with 0FH and store the result in 9074H &9075H memory
location and draw the flow chart.
7. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to divide 07H by 03H and store the quotient in 9075H and reminder in
9076H memory location and draw the flow chart.
8. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to add six (6) numbers and store the result in memory location 9071H and
9061H.The numbers are stored from 9050H to 9055H location. The numbers are stored in 6 consecutive memory
locations given below and draw the flow chart.
9. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor of shifting block of five (5) data from 9055H location to 9080H location and
draw the flow chart.
10. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to count ones (1) in 8 bit data. The 8 bit no. is store in memory location
9070H.Store the counting result in memory location 9080H and draw the flow chart.
11. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to interchange the nibble of a 8 bit number stored in memory location
9006H and store the interchanged number into memory location 9060H.[ for example 78H will be 87H]. 1 nibble= 4
bits
12. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to add two numbers 0465H and 2010H and store the result at different
registers and draw the flow chart
13. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to subtract two numbers 0006H from 0009H and store the result at different
registers and draw the flow chart
14. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to multiply between 24H and 45H and store the result at different registers
and draw the flow chart
15. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to divide 0009H by 0002H and store the quotient and remainder at different
registers.
16. Configure 8255 A such that port A and port B as output port. Display the value of 45H through port A and 56H
through port B. Execute the program at 8000H and draw the flow chart.
Port A Equ. 80H, Port B Equ. 81H, Control Register Equ. 83H
17. Configure 8255 A such that port A as an output and port B as input port. Take the input value through DIP switch
of Port B. Display the input value though port A. Execute the program at 8000H, and draw the flow chart. Port A Equ.
80H, Port B Equ. 81H, Control Register Equ. 83H
18. Configure 8255 A such that port A as an input and port B as output port. Take the input value through DIP switch of
Port A. Display the input value though port B. Execute the program at 8000H, and draw the flow chart. Port A Equ.
80H, Port B Equ. 81H, Control Register Equ. 83H
19. Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to add 07H and 09H and store the result in RAM address 45H and draw the
flow chart.
20. Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to send 55h to port 1 and port 2 and check the value of ports and draw the
flow chart.
21. Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to multiply 06H by 05H and store the result in RAM address 46H and draw
the flow chart.
22. Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to divide 07H by 02H and store the quotient and remainder in two suitable
RAM address.
77
Communication Systems Laboratory
BME 693A, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
To impart the practical knowledge on different analog and digital modulation techniques, multiplexing techniques and their
applications
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Able to Formulate and interpret the presentation and processing of signals in communication systems.
2. Understand the basic concepts of AM, FM, and PM transmission and reception.
3. Assess and evaluate different modulation and demodulation techniques.
4. Evaluate the influence of noise on communications signals.
Bionanotechnology Laboratory
BME 693B, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course is aimed to provide knowledge on experimental aspects of bionanotechnology
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Develop nanostructed DNA templates
2. Learn to probe DNA structure with nanoparticles
3. Form fluoro-immoassays using Antibody- conjugated quantum dots
4. Perform surface- functionalization of nanoparticles for controlled drug delivery
5. Develop quantum dot- encoded beads
6. Detect DNA sequence detection using nanoscale ZnO sensor arrays
7. Detect pesticides using electrochemical biosensors membrane-based electrochemical nanobiosensor for Escherichia
coli detection
List of experiments:
1. Nanostructed DNA Templates
2. Probing DNA structure with Nanoparticles
3. Fluoro-immoassays using Antibody- conjugated Quantum Dots
4 .Surface- Functionalized Nanoparticles for controlled Drug Delivery
5. Quantum Dot- encoded Beads
6. Ultrasensitive DNA sequence detection using nanoscale ZnO sensor arrays
7. Electrochemical Biosensors for the Detection of Pesticides
8. Membrane-Based Electrochemical Nanobiosensor for Escherichia coli Detection and Analysis of Cells Viability
78
Tissue Engineering Laboratory
BME 693C, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objective:
This course will train students in advanced cellular and tissue engineering methods that apply physical, mechanical and
chemical manipulation of materials in order to direct cell and tissue function. Students will learn the techniques and equipment
of bench research including cell culture, immunofluorescent imaging, soft lithography, variable stiffness substrates,
application/measurement of forces and other methods. Students will integrate classroom lectures and lab skills by applying the
scientific method to develop a unique project while working in a team environment, keeping a detailed lab notebook and
meeting mandated milestones.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
1. Use of conventional microscopy for the understanding of tissue structure
2. Understand microscopic organization of Tissues into Organs and system
3. Tissue observation and image capture
4. Histology as a diagnostic tool
5. Use of Immunohistochemical techniques
List of Experiments:
Module 1 –
Scaffold Formation and Characterization; Preparation of 2D Collagen Films;
Preparation of 3D Scaffolds;
Preparation of Silk Fibroin scaffold by Salt Leaching Method;
Preparation of Silk Fibroin scaffold by Phase Separation Method;
Preparation of Silk Fibroin scaffold by Electrospinning; Design of 3D scaffold by rapid proto typing technique.;
Characterization of biopolymers and scaffold; Mechanical Strength;
Contact angle measurement;
Pore size & Porosity;
Module 2 –
Cells and Cell Culture; Introduction to Cell Culture lab and aseptic skill;
Use of Biosafety cabinet, CO2 incubators, Microscopes, Sterile Conditions;
Preparation of Cell Culture Media and other supplements & Additives;
Isolation and Culturing of MNCs from Peripheral blood;
Cell counting & cell morphology
Module 3 –
Bioreactors and Integration;
Introduction to type of bioreactors & their operation; (Spinner Flask, Rotating vessel, Perfused Column and Perfused
Chamber);
MNC seeding on 2D films and 3D scaffolds;
MNC seeding on 2D & 3D polymer scaffolds by static method;
MNC seeding on 2D & 3D polymer scaffolds by dynamic method;
Culture and cell growth study inbioreactor;
Module-4 –
Cell Survival & Function; Live/Dead Fluorescence Assay;
MTT Viability Test;
Cell Viability Test by Trypan Blue staining method
Group Discussion & Seminar
BME 694, Contacts: 2P, Credit: 1
Hospital Training
79
4th Year-7th Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Therapeutic Equipments
BME 701, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Pre-requisite knowledge and/or skills: This course requires basic chemistry and physics, physiology, differential equations,
control systems, bioinstrumentation knowledge.
Course Objectives:
1. This course will provide to students brief review of physiology and common pathology from an engineering point of view
for understanding of therapeutic medical devices.
2. The lectures will focus on function of therapeutic medical devices so that the students will gain the ability to contribute in
their design, development and effective usage in their future careers.
3. To study the concept of various assist devices so as to enable the students to develop new assist devices.
4. To develop an understanding of the physiotherapy and diathermy equipment so that the student can learn to operate.
4. To introduce the recent trends in field of diagnostic and therapeutic equipments.
5. This course is also focus on function of therapeutic medical devices so that the students will gain the ability to contribute in
their design, development and effective usage in their future careers.
Course Outcome:
After successful completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand and explain the working principle of cardiac pacemakers & defibrillators
2. Understand and explain the working principle of ventilators & anaesthetic system
3. Understand and explain the working principle of physiotherapy & electrotherapy equipments
4. Understand and explain the working principle of surgical diathermy & LASER
5. Understand and explain the working principle of neonatal care & drug delivery systems
80
Medical Image Processing
BME 702, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Medical Image Processing
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the learners the basic theory of digital image processing.
2. To expose learners to various available techniques and possibilities of this field.
3. To understand the basic image enhancement, transforms, segmentation, compression,
morphology, representation, description techniques & algorithms.
4. To prepare learners to formulate solutions to general image processing problems.
5. To develop hands-on experience in using computers to process images.
6. To familiarize with MATLAB / C/ Labview/ similar software for processing digital
images.
Course Outcomes:
A learners will be able to
1. Acquire the fundamental concepts of a digital image processing system such as image
acquisition, enhancement, segmentation, transforms, compression, morphology,
representation and description.
2. Analyze images in the spatial domain.
3. Analyze images in the frequency domain through the Fourier transform.
4. Design and implement with MATLAB/C/Labview algorithms for digital image
processing operations such as point processing, histogram processing, spatial and
frequency domain filtering, denoising, transforms, compression, and morphological
processing.
81
Artificial Organ & Rehabilitation Engineering
BME 703, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective
1. To know about various types of assist devices
2. To give a basic idea of the artificial organs that can aid a human to live a normal life.
3. To provide the awareness of how a help can be rendered to a differently abled person
Course Outcome
1. Have knowledge about various types of assist devices.
2. Students will have the ability to choose which type of assist device is suitable for various disorders and legal aspects
related to rehabilitation.
3. Students will have the urge to develop new devices based on the basic knowledge gained in different assisting devices
82
Electives (PE)
Biological Control Systems
BME 704A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
• To introduce students to the various biological control systems.
• To equip the students with necessary knowledge on analysis and design parameters of biological control system.
• To impart Knowledge about the application of various regulatory processes in designing a bio control system.
• Develop ability to create simple models of the biological control system.
• The students will get knowledge necessary for students, according to their career goals, to attain acceptance into
advanced degree programs.
• Students will be able to develop an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals
for appropriate solutions to Biological control system.
• Students will be able to develop an ability to identify, analyze a problem, and formulate the requirements appropriate
to its solution.
• Develop an ability to design, implement and evaluate a biological control based system to meet desired needs in
healthcare.
• Develop an ability to design experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret Biological control system data.
• An ability to use current techniques and modern tools necessary for practice leading to improvised health care.
• An ability to understand health and safety issues through biological control concepts.
COURSE OUTCOME:
• The students will be exposed to familiarity with the types of contributions that this course can provide to society,
including improvements in the human condition, and economic stimulation at the local, national, and international
levels.
• Learn how to design and interpret experiments, thereby contributing to the creation of new knowledge in the fields of
biological control system.
• Develop an awareness of ethical responsibilities when conducting and reporting research in the biological control
system and biological regulatory processes.
• An ability to understand environmental considerations and sustainable engineering solutions in Biological Control
System.
• Develop an ability to understand professional ethics and legal issues related to Biological Control System and
Healthcare Technologies.
• Develop an ability to function effectively as an individual and a member in diverse team.
• Develop an ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
• Develop an ability to understand management principles and apply these to manage projects and finance.
• Develop an ability to engage in continuing professional development for lifelong learning.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Introduction:
Technological Control System, Mathematical approaches, System stability,
Differences & similarities between biological and engineering control system,
Linearization of nonlinear model, Time invariant and time varying systems of
Biological control processes.
10
Module2 Process regulation:
Acid – base balance, Extra cellular water and electrolyte balance, Interstitial fluid
volume, Blood pressure, Blood glucose, Thermal regulatory system.
12
Module3 Biological control:
Cardiac rate, Respiratory rate, Mass balancing of lungs, Oxygen uptake by RBC and
pulmonary capillaries, Oxygen and carbondioxide transport in blood and tissues,
Urine formation and control, skeletal muscle servo mechanism and semicircular
canal, Endocrine control system.
12
83
TOTAL 34
Text/ Reference Books:
1. Ogata Katsuhika, Modern Control Engineering. 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Ibrell and Guyton, Regulation and control in physiological system.
3. Milsum Jhon H., Biological control system analysis, Tata McGrow-Hill.
4. Milhom T.H. Saunder. Application of control theory to physiological systems, The University of Chicago Press.
Biotelemetry & Telemedicine
BME 704B, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with basic concepts of Biotelemetry & Telemedicine
2. To teach students the application of Biotelemetry & Telemedicine
Course Outcome
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Describe basic Telemetry, Biotelemetry & Telemedicine system/ subsystems
2. Explain the application of Biotelemetry & Telemedicine in modern healthcare technology
3. Identify and describe modern telemedical technologies
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 BASICS OF TELEMETRY
Introduction, fundamental of RF telemetry, basic telemetry, system components of coding
resolution, pulse code modulation, PCM multiplexing and conversion, PCM data transmission,
PCM PSD system. Theoretical comparison of telemetry systems, sub modulation methods, power
efficiency of combined systems, practical constraint of telemetry methods optimized power
efficiency.
6
Module2 BIOTELEMETRY
Measurement of Blood pressure – Direct Methods and Indirect Methods -Temperature - Respiration
rate - Heart rate measurement - Apnea detectors -Oximetry -Pulse oximeter, Ear oximeter -
Computerized patient monitoring system– Bedside, Central Monitoring system – Biotelemetry:
Basics components, and its different types.
5
Module3 TELEMEDICINE AND HEALTH
History and Evolution of telemedicine, Functional diagram of telemedicine system, Telemedicine,
Telehealth, Tele care, Organs of telemedicine, Global and Indian scenario, Ethical and legal aspects
of Telemedicine - Confidentiality, Social and legal issues, Safety and regulatory issues, Advances
in Telemedicine.
5
Module4 TELEMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Principles of Multimedia - Text, Audio, Video, data, Data communications and networks,
PSTN,POTS, ANT, ISDN, Internet, Air/ wireless communications: GSM satellite, and Micro wave,
Modulation techniques, Types of Antenna, Integration and operational issues, Communication
infrastructure for telemedicine – LAN and WAN technology. Satellite communication. Mobile hand
held devices and mobile communication. Internet technology and telemedicine using world wide
web (www). Video and audio conferencing. Clinical data – local and centralized.
4
Module5 TELEMEDICAL APPLICATIONS
Telemedicine access to health care services – health education and self care. · Introduction to
robotics surgery, telesurgery. Telecardiology, Teleoncology, Telemedicine in neurosciences,
Electronic Documentation, e-health services security and interoperability., Telemedicine access to
health care services – health education and self care, Business aspects - Project planning and
costing, Usage of telemedicine.
4
TOTAL 34
Text Books & References
1. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing – by George Joseph, second Edition, Universities press, 2005
2. Khandpur R.S, “Hand-book of Biomedical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2003.
84
3. Rajarao C and Guha S.K. “Principles of Medical Electronics and Bio-medicalInstrumentation”, Universities press
(India) Ltd, First Edition, Orient LongmanLtd, 2001.
4. Wootton, R., Craig, J., Patterson, V. (Eds.), “Introduction to Telemedicine. Royal Society of Medicine” Press Ltd,
Taylor & Francis 2006
5. O'Carroll, P.W., Yasnoff, W.A., Ward, E., Ripp, L.H., Martin, E.L. (Eds), “Public Health Informatics and
Information Systems”, Springer, 2003.
6. Ferrer-Roca, O., Sosa - Iudicissa, M. (Eds.), Handbook of Telemedicine. IOS Press (Studies in Health Technology
and Informatics, Volume 54, 2002.
7. Simpson, W. Video over IP. A practical guide to technology and applications. Focal Press Elsevier, 2006.
8. Bemmel, J.H. van, Musen, M.A. (Eds.) Handbook of Medical Informatics. Heidelberg, Germany: Springer, 1997.
9. Mohan Bansal, “Medical Informatics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.
BioMEMs
BME 704C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective
This course introduces students to the techniques and applications of microfabrication technology for biomedical applications
Course Outcome
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Critically read a scientific paper
2. Manufacture a microdevice by photolithography and micromolding
3. Create protein and cellular micropatterns with a microfluidic device
4. Interface microdevices with cells and tissue
5. Tailor the microenvironment of single cells
6. Manipulate or measure biomolecules on the micron scale
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Introduction to BioMEMS and microfluidics Introduction to Bio nano technology,
Biosensors, fluidics. Introduction to device fabrication (Silicon and Polymers)
Introduction to device fabrication (Silicon and Polymers) continued. Sensors,
Transduction and Performance factors. Sensors, Transduction and Performance
factors continued
4
Module2 Important materials for fabrication of BioMEMS platforms Introduction to silicon
device fabrication Some Fabrication Methods for soft materials Transduction
Methods. About cell potential and SHEs Cell reaction, Nernst equation, Construction
of Ion selective electrodes Measurement and calibration of electrodes, ion-solvent
interaction
5
Module3 Design of ISE. Finding selectivity coefficient for a mixed ion system. ISE continued..
Gas sensing electrodes Applications for biosensors in Diagnostics, Zeta potential and
the model for electrode. Flow between two fixed plates. Comparison between plug
like flow of electro-osmosis Vs parabolic flow. Electro-kinetic flow in silicon
channels. Design of electro-kinetic network. Design of electro-kinetic network. Flow
rate calculations. Selection of good materials, Streaming potential.
5
Module4 Introduction to Cell biology, Basic structure of DNA DNA hybridization, , DNA
polymerization, PCR Thermal cycle , Real Time PCR.PCR design Electrophoresis,
Gel and Capillary electrophoresis, Agarose DNA microarrays (concepts, and utility).
Affymetrix and Nanogen approaches in realization of micro-arrays. DNA sequencing
(Sanger’s reaction). DNA nano-pores. DNA detection using Mechanical Cantilevers.
Basics of Protein structure.
4
Module5 Protein charging at different pH range, Amino acids, protein polymerization,
Transcription , Translation Antibody, Microencapsulation, Cyclic voltametry
Microfluidics, Similarity of Streamlines, Pathlines, Sreaklines and Timelines for a
steady flowStress tensor. Viscosity. Newtonian, non- Newtonian fluids,
Pseudoplastic, Dilatant, Bingham Plastic materials, Thixotropic fluids. Flow over
infinite plates, laminar and turbulent flow, Compressible and Incompressible flows
Flow over an infinite plate. Types of flows. Types of Fluids. Kinematics of fluids
4
Module6 Micromixers: Design and mixing principles Microvalves : Designing of pneumatic 4
85
and thermo pneumatic valves. Hydrogel based valves. Electrochemical valves.
Micropumps Microelectronic-fabrication processes: Review of basic fabrication
processes for silicon Introduction to microelectronic fabrication, Optical lithography,
photo-resists
Module7 Etching techniques, evaporation and sputtering. Vacuum science and plasmas, Theory
of plasma Review of basic fabrication processes for polymers Polymer materials for
microsystems, Polymeric
micromachining technology. Bulk and surface micro machining, Replication
technologies, laser machining, micro-stereo lithography, micro-molding, Assembly
and packaging.
4
Module8 Photolithography techniques Functionality of Polymer PDMS used in micro
technology Additive techniques, Thermal oxidation Single crystalline silicon,
Subtractive technique. Overview of Lab-on-chip technology/ biomedical and
chemical sensors, specific cases: Integrated gene analysis systems Chip technology
(Integrated analysis of pathogenic bacteria), Electrochemical and optical (labeled and
unlabeled).
4
TOTAL 34
Text Books & References
1. Fundamentals of BioMEMS and Medical Microdevices by Steven S. Saliterman
2. Mauro Ferrari (editor), BioMEMS and Biomedical Nanotechnology: I:Prospectus, Biological and Biomedical
Nanotechnology (A. Lee, L. Lee);II: Micro and Nano-Technologies for Genomics and Proteomics (M.Ozkan and M.
Heller); III: Therapeutic Micro/Nanotechnology (T. Desaiand S. Bhatia); IV: Biomolecular Sensing, Processing and
Analysis (R.Bashid and S. Wereley), Springer, 1st edition, Nov. 30, 2006, ISBN:0387255613
3. Gerald Urban, BioMEMS (Microsystems), Springer, 1st edition, May 5,2006, ISBN: 0387287310.
4. Wanjun Wang, Steven A. Soper, Bio-MEMS: Technologies andApplications, CRC Press, 1st edition, Dec. 15, 2006,
ISBN: 0849335329.
5. Ville Kaajakari, Practical MEMS: Design of microsystems, accelerometers,gyroscopes, RF MEMS, optical MEMS,
and microfluidic systems, Small Gear Publishing, Mar. 17, 2009, ISBN: 0982299109.
6. Marc J. Madou, From MEMS to Bio-MEMS and Bio-NEMS:Manufacturing Techniques and Applications, CRC
Press, 1st edition, Jun.16, 2010, ISBN: 142005516X.
7. Ellis Meng, Biomedical Microsystems, CRC Press, 1st edition, ISBN:1420051229, Sept. 17, 2010.
Electives (OE)
Engineering System Modeling & Simulation
BME(ME) 705A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objectives:
Present concepts of computer-based modeling and simulation applicable to various domains of engineering and science.
Provide theoretical concepts, methods, and hands-on experience with object oriented modeling and simulation. Students are
expected to gain a solid foundation and associated experience for computer-based tool set for constructing, simulating and
analyzing models of complex systems.
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand the major capabilities and commonly encountered limitations of discrete-event simulation for modeling
systems that industrial engineers commonly encounter.
2. Formulate a real world problem and select an appropriate analytical technique for modeling and ultimately solving
this problem.
3. Use simulation software for model development and analysis.
4. Develop experience with application of statistical data analysis methods for arriving at and supporting design and
operations decisions.
5. Build and run simple discrete-event simulation models in practical situations; understand the main assumptions
underlying these models; and understand what can happen when these assumptions do not hold.
86
6. Communicate the results of the modeling process to management and other non-specialist users of engineering
analysis.
7. Recognize and deploy methods for influencing and managing project outcomes. Demonstrate how to apply effective
project stats using and utilize key performance indicators.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Introduction to system dynamics; Solution methods for dynamic models; Spring and
damper elements in mechanical systems; State-variable models and simulation
method
5
Module2 Electric and electromechanical systems; System analysis in the frequency domain;
Transient response and block diagram models
6
Module3 Principles of Modeling and Simulation Modeling and Simulation of Mixed Systems
Block Diagram Modeling
6
Module4 MIMO: State-Space System Models 5
Module5 Constructing and Analyzing First Order Math Models Practical Applications of First
Order Math Models
6
Module6 Constructing and Analyzing Second Order Math Models Practical Applications of
Second Order Math Models
6
TOTAL 34
Textbook
1. William J. Palm. System Dynamics. McGraw-Hill, 2ndEdition,2010
2. Mechatronic Systems: Modeling and Simulation with HDL by George Pelz. 2003
3. Mechatronic Systems Design by Shetty 2011
4. Feedback Systems: An Introduction to Scientists and Engineers by Astrom and Muray 2009
5. Automatic Control Systems by Golnaraghi and Kao 2010
6. Modeling of Engineering Systems: PC-based Techniques and Design Tools by Jack Lewis. 2000
7. Mechatronics Handbook Edited by Robert Bishop. 2002
8. Digital Control Systems: Design, Identification and Implementation by Landau and Zito 2006
Recommended References
Katsuhiko Ogata. System Dynamics. Prentice Hall, 2003.
Medical Robotics & Automation
BME(ME) 705B, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective
1. To introduce the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.
2. To make the student familiar with the various drive systems for robot, sensors and their applications in robots and
programming of robots.
3. To discuss about the various applications of robots, justification and implementation of robot.
Course Outcome
The Student must be able to design automatic manufacturing cells with robotic control using the principle behind robotic drive
system, end effectors, sensor, machine vision robot kinematics and programming.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Introductory topics
Introduction to medical robotics (applications and paradigms), Basic kinematics concepts (forward,
inverse, remote center of motion), Basic control concepts (impedance, admittance), Surgery for
engineers, Interventional radiology for engineers
7
Module2 Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS)
Human-machine interfaces, Teleoperation, Cooperative manipulation, Port placement for MIS,
Robot design concepts, Video images in MIS, Augmented reality, Minimally invasive surgery
9
87
training
Module3 Image-Guided Interventions
Medical imaging modalities (e.g., MRI, US, X-ray, CT), Robot compatibility with medical imagers,
Image segmentation and modeling, Tracking devices, Frames and transformations, Surgical
navigation, Calibration, Rigid and non-rigid registration, Radio surgery
9
Module4 Applications of medical robotics
Cardiac, abdominal, and urologic procedures with tele-operated robots, Orthopaedic surgery with
cooperative robots, Prostate interventions with manual “robots”, Robotic catheters for heart
electrophysiology
9
TOTAL 34
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Deb S. R. and Deb S., “Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
2. John J.Craig , “Introduction to Robotics”, Pearson, 2009.
3. Mikell P. Groover et. al., "Industrial Robots - Technology, Programming and Applications", McGraw Hill, New York,
2008.
REFERENCES:
1. Richard D Klafter, Thomas A Chmielewski, Michael Negin, "Robotics Engineering – An Integrated Approach", Eastern
Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
2. Fu K S, Gonzalez R C, Lee C.S.G, "Robotics : Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence", McGraw Hill, 1987
Lasers & Optics in Medicine
BME(EC) 705C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course Objective:
To study about the principles and applications of laser and fiber optics in medical field especially in diagnosis and therapy.
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the students will gain in-depth knowledge in the
1. Types of laser systems.
2. Operation of laser systems.
3. Role of laser systems in biomedical applications.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 LASER Fundamentals: Characteristics of lasers, spontaneous and stimulated emission
of radiation, Einstein’s co-efficients, Population Inversion, Three level and four level
lasers, Properties of laser,Laser modes, Resonator configuration, Cavity damping,
Types of lasers: Gas lasers, solid lasers, liquid lasers, semiconductor lasers.
6
Module2 Lasers in surgery: Surgical instrumentation of CO2, Ruby, Nd-YAG, He-Ne, Argon
ion, Q-switched operations, continuous wave, Quasicontinuous, surgical applications:
removal of tumours of vocal chords, brain surgery, plastic surgery, gynaecology and
oncology.
7
Module3 Laser applications: Lasers in tissue welding, lasers in dermatology, lasers in
ophthalmology, laser photocoagulations, laser in dentistry, Laser flow cytometry, Laser
transillumination & diaphanography, Speckle intereferometry, holography - Application
Safety with biomedical Lasers.
7
Module4 Optical Fibres Fundamentals: Principles of light propagation through a fibre,
Different types of fibres and their properties, fibre characteristic, transmission of signal
in SI and GI fibres, attenuation in optical fibres, Connectors and splicers, Fibre
termination, Optical sources, Optical detectors.
7
Module5 Optical Fibre bundles and Applications: Introduction and construction details of
optical fibres, non-ordered fiber optic bundles for light guides-fundamentals &
principles, ordered fiberoptic bundles for imaging devices-fundamentals & principles,
fiberscopes and endoscopes fundamentals, fiber optic imaging systems-advances,
optical fiber in communication.
7
TOTAL 34
88
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
Medical Instruments & Systems Laboratory
BME 791, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize students with different types of medical equipments
2. To make them understand about the working principle of versatile medical equipments
3. To familiarize students with the application of such equipments
Course Outcome
After completion of the course the students will be to
1. Describe different types of medical equipments
2. Explain the working principle of versatile medical equipments
3. Describe the application of such equipments
List of experiments:
1. Study on simulated DC defibrillator
2. Study on muscle stimulator
3. Study on ECG heart rate monitor with alarm system
4. Study on peripheral pulse rate monitor with alarm system
5. Study on digital body/skin temperature monitoring system
6. Study on US Doppler / Foetal monitor
7. Study on hearing aid and audiometer: air and bone conduction
8. Study on EMG biofeedback system
9. Study on ECG simulator and servicing of ECG machine
10. Study on Baby incubator / Infusion pump
Medical Image Processing Laboratory
BME 792, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Course Objectives:
To gain the practical knowledge about the processing of medical images, understand the fundamentals of digital image and it s
properties. To enhance the medical images by applying various filters and segment the region of interest using various image
processing Algorithms.
Course Outcome
After completion of the course the students will gain
1. Knowledge in the science of medical images and image processing, including mathematical transforms.
2. Knowledge in the techniques of Digital Image Processing, including Image Enhancement in the Spatial and
Frequency Domain, Compression, Morphology and Segmentation.
3. Knowledge Current science and technological practice in industry and advanced research topics in this area.
89
Project Part-I
BME 793, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Industrial Training
90
4th Year-8th Semester
THEORY PAPERS
Design Concept & Maintenance of Biomedical Instruments
BME801, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course objectives:
1. To introduce students with fundamentals instrumentation of the equipments used in health care systems
2. To familiarize students with the application and troubleshooting, maintenance and repairing aspects of versatile
medical equipments
Course outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Identify various medical equipments used in medical institute/research centers
2. Explain the working theories of medical instruments
3. Show the skills in the view points of maintenance, repairing and troubleshooting of medical equipments
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Fundamentals of Medical Instrumentation: Bioelectric Signals and Physiological
Transducers. Related Anatomy and Physiology.
5
Module2 Operation, functional circuit details: Patient Safety, Repair, Service and Maintenance of a
range of medical equipment
6
Module3 Mechanical Equipment: BP Apparatus, Suction Machine and Microscope. Recording and
Monitoring Equipment: ECG and EEG Machines, Pulse Oximeter, Cardiac Monitor and
Audiometer.
6
Module4 Clinical Lab Equipment: Colorimeter, Spectrophotometer, Semi-Auto Analyzer, Centrifuge
and Oven. Imaging Systems: X-Ray and Ultrasound Machines.
7
Module5 Therapeutic Equipment: Cardiac Defibrillator, Short wave and Ultrasonic Diathermy.
Anesthesia Machine.
6
Module6 Maintenance of pc based medical equipment: Introduction to - System configuration and
BIOS, Indentification & Troubleshooting of PC components viz-Motherboard, HDD, FDD,
CD ROM, Monitor, Printers, Modems, Ports etc. Installation and operation of - Windows
Operating System, Antivirus Software, Internetworking.
10
TOTAL 40
TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. S. Khandpur, Biomedical Instrumentation Technology and Applications, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2004
(UNIT I, II)
2. Raja Rao, C; Guha, S.K, Principles of Medical Electronics and Biomedical Instrumentation, Orient Longman
Publishers (2000) (UNIT III, IV & V)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R.Anandanatarajan, “Biomedical Instrumentation”, PHI Learning, 2009.
2. John G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York,
1998.
91
Hospital Engineering & Management
BME802, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course objectives:
• Identify various areas of hospitals.
• Identify various activities of departments like out/in patient and nursing.
• Discuss about critical care departments of hospital like iccu, icu and activities of central sterile supply department.
• Discuss about effective hospital management.
• Maintain various medical records and waste management.
• To prepare a competent workforce of hospital managers who have basic knowledge and skills of efficiently planning,
managing and maintaining the physical environment,
• Develop knowledge of hospital building maintenance, equipment and systems for health care.
• Develop knowledge regarding plant operations, clinical engineering, biomedical engineering, safety technology and
hospital information system.
• Students shall be well trained to solve the rising challenges and specific necessities of modern day hospitals.
Course outcome:
• Develop an understanding of criteria regarding assessment, management, administration and regulation of healthcare
technology.
• Improve the clinical effectiveness, efficiency and safety of technology use, considering the importance and impact of
technology on patient care.
• Develop projects with a technological component within a hospital environment.
• Develop improvements and solutions to specific biomedical technology issues.
• Promote better management of information regarding identification of biomedical and hospital technology planning,
procurement and operation requirements.
• Interact and network with other healthcare technology managers to know of best practices and solutions for common
issues.
• An ability to understand environmental considerations and sustainable engineering solutions in hospital engineering
and management.
• Develop an ability to understand professional ethics and legal issues related to hospital engineering and healthcare
system.
• Develop an ability to function effectively as an individual and a member in diverse team.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Healthcare System: Health organization of the country, health technology and challenges in
maintaining normal health, Indian hospitals- challenges and strategies, modern techniques of
hospital management.
7
Module2 Hospital Organization: Classification of hospital, Hospital- social system, location of
hospital, site selection of new hospital, Line services, Supportive services and Auxiliary
services of hospital.
10
Module3 Engineering Services of hospital: Biomedical engineer’s role in hospital, Maintenance
department, MRO, Clinical engineering preventive maintenance of equipment, Electrical
system, Power supply system, Electrical safety, Centralized gas supply system, Air
conditioning system, Hospital waste management system, Fire safety and threat alarm system.
12
Module4 Hospital Management and Information System: Role of HMIS, Functional areas, Modules
forming HMIS, HMIS and Internet, Centralized data record system, computerized patient
record system, Health information system.
7
Module5 Regulation and planning of new hospital: FDA regulation, ISO certification, Fire protection
standard, Planning and designing of new hospital.
4
TOTAL 40
92
Text/ Reference Books:
1. R.C. Goyal, Handbook of Hospital Personal Management, Prentice Hall of India, 1993
2. Hans Pfeiff, Vera Dammann (Ed.), Hospital Engineering in Developing Countries, Z report Eschbom, 1986
3. Cesar A. Caceres and Albert Zara, The practice of clinical engineering, Academic Press, 1977.
4. Webster, J. G and Albert M. Cook, Clinical Engineering Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood
Cliffs, 1979
5. Jacob Kline, Handbook of Bio Medical Engineering, Academic Press, San Diego 1988
Biomedical Hazards & Safety
BME803, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course objectives:
To impart sufficient information on the various hazards and relevant precautionary and safety measures in healthcare system
Course outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand and explain types of hazards in healthcare system
2. Understand the guidelines of precautionary and safety measures in medicine.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 STANDARDIZATION OF QUALITY MEDICAL CARE IN HOSPITALS
Define Quality- Need for Standardization & Quality Management, TQM in Health care
organization-Quality assurance methods ,QA in (Medical Imaging & Nuclear medicine)
Diagnostic services – Classification of equipments
5
Module2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENT FOR HEALTH CARE
FDA regulations, Accreditation for hospitals - JCI, NABH and NABL, Other regulatory
Codes
5
Module3 ELECTRICAL & FIRE SAFETY
Sources of shocks, macro & micro shocks -Hazards, monitoring and interrupting the
Operation from leakage current- Elements of fire, causes of fire , Action to be taken in case of
fire in a Hospital.
8
Module4 RADIATION SAFETY IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE AND RADIOTHERAPY
Design and description of NM department- Radiation protection in nuclear industry-
Guidelines for radiation protection- Molecular medicine and radiation safety program-
procedures for safe operation of radiation equipment- Radiation protection in external beam
radiotherapy- Radiation protection in brachytherapy-Radioactive wastes.
8
Module5 LASER AND ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION SAFETY
Classification of UV radiation -Sources of UV- Biological effects of UV- Hazards associated
with UV radiation- UV control measures - Safety management of UV Classifications of
LASER and its radiation hazards- control measures-
Emergencies and incident procedures.
8
Module6 ASSESSING QUALITY HEALTH CARE
Patient Safety Organization- Governmental & Independent, Measuring Quality care –
Evaluation of hospital services – six sigma way, Quality Assurance in Hospitals Sop‘s –
Patient Orientation for Total Patient Satisfaction. 5S techniques
6
TOTAL 40
Books:
1. Khandpur R.S., Hand book of Biomedical instrumentation ,TMH
2. Carr & Brown , Introduction to Biomedical Equipment,PHI
3. Webster J.G and Albert M.Cook, Clinical Engg, Principles & Practices, Prentice Hall Inc., Engle wood
Cliffs, New Jersy, 1979.
4. Cesar A. Cacere & Albert Zana, The Practice of Clinical Engg. Academic press, New York, 1977.
93
5. B.M.Sakharkar, Principles of Hospital administration and Planning, JAYPEE Brothers, Medical Publishers
(P) Ltd.
6. K.Shridhara Bhat, Quality Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
7. Karen Parsley, Karen Parsley Philomena Corrigan‖ Quality improvement in Healthcare, 2nd edition
,Nelson Thrones Pub, 2002
8. Sharon Myers ―Patient Safety & Hospital Accreditation - A Model for Ensuring Success‖ Springer
Publishers 2012
9. Joseph F Dyro ―Clinical Engineering Handbook― Elsevier Publishers, 2004
Electives (OE)
Radiotherapy & Nuclear Medicine
BME 804A, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course objectives:
To impart sufficient information on Radiotherapy & Nuclear Medicine in healthcare system
Course outcome:
After completion of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand and explain Radiotherapy & Nuclear Medicine in healthcare system
2. Describe the application of Radiotherapy & Nuclear Medicine in healthcare system
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Introduction to physical aspects of radiation therapy and treatment planning; Radiation
sources in the Department; Radiation protection
5
Module2 Absorption of radiation, Radiation chemistry, Survival curves-theory and experiment,
Oxygen effect, Chemical modifiers of Radiation damage, Cell cycle dependence of radio
sensitivity, Repair phenomena, Dose Rate effects, Solid tumor radiobiology, Cell and tumor
kinetics, Tissue radio sensitivity, Acute and late effects, Partial and Whole Body Radiation,
Time, Dose & Fractionation relationships, Biology of Hyperthermia
7
Module3 Radiation detectors: Construction and Principles of Operation – lonization Chamber –
Isotope calibrator – Proportional Counter – Geiger muller counter – Voltage calibration of a
Geiger Mueller tube, optimum operating condition – Dead time correction – Uses of Gas –
filled detectors – Semiconductor detectors
7
Module4 Statistics of counting: Types of measurement error, Precision and Accuracy – Nuclear counts
statistics – Poison, Normal (Gaussian) distribution – Standard deviation, Probable error,
confidence limits, Percent standard deviation – Efficient distribution of counting time.
Statistical tests. – Chi – square test – Figure of Merit – test – Precision of Rate meter
Measurements.
7
Module5 Basic nuclear medicine techniques:
Diagnostic – In vitro techniques: Principles of Radio immunoassays (RIA) standard curve,
data analysis, Quality Control(QC) and applications, Methods of receptor assays, hormones ,
drugs. IRMA Immunoradiometric assay, ELISA, RIA, estimation, T3, T4, TSH, thyroid
antibodies, and current applications using similar techniques.
In vivo techniques - (Imaging & non imaging Procedures)
a) General Principles of non-imaging techniques, Tracer dose, uptake studies, compartmental
analysis in radio nuclide studies, volume dilution studies. (b) General Principles of
scintigraphy: Introduction, imaging modalities, documentation of images, analog\digital
images, hard copy, formatter, intensity settings, image resolution and contrast, gray scale,
color scale. (c) Clinical Nuclear Medicines - Diagnostic studies.
12
TOTAL 38
94
Text book
1. Meredith, Fundamental Physics of Radiology
2. Faiz M Khan, The physics of Radiation Therapy, Edition 3rd
3. Hall E J, Radiobiology for the Radiologist, 6th Edition.
4. Physics of Nuclear Medicine, - James A. Sorenson & Michael
5. Principles and practice of Nuclear Medicine ,Bruce Sodee, Paul J.Early & Sharon Wikepry
Reference books
1. Nuclear Radiation Detection – William J. Price, McGraw – Hill Book Company
2. Principles of Nuclear Medicine – Henry N. Wagner, W.B. Saunders company, London
3. Principles and practice of Nuclear Medicine, Paul J. Early, D. Bruce Sodes. C.V. Mosby company Princeton
4. Instrumentation in Nuclear Medicine – Gerald J. Hine
5. Essentials of Nuclear Medicine, M.V.Merrick
6. Basic Science of Nuclear Medicine,Roy P Parker, Peter A S Smith & David Churchill Livingston, New York 35
7. Essentials of Nuclear Medicine Imaging ,Fred A Metter, Milton J W B Saunders company, London
8. Principles of Nuclear Medicine Henry N Wagner:W B Saunders company, London
9. Clinical Nuclear Medicine M N Masey, K E Britton & D L Gilday, Chapman and Hall medicals
10. Nuclear Medicine Technology & Techniques -Donald R. Bernier , Paul E. Christian & James K. Langan Mosby
Bioinformatics
BME 804B, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course objectives:
The student should be made to:
1. Expose to the need for Bioinformatics tools
2. Be familiar with the modeling techniques
3. Learn microarray analysis
4. Expose to Pattern Matching and Visualization
Course outcome:
Upon Completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Develop models for biological data
2. Apply pattern matching techniques to bioinformatics data – protein data genomic data.
3. Apply micro array technology for genomic expression study
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 INTRODUCTION
Need for Bioinformatics technologies – Overview of Bioinformatics technologies Structural
bioinformatics – Data format and processing – Secondary resources and applications – Role of
Structural bioinformatics - Biological Data Integration System.
6
Module2 DATAWAREHOUSING AND DATAMINING IN BIOINFORMATICS
Bioinformatics data – Data warehousing architecture – data quality – Biomedical data analysis –
DNA data analysis – Protein data analysis – Machine learning – Neural network architecture and
applications in bioinformatics
6
Module3 MODELING FOR BIOINFORMATICS
Hidden markov modeling for biological data analysis – Sequence identification –Sequence
classification – multiple alignment generation – Comparative modeling –Protein modeling –
genomic modeling – Probabilistic modeling – Bayesian networks – Boolean networks - Molecular
modeling – Computer programs for molecular modeling.
8
Module4 PATTERN MATCHING AND VISUALIZATION
Gene regulation – motif recognition – motif detection – strategies for motif detection –
Visualization –Fractal analysis – DNA walk models – one dimension – two dimension – higher
dimension – Game representation of Biological sequences – DNA, Protein, Amino acid sequences.
8
Module5 MICROARRAY ANALYSIS
Microarray technology for genome expression study – image analysis for data extraction –
preprocessing – segmentation – gridding – spot extraction – normalization, filtering – cluster
analysis – gene network analysis – Compared Evaluation of Scientific Data Management Systems –
Cost Matrix – Evaluation model - Benchmark – Tradeoffs
8
TOTAL 36
95
TEXT BOOK:
1. Yi-Ping Phoebe Chen Edition, “BioInformatics Technologies”, First Indian Reprint, Springer Verlag,
2007.
REFERENCES:
1. Bryan Bergeron, “Bio Informatics Computing”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Arthur M Lesk, “Introduction to Bioinformatics”, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, 2005
Body Area Networks
BME 804C, Contacts: 3L, Credit: 3
Course objective:
The student should be made to:
1. Learn about body area networks’ and different hardwares related to it
2. Provide knowledge in the applications of Body Area Networks.
Course outcome:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Explain about working of Body Area Network
2. Discuss the applications of BAN.
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 INRODUCTION TO BAN
Introduction to Body Area Network (BAN)-Standard-Architecture-BAN layers-Drawback of BAN.
6
Module2 HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT AND SYSTEM FOR BAN
Wireless body sensors-Sensor nodes and hardware designs-Wireless systems and platforms-
Wireless transceivers and microcontrollers-Existing sensor boards-Design of implanted sensor
nodes for WBAN-WBAN (Wireless Body Area Network) Systems-Software programs and
monitoring.
7
Module3 NETWORK AND MAC PROTOCOL DESIGN FOR WBAN
Network topologies and configuration-Basics of MAC protocol-Traffic characteristics-Scheduled
protocol-Random access protocol-Hybrid MAC protocol-Energy management in WBAN-
Performance analysis of WBAN.
7
Module4 ANTENNA DESIGN AND PROPAGATION FOR WBAN
Introduction-Antenna gain, Return loss, Efficiency, Reciprocity-Miniaturized Antennas-Implanted
Antennas-Volume Conduction Antennas.
7
Module5 ULTRA WIDEBAND FOR WBAN
Introduction-Advantages and limitations of UWB for WBAN-UWB hardware development-PHY
layer for UWB WBAN-UWB WBAN Application-Design and Implementation of an UWB -
WBAN System.
7
TOTAL 34
REFERENCES
1. Huan-Bang Li, Kamya Yekeh Yazdandoost Bin-Zhen, “Wireless Body Area Networks”,River Publishers, 2010.
2. Muhannad Quwaider Subir Biswas, “Wireless Body Area Networks”
3. Mark Andrew Hanson, Amy Nicole Miller, “Wireless Body Area Sensor Network Technology For Motion Based Health
Assessment”
4. Mehmet Rasti Yuce, Jamil Y.Khan, “Wireless Body Area Network:Technology, Implementation And Application”
PRACTICAL/SESSIONAL
Seminar
BME 891, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 2
Project Part-II
BME 892, Contacts: 3P, Credit: 4
Grand Viva
BME 893, Credit: 2
Autonomy Curriculum & Syllabus of B.Tech (BME) Programme
Implemented From The Academic Year 2016
First Year - First Semester
THEORY
Sl
No
Paper
Code
Theory Contact Hours
/Week
Credit
Points
L T P Total
1 M 101 Mathematics -I 3 1 0 4 4
2 CH 101/
PH 101
Chemistry (Gr. A) / Physics - I(Gr. B) 3 1 0 4 4
3 EE 101/
EC 101
Basic Electrical Engineering (Gr. A) / Basic
Electronics Engineering (Gr. B)
3 1 0 4 4
4 HU 101 Professional Communication 2 0 0 2 2
5 ME 101 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 4
Total of Theory 18 18
PRACTICAL
6 HU191 Lang. Lab. and Seminar Presentation 0 0 2 2 1
7 CH 191/
PH191
Chemistry Lab (Gr. A) / Physics -I Lab(Gr. B) 0 0 3 3 2
8 EE 191/
EC 191
Basic Electrical Engineering Lab (Gr. A) /Basic
Electronics Engineering Lab(Gr. B)
0 0 3 3 2
9 ME 191 Engg Drawing & Graphics(Gr A)/ Workshop
Practice (Gr-B)
0 0 3 3 2
Total of Practical 11 07
Sessional
10 XC181. Extra Curricular Activity (NSS/ NCC) 0 0 2 2 1
Total of Semester 26
First Year - Second Semester
THEORY
Sl No Paper
Code
Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P Total
1 M 201 Mathematics -II 3 1 0 4 4
2 CH 201/
PH 201
Chemistry (Gr. B) / Physics - I(Gr. A) 3 1 0 4 4
3 EE 201/
EC 201
Basic Electrical Engineering (Gr. B) / Basic
Electronics Engineering (Gr. A)
3 1 0 4 4
4 CS 201 Computer Fundamentals & Principle of
Computer Programming
3 1 0 4 4
5 ME 201 Engineering Thermodynamics & Fluid
Mechanics
3 1 0 4 4
Total of Theory 20 20
PRACTICAL
6 CS291 Computer Fundamentals & Principle of
Computer Programming Lab
0 0 3 3 2
7 CH 291/
PH291
Chemistry Lab (Gr. B) / Physics -I Lab (Gr.
A)
0 0 3 3 2
8 EE 291/
EC 291
Basic Electrical Engineering Lab (Gr. B)
/Basic Electronics Engineering Lab (Gr. A)
0 0 3 3 2
9 ME 291 Engg Drawing & Graphics(Gr B)/ Workshop
Practice (Gr-A)
0 0 3 3 2
Total of Practical 13 08
C. SESSIONAL
10 MC 281 Soft Skill Development 0 0 2 2 0
Total of Semester 28
Group A (ECE , EE , AEIE , BME)
Group B (CSE , IT , FT ,ME,CE)
1st Semester 2nd Semester 1st Semester 2nd Semester
Chemistry Physics - I Physics - I Chemistry
Basic Electrical
Engineering
Basic Electronics
Engineering
Basic Electronics
Engineering
Basic Electrical
Engineering
Engg Drawing &
Graphics
Workshop Practice Workshop Practice Engg Drawing &
Graphics
BME-Semester III
Subject
Type
Subject
Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
BS M(BME)
301 MATHEMATICS-III 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 301 ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY &
ANATOMY
3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 302 BIOPHYSICAL SIGNALS & SYSTEMS 3 1 0 4 4
ES EE(BME)
303 CIRCUIT THEORY & NETWORKS 2 0 0 2 2
ES EC(BME)
304 ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 2 0 0 2 2
PRACTICAL
PC BME 391 ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY &
ANATOMY LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
PC BME 392 BIOPHYSICAL SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
ES EE(BME)
393 CIRCUITS & NETWORKS LABORATORY 0 0 2 2 1
ES EC(BME)
394
ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
LABORATORY 0 0 2 2 1
SESSIONAL
MC MC381 TECHNICAL SKILL DEVELOPMENT 0 0 2 Units 2 Units 0
TOTAL 13 3 12 28 22
BME-Semester IV
Subject
Type
Subject
Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
HS HU (BME)
401 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
2 0 0 2 2
BS PH(BME)
401 PHYSICS-II 3 1 0 4 4
ES EC(BME)
401 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
2 0 0 2 2
PC BME 402 BIOMECHANICS 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 403 BIOMATERIALS 3 1 0 4 4
PRACTICAL
BS PH(BME)
491 PHYSICS-II LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
ES EC(BME)
491
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
LABORATORY
0 0 2 2 1
PC BME 492 BIOMECHANICS & BIOMATERIALS
LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2
SESSIONAL
HS HU 481 TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING
LANGUAGE PRACTICE
0 0 2 2 1
TOTAL 13 3 10 26 22
BME-Semester V
Subject
Type Subject Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
PC BME 501 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 502
BIOMEDICAL DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 503 BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS 3 0 0 3 3
PC BME 504 MEDICAL IMAGING TECHNIQUES 3 1 0 4 4
PE-I
BME 505A HOSPITAL ENGINEERING &
MANAGEMENT
3
0
0
3
3 BME 505B BIOHEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
BME 505C BIONANOTECHNOLOGY
OE-I
CS(BME)506A DATA STRUCTURE & ALGORITHM
3
0
0
3
3
CS(BME)506B DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
EE(BME)506C CONTROL ENGINEERING
PRACTICAL
PC BME 591 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2
PC BME 592 BIOMEDICAL DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2
PC BME 593 BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS
LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2
OE-I
CS(BME)596A DATA STRUCTURE & ALGORITHM
LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2 CS(BME)596B DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
LABORATORY
EE(BME) 96C CONTROL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
SESSIONAL
PW BME 582 MINI PROJECT 0 0 3 3 2
MC MC 581 GROUP DISCUSSION PRACTICE
0 0 2
Units
2
Units 0
TOTAL 18 3 17 38 31
BME-Semester VI
Subject
Type Subject Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week
Credits L T P
Total
THEORY
PC BME 601 ANALYTICAL & DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENTS 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 602 BIOPHYSICS & BIOCHEMISTRY 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 603 MODELLING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 3
PC BME 604 ADVANCED IMAGING SYSTEMS 3 1 0 4 4
PE-II
BME 605A COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS &
BIOTELEMETRY
3
0
0
3 3 BME 605B DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
BME 605C BIOINFORMATICS
OE-II
EI(BME)606A MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS
3
0
0
3
3 EC(BME)606B VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM
IT(BME)606C SOFT-COMPUTING
PRACTICAL
PC BME 691 BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
PE-II
BME 695A COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS &
BIOTELEMETRY LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
BME 695B DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM LABORATORY
BME 695C BIOINFORMATICS LABORATORY
OE-II
EI(BME)696A MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS
LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
EC(BME)696B VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORATORY
IT(BME)696C SOFT-COMPUTING LABORATORY
SESSIONAL
PW BME 681 DESIGN LAB 0 0 6 6 3
PW BME 682 HOSPITAL TRAINING (3 Weeks) 0 0 0 0 2
TOTAL 18 3 15 36 32
BME-Semester VII
Subject
Type
Subject
Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credi
ts L T P Total
THEORY
HS HU 703 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS 2 0 0 2 2
PC BME 701 THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENTS 3 1 0 4 4
PE-III
BME 702A MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING
3
0
0
3
3 BME 702B TISSUE ENGINEERING
BME 702C MEDICAL ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION
PE-IV
BME 703A BIOLOGICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
3
0
0
3
3 BME 703B BIOMEMS & BIOMICROFLUIDICS
BME 703C BIOENERGY & BIOFUELS ENGINEERING
PRACTICAL
PC BME 791 MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS & SYSTEMS
LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
PE-III
BME 792A MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING
LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2 BME 792B TISSUE ENGINEERING LABORATORY
BME 792C MEDICAL ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION
LABORATORY
SESSIONAL
PW BME 781 PROJECT I 0 0 6 6 3
PW BME 782 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (4 WEEKS) 0 0 0 0 2
MC MC 781 TECHNICAL SEMINAR PRESENTATION 0 0 3 3 0
TOTAL 11 1 15 27 21
BME-Semester VIII
Subjec
t Type
Subject
Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credi
ts L T P Total
THEORY
HS HU 802 VALUES & ETHICS IN PROFESSION 2 0 0 2 2
PE-V
BME 801A ARTIFICIAL ORGAN & REHABILITATION
ENGINEERING
3
0
0
3
3 BME 801B BIOMEDICAL HAZARDS & SAFETY
BME 801C TELEMEDICINE
PE-VI
BME 802A RADIOTHERAPY & NUCLEAR MEDICINE
3
0
0
3
3 BME 802B LASERS & OPTICS IN MEDICINE
BME 802C BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT
SESSIONAL
PW BME 881 PROJECT II 0 0 12 12 6
PW BME 882 GRAND VIVA 0 0 0 0 2
TOTAL 8 0 12 20 16
HS Humanities and Social Sciences PC Professional -Core
BS Basic Sciences PE Professional -Electives
ES Engineering Sciences OE Open Electives
PW Projects, Seminar, Industrial Training
Credit points evaluation for B.Tech (BME) Programme
Total Credit: 198
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management (HS)
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as
per AICTE
Min.
Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
HU191 1 11 5 10 5.6
XC181 1
HU101 2
HU(BME)401 2
HU 481 1
HU 701 2
HU 801 2
Basic Sciences including Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Biology (BS)
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as
per AICTE
Min. Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
M 101 4 30 15 20 15.2
CH 101 4
CH191 2
M 201 4
PH 201 4
PH 291 2
M(BME) 301 4
PH(BME) 401 4
PH(BME) 491 2
Engineering Sciences (ES)
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as
per AICTE
norms
Min. Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
EE101 4 39 15 20 19.7
ME 101 4
EE 191 2
ME 191 2
EC 201 4
CS 201 4
ME 201 4
EC 291 2
ME 291 2
CS 291 2
EE(BME) 303 2
EC(BME) 304 2
EE(BME) 393 1
EC(BME) 394 1
EC(BME) 401 2
EC(BME) 491 1
Professional Subjects-Core (PC)
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as per
AICTE norms
Min. Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
BME 301 4 66 30 40 33.33
BME 391 2
BME 302 4
BME 392 2
BME 402 4
BME 403 4
BME 492 2
BME 501 4
BME 502 4
BME 503 3
BME 504 4
BME 591 2
BME 592 2
BME 593 2
BME 601 4
BME 602 4
BME 603 3
BME 604 4
BME 691 2
BME 701 4
BME 791 2
Professional Subjects – Electives (PE)
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as per
AICTE norms
Min. Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
BME 505A
3
22 10 15 11.11
BME 505B
BME 505C
BME 605A
3 BME 605B
BME 605C
BME 695A
2 BME 695B
BME 695C
BME 702A
3 BME 702B
BME 702C
BME 703A
3 BME 703B
BME 703C
BME 792A
2 BME 792B
BME 792C
BME 801A
3 BME 801B
BME 801C
BME 802A
3 BME 802B
BME 802C
Open Subjects- Electives (OE)
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as per
AICTE norms
Min. Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
CS(BME) 506A
3
10 5 10 5.05
CS(BME) 506B
EE(BME) 506C
CS(BME) 596A
2 CS(BME) 596B
EE(BME) 596C
EI(BME) 606A
3 EC(BME) 606B
IT(BME) 606C
EI(BME) 696A
2 EC(BME) 696B
IT(BME) 696C
Project Work, Seminar and/or Internship in Industry
Course Code Credits Total Credits Range of Total
credits (%) as per
AICTE norms
Min. Max.
Assigned Credits
(for Total=198)
for Autonomy
syllabus(%)
BME 582 2 20 10 15 10.1
BME 681 3
BME 682 2
BME 781 3
BME 782 2
BME 881 6
BME 882 2
Detailed Syllabus of B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme
(1st Year, 1st Semester)
Group A: ECE, EE, BME, AEIE/EIE
Group B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Curriculum:
THEORY
Sl No Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit Points
L T P Total
1 M 101 Mathematics -I 3 1 0 4 4
2 CH 101/ PH 101
Chemistry (Gr. A) / Physics - I(Gr. B) 3 1 0 4 4
3 EE 101/
EC 101
Basic Electrical Engineering (Gr. A) / Basic Electronics Engineering (Gr. B)
3 1 0 4 4
4 HU 101 Communicative English 2 0 0 2 2
5 ME 101 Engineering
Mechanics
3 1 0 4 4
Total no. of Theory 18 18
PRACTICAL
6 HU191 Language Lab and Seminar Presentation
0 0 2 2 1
7 CH 191/ PH191
Chemistry Lab (Gr. A) / Physics -I Lab(Gr. B)
0 0 3 3 2
8 EE 191/ EC 191
Basic Electrical Engineering Lab (Gr. A) /Basic Electronics Engineering Lab(Gr. B)
0 0 3 3 2
9 ME 191/ME192
Engineering Drawing & Graphics(Gr A)/ Workshop Practice (Gr-B)
0 0 3 3 2
C. SESSIONAL
10 XC181 Extra Curricular Activity (NSS/ NCC)
0 0 2 2 1
Total no. of Practical & Sessional 13 08
Syllabus:
Theory
Paper Name: Mathematics –I
Paper Code: M101
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Any introductory course on matrix algebra, calculus, geometry.
Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to provide fundamental concepts matrix algebra, Calculus of
Single and Several Variables and Vector Analysis.
Course outcome:
On successful completion of the learning sessions of the course, the learner will be able to:
M 101.1: Recall the distinctive characteristics of Matrix Algebra, Calculus of Single and Several Variables
and Vector Analysis.
M 101.2: Understand the theoretical concept of Matrix Algebra, Calculus of Single and Several Variables
and Vector Analysis.
M 101.3: Apply the principles of Matrix Algebra, Calculus of Single and Several Variables and Vector
Analysis to solve various problems.
Course contents:
MODULE I [10L]
Matrix Algebra: Elementary row and column operations on a matrix, Rank of matrix, Normal form, Inverse
of a matrix using elementary operations, Consistency and solutions of systems of linear equations using
elementary operations, Linear dependence and independence of vectors, Concept & Properties of different
matrices (unitary, orthogonal, symmetric, skew-symmetric, hermitian, skew-hermitian), Eigen values and
Eigen vectors of a square matrix (of order 2 or 3), Characteristic polynomials, Caley-Hamilton theorem and
its applications, Reduction to diagonal form (upto 3rd order).
MODULE II [10L]
Calculus-I (Functions of single variable): Rolle’s theorem, Mean value theorem- Lagrange & Cauchy,
Taylor‘s and Maclaurin‘s theorems, Expansion of simple functions by Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s Theorems,
Fundamental theorem of integral calculus, Evaluation of plane areas, volume and surface area of a solid of
revolution and lengths, Convergence of Improper integrals, Beta and Gamma Integrals - Elementary
properties and the Inter relations.
MODULE III [12L]
Calculus-II (Functions of several variables): Introduction to functions of several variables with examples,
Knowledge of limit and continuity, Partial derivatives, Total Differentiation, Derivatives of composite and
implicit functions, Euler's theorem on homogeneous functions, Chain rule, Maxima and minima of functions
of two variables – Lagrange‘s method of Multipliers, Change of variables-Jacobians (up to three variables),
Double and triple integrals.
MODULE IV [8L]
Vector Calculus: Scalar and vector triple products, Scalar and Vector fields, Vector Differentiation, Level
surfaces, Directional derivative, Gradient of scalar field, Divergence and Curl of a vector field and their
physical significance, Line, surface and volume integrals, Green‘s theorem in plane, Gauss Divergence
theorem, Stokes‘ theorem, Applications related to Engineering problems.
Text Books:
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced engineering mathematics (8th Edition), John Wiley, 1999.
2. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications, 2009.
3. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Pub. House, 2008.
4. H. Anton, Elementary linear algebra with applications (8th Edition), John Wiley, 1995.
5. G. Strang, Linear algebra and its applications (4th Edition), Thomson, 2006.
Reference Books:
6. S. Kumaresan, Linear algebra - A Geometric approach, Prentice Hall of India, 2000.
7. M. Apostol, Calculus, Volumes 1 and 2 (2nd Edition), Wiley Eastern, 1980.
8. TG. B. Thomas and R. L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic Geometry (9th Edition), ISE Reprint,
Addison-Wesley, 1998.
9. Hughes-Hallett et al., Calculus - Single and Multivariable (3rd Edition), John-Wiley and Sons, 2003.
10. J. Stewart, Calculus (5th Edition), Thomson, 2003.
11. J. Bird, Higher Engineering Mathematics (4th Edition, 1st India Reprint), Elsevier,2006.
12. L.Rade and B.Westergen, Mathematics Handbook: for Science and Engineering (5th edition, 1st
Indian Edition), Springer, 2009.
13. Murray R Spiegel and Seymour Lipschutz, Schaum's Outline of Vector Analysis.
14. Richard Bronson , Schaum's Outline of Matrix Operations.
CO-PO mapping:
PO
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
M 101.1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
M 101.2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
M 101.3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Chemistry
Paper Code: CH 101
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: 10+2 science with chemistry
Course Objective
Understanding of the fundamental theories and applications of thermodynamics, electrochemical principles
in modern electrochemical cells and to get an insight into electronic structure of crystals and nanomaterials.
Learning about the Synthesis, properties and applications of polymers, fuels and alternative energy sources
& their significance in petrochemical industries. Analyzing water quality for its various parameters & its
significance in industries.
Course Outcome
CH101.1: Able to apply fundamental concepts of thermodynamics in different engineering applications.
CH101.2: Able to analyze & design simple and technologically advanced electrical and energy storage
devices.
CH101.3: Able to synthesize nanomaterials, composites, polymers.
CH101.4: Able to apply the basic concept of Organic Chemistry and knowledge of chemical reactions to
industries , and technical fields.
CH101.5: Able to apply the knowledge of different fuels and corrosion to different industries
CH101.6: Able to analyse water quality parameter for its various parameters & its significance in industries.
Course contents
Module 1 [8L]
Chemical Thermodynamics –I
1.1 Concept of Thermodynamic system: Definition with example of diathermal wall, adiabatic
wall, isolated system, closed system, open system, extensive property, intensive property.
Introduction to first law of thermodynamics: Different statements, mathematical form.
Internal energy: Definition, Example, Characteristics, Physical significance, Mathematical
expression for change in internal Energy, Expression for change in internal energy for ideal gas.
2L
1.2 Enthalpy: Definition, Characteristics, Physical significance, Mathematical expression for
change in Enthalpy, Expression for change in enthalpy for ideal gas.
Heat Capacity: Definition, Classification of Heat Capacity (Cp and CV): Definition and General
expression of Cp - CV. Expression of Cp - CV for ideal gas.
Reversible and Irreversible processes: Definition, Work done in Isothermal Reversible and
Isothermal Irreversible process for Ideal gas, Adiabatic changes: Work done in adiabatic process,
Interrelation between thermodynamic parameters (P, V and T), slope of P-V curve in adiabatic and
isothermal process.
Application of first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes: exothermic, endothermic
processes, law of Lavoisier and Laplace, Hess’s law of constant heat summation. 3L
1.3 2nd law of thermodynamics: Statement, Mathematical form of 2nd law of thermodynamics
(Carnot cycle). Joule Thomson and throttling processes; Joule Thomson coefficient for Ideal gas,
Concept of inversion temperature (brief).
Evaluation of entropy: characteristics and expression, physical significance. Work function and free
energy: Definition, characteristics, physical significance, mathematical expression of ΔA and ΔG for
ideal gas, standard free energy and chemical potential, Condition of spontaneity and equilibrium
reaction. 3L
Module 2 [7L]
2.1 Reaction Dynamics
Reaction laws: rate and order; molecularity; zero and first order kinetics, second order kinetics
(same reactant concentration), Pseudounimolecular reaction, Arrhenius equation. 3L
Mechanism and theories of reaction rates (Content beyond the syllabus)
2.2 Solid state Chemistry
Introduction to stoichiometric defects (Schottky & Frenkel) and non – stoichiometric defects (Metal
excess and metal deficiency).
Role of silicon and germanium in the field of semiconductor, n-type, p-type semiconductor, photo
voltaic cell, fabrication of integrated circuits. 4L
Module 3 [8L]
Electrochemistry
3.1 Conductance
Conductance of electrolytic solutions, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, molar
conductance and ion conductance, effect of temperature and concentration (Strong and Weak
electrolyte). 1L
3.2 Electrochemical cell
Cell EMF and its Thermodynamic derivation of the EMF of a Galvanic cell (Nernst equation),
single electrode potentials, hydrogen half cell, calomel half cell (representation, cell reaction,
expression of potential, Discussion, Application). 3L
3.3 Concept of battery
Battery and Commercial electrochemical cell: Dry cell, acid storage cell, alkaline storage cell, fuel
cell (construction, representation, cell reaction, expression of potential, discussion, application).
2L
3.4 Corrosion and its control
Introduction, cause and effect of corrosion, types of corrosion: dry, wet and other: Electrochemical
corrosion, galvanic corrosion, passivation and protective measure. 2L
Module 4 [12L]
4.1 Structure and reactivity of Organic molecule
Electronegativity, electron affinity, hybridisation, Inductive effect, resonance, hyperconjugation,
electromeric effect, carbocation, carbanion and free radicals. Brief study of some addition,
eliminations and substitution reactions. 3L
4.2 Polymers
Concepts, classifications and industrial applications. Polymer molecular weight (number avg. weight
avg.: Theory and mathematical expression only), Poly dispersity index (PDI).
Polymerization processes: addition and condensation polymerization (mechanism not required),
degree of polymerization, Copolymerization, stereo-regularity of polymer, crystallinity (concept of
Tm) and amorphicity (Concept of Tg) of polymer.
Preparation, structure and use of some common polymers: plastic (HDPE, LDPE, PVC, PP, PMMA,
Polyester, PTFE, Bakelite), rubber (natural rubber, SBR), fibre (nylon 6, nylon 6,6), Vulcanization
of rubber, Conducting polymers and bio-polymers. 7L
4.3 Nano material
Basic principles of nano science and technology, classification, preparation, properties and
application of nano material. 2L
Module 5 [ 5L]
5.1 Industrial Chemistry
Fuels
Solid Fuel: Coal, Classification of coal, constituents of coal, carbonization of coal (HTC and LTC),
Proximate analysis of coal, Calorific value.
Liquid fuel: Petroleum, classification of petroleum, Refining, Octane number, Cetane number,
Aviation Fuel (Aviation Gasoline, Jet Gasoline), Biodiesel.
Gaseous fuels: Natural gas, water gas, Coal gas, bio gas, CNG, LPG 3L
5.2 Water
Introduction, source of water, water quality parameter, specification for drinking water (BIS and
WHO standards), Chlorination of Water, Types of hardness- Units, Brief Softening methods.
2L
Short overview of water treatment plants (Content beyond the syllabus)
Reference Books
1. Engineering Chemistry: Bandyopadhyay and Hazra
2. Physical Chemistry: P.C. Rakshit
3. Organic Chemistry: Finar, vol-1
4. Engineering Chemistry: B.Sivasankar, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008
5. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry: S.S.Dara, 10th Edition, S.Chand & Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.
6. Engineering Chemistry Simplified: S. Nandi and R. Bhattacharyya, Chayya Prakashani Pvt.
Ltd.
CO-PO mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
CH101.1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CH101.2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CH101.3 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - - 1
CH101.4 2 - 1 - 2 - - - - - - -
CH101.5 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CH101.6 - - 2 - - - 1 - - - - -
FOR GROUP B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Paper Name: Physics -I
Paper Code: PH 101
Total Contact Hours: 41
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: Knowledge of Physics upto 12th standard.
Course Objective:
The aim of courses in Physics is to provide an adequate exposure and develop insight about the basic physics
principles along with the possible applications. The acquaintance of basic principles of physics would help
engineers to understand the tools and techniques used in the industry and provide the necessary foundations
for inculcating innovative approaches. It can also create awareness of the vital role played by science and
engineering in the development of new technologies. It also gives necessary exposure to the practical aspects,
which is an essential component for learning sciences.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students’ should have the
PH 101.1 : Ability to state and recall
➢ De-Broglie hypothesis, and Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle
➢ Amplitude and Velocity Resonance
➢ Malus’s Law, Brewster’s Law
➢ Characteristics of LASER light
PO1
Or
GA1
PH 101.2 : Ability to understand and explain
➢ Polarizer and analyzer
➢ basic principles and different types of LASER and Optical Fibre
➢ structure of solids, Miller indices
➢ theory of Matter Wave, equation of motion of Matter Wave
➢ wave function and its role in representing wave nature of matter
PO2
Or
GA2
PH 101. 3 : Ability to apply the knowledge of
➢ mechanical vibration in electrical circuits
➢ superposition principle in Newton’s ring phenomenon, diffraction phenomenon
PO3
Or
GA3
➢ quantum nature of e.m. waves for production of laser
➢ total internal reflection in transmitting light through optical fibres
➢ x-ray diffraction in crystal structure
➢ probability interpretation in Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle
PH 101.4 : Ability to analyze
➢ grating as many slit system
➢ role of Q factor in a resonating circuit, conditions of different types of resonance
➢ minimum requirements for lasing action
➢ importance of light as a carrier of information
➢ the failures of classical physics in microscopic situation and need of quantum physics
➢ Einstein’s A, B coefficient and predict the wavelength domain of Lasing action
➢ Requirement of Miller indices for describing crystallographic planes
PO2
Or
GA2
PH 101.5 : Ability to evaluate / justify / compare
➢ X-ray production process is inverse of the process of Photoelectric Effect.
➢ different crystallographic structures according to their Co-ordination number and
packing factors
➢ the outcome of Photo-electric effect, Compton effect and Davission-Germer
experiment to justify wave-particle duality of matter
PO12
Or
GA12
Course contents
Module 1 (8L):-
Oscillations
1.1 Simple harmonic motion: Concepts with examples, Superposition of SHMs in two mutually
perpendicular directions: Lissajous’ figures, Engineering Applications and related Numerical problems 2L
1.2 Damped vibration: Differential equation and its solution, Logarithmic decrement, quality factor,
Engineering Applications and related Numerical problems. 3L
1.3 Forced vibration: Differential equation and solution, Amplitude and Velocity resonance, Sharpness of
resonance, relevant applications including LCR circuits, Numerical problems 3L
Module 2 (10L):-
Classical Optics:
2.1 Interference of light: Wave nature of light (Huygen’s principle), Conditions of sustained interference
double slit as an example; qualitative idea of spatial and temporal coherence, conservation of energy and
intensity distribution; Newton’s ring (qualitative descriptions of working principles and procedures-no
deduction required). Engineering applications, Numerical Problems. 3L
Fresnel’s biprism (beyond the syllabus ). 1L(ext)
2.2 Diffraction of light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer class, Fraunhofer diffraction for plane transmission grating
(elementary treatment of intensity distribution for N-slits), single slit and double slits as examples, missing
order, Rayleigh criterion, resolving power of grating and microscope (Definition and formula; no deduction
required). Engineering Applications, Numerical Problems. 4L
2.3 Polarization: Definition, plane of polarization, plane of vibration, Malus law, fundamental concepts of
plane, circular and elliptical polarizations (only qualitative idea) with examples, Brewster’s law, Double
refraction: ordinary and extraordinary rays, Nicol’s prism, Engineering applications, Numerical problems. 3L
Module 3 (9L):-
Quantum Physics:
3.1 Quantum Theory: Inadequacy of classical physics; Planck’s quantum hypothesis-Qualitative (without
deductions), particle concept of electromagnetic wave (example: photoelectric and Compton effect;
qualitative discussions only), wave particle duality; phase velocity and group velocity; de Broglie wave;
Davisson and Germer experiment. 4L
3.2 Quantum Mechanics 1: Concept of wave function, Physical significance of wave function, Probability
interpretation; wave function normalization condition and its simple numerical applications; uncertainty
principle-applications, Schrödinger equation (no mathematical derivation). 4L
Module 4 (6L):
X-ray & Crystallography
4.1 X-rays – Origin of Characteristic and Continuous X-ray, Bragg’s law (No derivation), Determination of
lattice constant, Applications, Numerical problems. 2L
4.2 Elementary ideas of crystal structure - lattice, basis, unit cell, Fundamental types of lattices – Bravais
lattice, Simple cubic, fcc and bcc, hcp lattices, (use of models in the class during teaching is desirable) Miller
indices and miller planes, Co-ordination number and Atomic packing factor, Applications, Numerical
problems. 4L
Module 5 (8L):
Modern Optics-I:
5.1 Laser: Concepts of various emission and absorption process, working principle of laser, metastable state,
Population Inversion, condition necessary for active laser action, optical resonator, ruby laser, He-Ne laser,
semiconductor laser, Einstein A and B coefficients and equations, industrial and medical applications of
laser. 5L
5.2 Fibre optics and Applications: Principle and propagation of light in optical fibres- Numerical aperture
and Acceptance angle, V number, Types of optical fibres (material, refractive index, mode), Losses in optical
fibre- attenuation, dispersion, bending, Numerical problems. 3L
Recommended Text Books for Physics I (PH101//201):
Oscillations:
1. Classical Mechanics- J. C. Upadhyay (Himalya Publishers)
2. Classical Mechanics-Shrivastav
3. Classical Mechanics-Takwal & Puranik (TMH)
4. Sound-N. K. Bajaj (TMH)
5. Advanced Acoustics-D. P. Roy Chowdhury (Chayan Publisher)
6. Principles of Acoustics-B.Ghosh (Sridhar Publisher)
7. A text book of sound-M. Ghosh ( S. Chand publishers)
8. Electricity Magnetism-Chattopadhyay & Rakshit (New Central Book Agency)
9. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs, ( Book & Allied Publisher)
10. R.P. Singh ( Physics of Oscillations and Waves)
11. A.B. Gupta (College Physics Vol. II)
12. Chattopadhya and Rakshit (Vibration, Waves and Acoustics)
Classical Optics & Modern Optics-I:
13. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs ( Book & Allied Publisher)
14. A text book of Light-Brijlal & Subhramanium, ( S. Chand publishers)
15. Modern Optics-A. B. Gupta ( Book & Allied Publisher)
16. Optics-Ajay Ghatak (TMH)
17. Optics-Hecht
18. Optics-R. Kar, Books Applied Publishers
19. Möler (Physical Optics)
20. E. Hecht (Optics)
21. E. Hecht (Schaum Series)
22. F.A. Jenkins and H.E White
23. C.R. Dasgupta ( Degree Physics Vol 3)
Quantum Physics
24. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics-S. N. Ghoshal (Calcutta Book House)
25. Quantum Mechanics-Bagde Singh (S. Chand Publishers)
26. Perspective of Quantum Mechanics-S. P. Kuilla (New Central Book Agency)
27. Quantum Mechanics-Binayak Datta Roy (S. Chand Publishers)
28. Quantum Mechanics-Bransden (Pearson Education Ltd.)
29. Perspective of Modern Physics-A. Beiser (TMH)
30. Eisberg & Resnick is published by Wiley India
31. A.K. Ghatak and S Lokenathan
32. E.E. Anderson (Modern Physics)
33 .Haliday, Resnick & Krane : Physics Volume 2 is Published by Wiley India
34. Binayak Dutta Roy [Elements of Quantum Mechanics]
X-ray & Crystallography
35. Solid state physics-Puri & Babbar ( S. Chand publishers)
36. Materials Science & Engineering-Kakani Kakani
37. Solid state physics- S. O. Pillai
38. Introduction to solid state physics-Kittel (TMH)
39. Solid State Physics and Electronics-A. B. Gupta, Nurul Islam (Book & Allied Publisher)
40. S.O. Pillai (a. Solid state physics b. Problem in Solid state physics)
General Reference:
1. Refresher courses in physics (Vol. 1, Vol. 2 & Vol. 3)-C. L. Arora (S. Chand Publishers)
2. Basic Engineering Physics-Amal Chakraborty (Chaya Prakashani Pvt. Ltd.)
3. Basic Engineering Physics-I -Sujoy Bhattacharya, Saumen Paul (TMH)
4. Engineering Physics Vol: 1-Sudipto Roy, Tanushri Ghosh, Dibyendu Biswas (S. Chand).
5. Engineering Physics Vol:1-S. P. Kuila (New Central)
4. University Physics-Sears & Zemansky (Addison-Wesley)
5.B. Dutta Roy (Basic Physics)
6. R.K. Kar (Engineering Physics)
7. Mani and Meheta (Modern Physics)
8. Arthur Baiser (Perspective & Concept of Modern Physics)
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PH 101.1 1
PH 101.2 2
PH 101.3 3
PH 101.4 1
PH 101.5 1
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Basic Electrical Engineering
Paper Code: EE101
Total Contact Hours: 41
Credit: 4
Pre requisite: Basic 12st standard Physics and Mathematics
Course Objective:
Basic electrical engineering is an introductory course in electrical engineering. Students are introduced to
simple applied electrical circuits, theories and practice to impart skill set to have visualization of electrical
engineering applications. It is a course suitable for students pursuing electrical engineering as well as other
related engineering disciplines.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will able
EE 101.1: To understand and analyze basic electric and magnetic circuits.
EE 101.2: To understand and analysis the AC single phase and three phase circuit
EE101.3: To understand and analysis of the basic principles of various electrical machines
Course Contents:
DC CIRCUITS (7L)
Definition of electric circuit, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent
source, node, branch, active and passive elements, Kirchhoff’s laws, Source equivalence and conversion,
Network Theorems-Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton Theorem, Maximum Power
Transfer Theorem, Star-Delta Conversions.
MAGNETIC CIRCUITS (3L)
Concept of Magnetic circuit, B-H curve, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits, Faraday’s
law, iron losses, self and mutual inductance, Energy stored in magnetic field.
AC SINGLE PHASE CIRCUITS (8L)
Sinusoidal quantities, Average and RMS values, peak factor, Form factor, Phase and Phase difference,
concept of phasor diagram, V-I Relationship in R,L,C circuit, Combination R,L,C in AC series , parallel and
series parallel circuits with phasor diagrams, impedance and admittance, Power factor, Power in AC circuit,
Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Q factor, band width of resonant circuit.
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS (3L)
Voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star connection, relationship between line and phase
quantities, phasor diagrams. Power measurement by two watt meters method.
DC MACHINES (6L)
Construction, Basic concepts of winding (Lap and wave). DC generator: Principle of operation, EMF
equation, characteristics (open circuit, load) DC motors: Principle of operation, Torque Equation ,Speed
Torque Characteristics (shunt and series machine), starting (by 3 point starter), speed control (armature
voltage and field control).
SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER (5L)
Constructional parts, Types of transformers, Emf equation, No Load no load and on load operation, phasor
diagram and equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, open and short circuit tests, regulation and efficiency
calculation.
THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR (6L)
Types, Construction, production of rotating field, principle of operation, Slip and Frequency ,rotor emf and
current, Equivalent circuit and phasor diagram, Torque Slip characteristics torque-speed characteristics
Starting of induction motor by star delta starter and( DOL starter). Speed Control of Three phase induction
motor by variation of supply frequency, supply voltage and number of poles.
GENERAL STRUCTURE OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM (3L)
Power generation to distribution through overhead lines and underground cables with single line diagram,
Earthing of Electrical Equipment, Electrical Wiring Practice
Text books
1. V. Mittle & Arvind Mittal, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH.
2. Ashfaq Hussain, Basic Electrical Engineering, S. Chand Publication
3. Chakrabarti,Nath & Chanda, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH
4. C.L. Wadhwa, Basic Electrical Engineering, Pearson Education
Reference books
1. H. Cotton, Willey Press
2. J.B. Gupta, Basic Electrical Engineering, Kataria & Sons .
3. Kothari & Nagrath, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH
CO-PO mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE101.1 3 3 2 1
EE101.2 2 2 1
EE101.3 3 2 2
FOR GROUP B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Paper Name: Basic Electronics Engineering
Paper code: EC101
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credits: 4
Prerequisites
A basic course in Electronics and Communication Engineering Progresses from the fundamentals of electricity, direct
current (DC) devices and circuits , series and parallel circuits to the study of active and passive components, Ohm's Law,
Kirchoff's Law i.e. KVL,KCL, Ampere’s Law etc.
Course objectives:
Students will be able to Analyze the behaviour of semiconductor diodes in Forward and Reverse bias . To design a half
wave and full wave rectifiers , Explore V-I characteristics of Bipolar Junction Transistor n CB, CE & CC configurations.
To acquire the basic engineering technique and ability to design and analyze the circuits of Op-Amps. Students will be
able to explain feedback concept and different oscillators . They will also be familiar with the analysis of digital logic
basics and measuring Electronic devices. Students will have knowledge about characteristics of FET.
Course Outcomes:
EC 101.1 Study PN junction diode, ideal diode, diode models and its circuit analysis,
application of diodes and special diodes.
EC 101.2 Learn how operational amplifiers are modeled and analyzed, and to design Op-
Amp circuits to perform operations such as integration, differentiation on
electronic signals.
EC 101.3 Study the concepts of both positive and negative feedback in electronic circuits.
EC 101.4 Develop the capability to analyze and design simple circuits containing non-
linear elements such as transistors using the concepts of load lines, operating
points and incremental analysis.
EC 101.5 Learn how the primitives of Boolean algebra are used to describe the processing
of binary signals.
Course contents
Module-I: Basics of semiconductor 6L
Conductors, Insulators, and Semiconductors- crystal structure, Fermi Dirac function, Fermi level, E-k and
Energy band diagrams, valence band, conduction band, and band gap; intrinsic, and extrinsic ( p-type and n-
type) semiconductors, position of Fermi level in intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor, drift and diffusion
current – expression only ( no derivation) , mass action law , charge neutrality in semiconductor, Einstein
relationship in semiconductor , Numerical problems on- Fermi level, conductivity, mass action law, drift and
diffusion current .
Module-II: P-N Junction Diode and its applications 8L
p-n junction formation and depletion region , energy band diagram of p-n junction at equilibrium and barrier
energy , built in potential at p-n junction , energy band diagram and current through p-n junction at forward
and reverse bias, V-I characteristics and current expression of diode , temperature dependencies of V-I
characteristics of diode , p-n junction breakdown – conditions , avalanche and Zener breakdown , Concept of
Junction capacitance, Zener diode and characteristics.
Diode half wave and full wave rectifiers circuits and operation ( IDC , Irms , VDc , Vrms ) , ripple factor without
filter, efficiency ,PIV,TUF; Reduction of ac ripples using filter circuit (Qualitative analysis); Design of diode
clipper and clamper circuit - explanation with example, application of Zener diode in regulator circuit.
Numerical problems.
Module-III : Bipolar junction transistor(BJT) 6L
Formation of PNP/NPN Transistors ,energy band diagram, current conduction mechanism , CE ,CB,CC
configurations , transistor static characteristics in CE ,CB and CC mode, junction biasing condition for active,
saturation and cut-off modes ,current gain α ,β and γ, early effect.
Biasing and bias stability; biasing circuits - fixed bias; voltage divider bias; collector to base bias , D.C. load
line and Quiescent point, calculation of stability factors for different biasing circuits.
BJT as an amplifier and as a switch – Graphical analysis; Numerical Problems.
Module-IV: Field effect transistor (FET) 4L
Concept of field effect, channel width modulation Classification of FETs-JFET, MOSFET, operating
principle of JFET. drain and transfer characteristics of JFET (n-channel and p-channel), CS,CG,CD
configurations, Relation between JFET parameters. FET as an amplifier and as a switch– graphical analysis.
E-MOSFET (n-channel and p-channel), D-MOSFET (n-channel and p-channel), Numerical Problems .
Module-V: Feedback and Operational Amplifier 10L
Concept of feedback with block diagram, positive and negative feedback, gain with feedback. Feedback
topologies, effect of feedback on input and output impedance, distortion, concept of oscillation and
Barkhausen criterion.
Operational amplifier – electrical equivalent circuit ,ideal characteristics , Non ideal characteristics of op-amp
– offset voltages ;bias current ;offset current; Slew rate ; CMRR and bandwidth, Configuration of inverting
and non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp, closed loop voltage gain of inverting and non-inverting amplifier
, Concept of virtual ground, Applications op-amp – summing amplifier; differential amplifier; voltage
follower ; basic differentiator and integrator .
Problems on Characteristics of Op-amp, CMRR, slew rate, amplifier and application of Op-amp to be
discussed. Any other relevant problems related to topic may be discussed or assigned.
Module-VI: Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO) 2L
Operating principle of CRO with block diagram, measurement of voltage, frequency and phase.
Module-VII: Digital Electronics 4L
Binary numbers and conversion, Basic Boolean algebra, Logic gates ( AND,OR,NOR,NOT,NAND,XOR)
and realization of functions.
Text Books:
1. D. Chattopadhyay, P. C. Rakshit, Electronics Fundamentals and Applications, New Age
International 2. Millman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Boyelstad & Nashelsky: Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory, McGraw Hill, 1976.
4. Sedra & Smith, Microelectronics Engineering Reference Books:
1. John D. Ryder, Electronic Fundamentals and Applications, PHI
2. J.B.Gupta, Basic Electronics, S.K. Kataria.
3. Malvino: Electronic Principle.
4. Schilling & Belove: Electronics Circuits.
CO-PO Mapping
PO
1
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
EC 101.1 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
EC 101.2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
EC 101.3 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
EC 101.4 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1
EC 101.5 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Paper Name: Communicative English
Paper Code: HU101
Total Contact Hours: 26
Credits: 2
Pre requisites: Basic knowledge of high school English.
Course Objectives:
Designed to meet the basic survival needs of communication in the globalized workplace, including
knowledge of and competency in the use of macro-skills in reading and writing proficiency, functional
grammar and usage.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be HU101.1: Able to comprehend and communicate in English through exposure to communication skills theory
and practice.
HU101.2: Apply the basic grammatical skills of the English language through intensive practice.
HU101.3: Able to develop reading and comprehension skills.
HU101.4: Able to develop writing proficiency skills by writing Official Letters, Technical report, memo,
notice, minutes, agenda, resume, curriculum vitae.
HU101.5: Able to apply/illustrate all sets of English language and communication skills in creative and
effective ways in the professional sphere of their life
Course Content:
The proposed revised syllabus is as follows:
Module 1: Communication: Interface in a Globalized World [5L]
a .Definition of Communication& Scope of Communication
b. Process of Communication—Models and Types
c. Verbal—Non-Verbal Communication, Channels of Communication
d. Barriers to Communication & surmounting them
[to be delivered through case studies involving intercultural communication]
Module 2: Vocabulary and Reading [5L]
a. Word origin—Roots, Prefixes and Suffixes, Word Families, Homonyms and Homophones
b. Antonyms and Synonyms, One-word substitution
c. Reading—Purposes and Skills
d. Reading Sub-Skills—Skimming, Scanning, Intensive Reading
e. Comprehension Practice (Fiction and Non fictional Prose/Poetry)
Texts:
(i)Isaac Asimov, I Robot (―Robbie OR ―Little Lost Robot)
(ii)George Orwell, ―Shooting an Elephant
(iii)Ruskin Bond, ―The Cherry Tree OR ―The Night Train at Deoli
(iv) Robert Frost, ―Stopping by the Woods on a Snowy Evening.
f. Precise Writing
(Use of daily newspapers for reading practice is recommended)
Module 3: Functional Grammar and Usage [6L]
a. Articles, Prepositions, Verbs
b. Verb-Subject Agreement
c. Comparison of Adjectives
d. Tenses and their Use
e. Transformation of Sentences (Singular-Plural, Active-Passive, Direct-Indirect, Degrees of Comparison)
f. Error Correction
Module 4: Business writing [10L]
a. Business Communication in the Present-day scenario
b. Business Letters (Letters of Inquiry, Sales Letters, Complaint and Adjustment Letters, Job Application
Letters)
c. Drafting of a CV and Résumé
d. Memo, Notice, Advertisement, Agenda, Minutes of Meetings
e. E-mails (format, types, jargons, conventions)
References:
1.Raymond Murphy. English Grammar in Use. 3rd Edn. CUP, 2001.
2. Seidl & McMordie. English Idioms& How to Use Them. Oxford:OUP, 1978.
3. Michael Swan. Practical English Usage. Oxford:OUP, 1980.
4. Simeon Potter. Our Language. Oxford:OUP, 1950.
5. Pickett, Laster and Staples. Technical English: Writing, Reading & Speaking. 8th ed. London: Longman,
2001.
6. IIT Kanpur, English Language & Communication Skills (ENG 112 C) syllabus.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
HU101.1 - - 1 - - 1 - 1 3 3 3 3
HU 101.2 - - - - - 2 - - 2 3 3 3
HU 101.3 - 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
HU 101.4 - - - 2 - 2 - - 3 3 2 3
HU 101.5 - 2 1 - - 2 2 1 3 3 2 3
Paper Name: Engineering Mechanics
Paper Code: ME101
Total Contacts Hours: 45
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: Higher Secondary with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics.
Course Objective:
1. Understand the vector and scalar representation of forces and moments.
2. Describe static equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies in two dimensions and three dimensions including
the effect of Friction
3. Analyze the properties of surfaces & solids in relation to moment of inertia.
4. Illustrate the laws of motion, kinematics of motion and their interrelationship.
5. Study the concepts of engineering mechanics on deformable materials under applied loads.
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of the course, student should be able to:
ME 101.1. Construct free body diagram and calculate the reactions necessary to ensure static equilibrium.
ME 101.2. Study the effect of friction in static and dynamic conditions.
ME 101.3. Understand the different surface properties, property of masses and material properties.
ME 101.4. Analyze and solve different problems of kinematics and kinetics.
Course Content:
Module1: Importance of Mechanics in engineering; Introduction to Statics; Concept of Particle and Rigid
Body; Types of forces: collinear, concurrent, parallel, concentrated, distributed; Vector and scalar quantities;
Force is a vector; Transmissibility of a force (sliding vector). 2L
Introduction to Vector Algebra; Parallelogram law; Addition and subtraction of vectors; Lami’s theorem;
Free vector; Bound vector; Representation of forces in terms of i,j,k; Cross product and Dot product and their
applications. 3L+1T
Two dimensional force system; Resolution of forces; Moment; Varignon’s theorem; Couple; Resolution of a
coplanar force by its equivalent force-couple system; Resultant of forces
4L+1T
Module2: Concept and Equilibrium of forces in two dimensions; Free body concept and diagram; Equations
of equilibrium. 3L+1T
Concept of Friction; Laws of Coulomb friction; Angle of Repose; Coefficient of friction.
3L+1T
Module3: Distributed Force: Centroid and Centre of Gravity; Centroids of a triangle, circular sector,
quadralateral, composite areas consisting of above figures. 4L+1T
Moments of inertia: MI of plane figure with respect to an axis in its plane, MI of plane figure with respect to an axis perpendicular to the plane of the figure; Parallel axis theorem; Mass moment of inertia of symmetrical bodies, e.g. cylinder, sphere, cone. 3L+1T
Principle of virtual work with simple application. 1L+1T
Module4: Concept of simple stresses and strains: Normal stress, Shear stress, Bearing stress, Normal strain,
Shearing strain; Hooke’s law; Poisson’s ratio; Stress-strain diagram of ductile and brittle materials; Elastic
limit; Ultimate stress; Yielding; Modulus of elasticity; Factor of safety.
2L+1T
Module5: Introduction to Dynamics: Kinematics and Kinetics; Newton’s laws of motion; Law of gravitation
& acceleration due to gravity; Rectilinear motion of particles; determination of position, velocity and
acceleration under uniform and non-uniformly accelerated rectilinear motion; construction of x-t, v-t and a-t
graphs. 3L+1T
Plane curvilinear motion of particles: Rectangular components (Projectile motion); Normal and tangential
components (circular motion). 2L+1T
Module6: Kinetics of particles: Newton’s second law; Equation of motion; D.Alembert’s principle and free
body diagram; Principle of work and energy ; Principle of conservation of energy; Power and efficiency.
3L+2T
Books Recommended 1. Engineering Mechanics [Vol-I & II]by Meriam & Kraige, 5th ed. – Wiley India 2. Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by I.H.Shames, 4th ed. – PHI
3. Engineering Mechanics by Timoshenko , Young and Rao, Revised 4th ed. – TMH 4. Elements of Strength of Materials by Timoshenko & Young, 5th ed. – E.W.P 5. Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics by Debabrata Nag & Abhijit Chanda– Chhaya
Prakashani 6. Engineering Mechanics by Basudeb Bhattacharyya– Oxford University Press. 7. Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by Hibbeler & Gupta, 11th ed. – Pearson
CO-PO Mapping:
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
ME101.1 3 3 2 2 - - - - 1 - - -
ME101.2 3 3 2 2 - - - - 1 - - 1
ME101.3 3 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 - - 1
ME101.4 3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 - 1 -
Practical
Paper Name: Lang. Lab. and Seminar Presentation
Paper Code: HU191
Total Contact Hours: 26
Credit: 1
Pre requisites: Basic knowledge of LSRW skills.
Course Objectives: To train the students in acquiring interpersonal communication skills by focusing on
skill acquisition techniques and error feedback.
Course Outcome:
HU191.1: Able to understand advanced skills of Technical Communication in English through Language
Laboratory.
HU191.2: Able to apply listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in societal and professional life.
HU191.3: Able to demonstrate the skills necessary to be a competent Interpersonal communicator.
HU191.4: Able to analyze communication behaviors.
HU191.5: Able to adapt to multifarious socio-economical and professional arenas with the help of effective
communication and interpersonal skills.
Course Contents:
Module 1: Introduction to the Language Lab
a. The Need for a Language Laboratory
b. Tasks in the Lab
c. Writing a Laboratory Note Book
Module 2: Active Listening
a. What is Active Listening?
b. Listening Sub-Skills—Predicting, Clarifying, Inferencing, Evaluating, Note taking
c. Contextualized Examples based on Lab Recordings Module 3: Speaking
a. Speaking (Choice of words, Speech Syntax, Pronunciation, Intonation)
b. Language Functions/Speech Acts
c. Speaking using Picture Prompts and Audio Visual inputs
c. Conversational Role Plays (including Telephonic Conversation)
d. Group Discussion: Principles and Practice Module 4: Lab Project Work
a. Keeping a Listening Log
b. Writing a Film Review/Advertisements
References:
1.IIT Mumbai, Preparatory Course in English syllabus
2. IIT Mumbai, Introduction to Linguistics syllabus
3. Sasikumar et al. A Course in Listening and Speaking. New Delhi: Foundation Books, 2005.
4. Tony Lynch, Study Listening. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2004.
CO-PO-Mapping:
CO
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
HU 191.1 - 3 - - - 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
HU 191.2 - 3 - 2 - 3 - - 3 3 3 3
HU 191.3 - 3 - - - 3 - - 3 3 3 3
HU 191.4 - 3 2 3 - 3 2 - 3 3 3 3
HU 191.5 - 3 2 2 - 2 - 3 3 3 3 3
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Chemistry Lab
Paper Code: CH 191
Total Contact hour: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites: 10+2 science with chemistry
Course Objective
Acquiring knowledge on Standard solutions and the various reactions in homogeneous and heterogenous
medium. Understanding the basic principles of pH meter and conductivity meter for different applications
and analyzing water for its various parameters. Synthesis of Polymeric materials and Nanomaterials.
Course Outcome
CH191.1: Able to operate different types of instruments for estimation of small quantities chemicals used
in industries and scientific and technical fields.
CH191.2: Able to work as an individual also as an team member
CH191.3: Able to analyze different parameters of water considering environmental issues
CH191.4: Able to synthesize nano and polymer materials.
CH191.5: Capable to design innovative experiments applying the fundamentals of chemistry
Course contents
List of Experiments:
1. To Determine the alkalinity in given water sample.
2. Redox titration (estimation of iron using permanganometry)
3. To determine calcium and magnesium hardness of a given water sample separately.
4. Preparation of phenol-formaldehyde resin (Bakelite).
5. Heterogeneous equilibrium (determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-
butanol and water).
7. Conductometric titration for determination of the strength of a given HCl solution by titration
against a standard NaOH solution.
8. pH- metric titration for determination of strength of a given HCl solution against a standard
NaOH solution.
9. Determination of dissolved oxygen present in a given water sample.
10. To determine chloride ion in a given water sample by Argentometric method (using chromate
indicator solution).
Innovative experiment:
Preparation of silver nano-particles.
Note: From the list of 10 (Ten) experiments a minimum of 7 (seven) experiments shall have to be
performed by one student of which Sl. No. 4 (Preparation of Bakelite) has to be mandatory.
CO-PO Mapping: CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
CH191.1 3 2 1 1 1 1 - - 2 - - -
CH191.2 - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CH191.3 - - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1
CH191.4 - - - - 2 1 - - - - - -
CH191.5 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 1
FOR GROUP B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Paper Name: Physics I Lab
Paper Code: PH 191
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: Knowledge of Physics upto 12th standard.
Course Outcome of Physics-I practical (PH 191)
At the end of the course students’ should have the
PH 191.1 : Ability to define, understand and explain
✓ Error estimation, Proportional error calculation
✓ superposition principle in Newton’s ring, Fresnel’s biprism, laser diffraction
✓ Basic circuit analysis in LCR circuits
PO1
PH 191.2 : Ability to conduct experiments using
➢ LASER, Optical fibre
➢ Interference by division of wave front, division of amplitude, diffraction grating,
polarization of light
➢ Quantization of electronic energy inside an atom
➢ Torsional pendulum
PO4
PH 191.3 : Ability to participate as an individual, and as a member or leader in groups in
laboratory sessions actively
PO9
PH 191.4 : Ability to analyze experimental data from graphical representations , and to
communicate effectively them in Laboratory reports including innovative experiments
PO10
General idea about Measurements and Errors (One Mandatory):
i) Error estimation using Slide calipers/ Screw-gauge/travelling microscope for one experiment.
ii) Proportional error calculation using Carrey Foster Bridge.
Any 7 to be performed from the following experiments
Experiments on Oscillations & Elasticity:
1. Study of Torsional oscillation of Torsional pendulum & determination of time period using various load of
the oscillator.
2. Experiments on Lissajous figure (using CRO).
3. Experiments on LCR circuit.
4. Determination of elastic modulii of different materials (Young’s modulus and Rigidity modulus)
Experiments on Optics:
5. Determination of wavelength of light by Newton’s ring method.
6. Determination of wavelength of light by Laser diffraction method.
7. Determination of numerical aperture and the energy losses related to optical fiber experiment
8. Measurement of specific rotation of an optically active solution by polarimeter.
Experiments on Quantum Physics:
11. Determination of Planck’s constant using photoelectric cell.
12. Verification of Bohr’s atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment.
**In addition it is recommended that each student should carry out at least one experiment beyond the
syllabus/one experiment as Innovative experiment.
Probable experiments beyond the syllabus:
1. Determination of wavelength of light by Fresnel’s bi-prism method (beyond the syllabus).
2. Study of half-wave, quarter-wave plate (beyond the syllabus)
3. Study of dispersive power of material of a prism.
4. Study of viscosity using Poyseullie’s caplillary flow method/using Stoke’s law.
5. Measurement of nodal and antinodal points along transmission wire and measurement of wave length.
6. Any other experiment related to the theory.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PH 191.1 2
PH 191.2 1
PH 191.3 2
PH 191.4 3
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Basic Electrical Engineering LAB
Paper Code: EE191
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites:
1. Basic Physics and applied physics.
2. Basic Mathematics.
3. Basic concept of Electric Circuit
4.
Course Objective:
1. Provide knowledge for the analysis of basic electrical circuit.
2. To introduce electrical appliances, machines with their respective characteristics.
Course Outcome:
COs CO Statement
EE191.1 Identify common electrical components and their ratings.
EE191.2 Make Circuit connection by wires of appropriate ratings.
EE191.3 Understand the usage of common electrical measuring instruments
EE191.4 Understand the basic characteristics of transformers and electrical machines
Course contents
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Characteristics of Fluorescent ,Tungsten and Carbon filament lamps
2. Verification of Thevenin's and Norton's Theorem
3. Verification of Superposition Theorem
4. Calibration of Ammeter and Wattmeter
5. Study of R-L-C series circuit
6. Open circuit and short circuit test of a single phase Transformer
7. Starting, Reversing of a and speed control of D.C shunt motor
8. Test on single phase Energy Meter
9. Familiarization of PMMC and MI type Meter
10. Familiarization with house wiring practice
CO-PO mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE191.1 2 3 1 3 1 2 1
EE191.2 2 2 1 3 1 1
EE191.3 3 3 2 2 1
EE191.4 3 1 2 2 2
FOR GROUP B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Paper Name: Basic Electronics Engineering Lab
Paper Code: EC191
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Prerequisites
A basic course in electronics and Communication engineering Progresses from the fundamentals of
electricity, active and passive components, basic electronics laws like Ohm’s law, Ampere’s law
Course objectives:
Students will become familiar with the circuit design using semiconductor diodes in Forward and Reverse
bias, They will also be able to design rectifiers like half-wave, full-wave rectifiers etc. using diodes. The
ability of circuit design with Bipolar Junction Transistor in CB, CE & CC configurations will be improved.
The students will acquire the basic engineering technique and ability to design and analyze the circuits of Op-
Amp. Basic concepts and Circuit design with logic gates will be developed in the students. The students will
be able design circuit using FET .
Course Outcomes:
EC191.1 Knowledge of Electronic components such as Resistors, Capacitors, Diodes,
Transistors measuring equipment like DC power supply, Multimeter, CRO, Signal
generator, DC power supply.
EC191.2 Analyze the characteristics of Junction Diode, Zener Diode, BJT & FET and
different types of Rectifier Circuits.
EC191.3 Determination of input-offset voltage, input bias current and Slew rate, Common-
mode Rejection ratio, Bandwidth and Off-set null of OPAMPs.
EC191.4 Able to know the application of Diode, BJT &OPAMP.
EC191.5 Familiarization and basic knowledge of Integrated Circuits
Course contents:
List of Experiments:
1. Familiarization with passive and active electronic components such as Resistors, Inductors, Capacitors,
Diodes, Transistors (BJT) and electronic equipment like DC power supplies, millimeters etc.
2. Familiarization with measuring and testing equipment like CRO, Signal generators etc.
3. Study of I-V characteristics of Junction diodes.
4. Study of I-V characteristics of Zener diodes.
5. Study of Half and Full wave rectifiers with Regulation and Ripple factors.
6. Study of I-V characteristics of BJTs.
7. Study of I-V characteristics of Field Effect Transistors.
8. Determination of input-offset voltage, input bias current and Slew rate of OPAMPs.
9. Determination of Common-mode Rejection ratio, Bandwidth and Off-set null of OPAMPs.
10. Study of OPAMP circuits: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifiers, Adders, Integrators and
Differentiators.
11. Study of Logic Gates and realization of Boolean functions using Logic Gates.
12. Study of Characteristic curves for CB, CE and CC mode transistors.
13. Innovative Experiment
CO-PO Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
EC 191.1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
EC 191.2 2 3 - - - - - - 1 1 - 1
EC 191.3 1 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - -
EC 191.4 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1 - 1
EC 191.5 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Engineering Drawing & Graphics
Paper Code: ME 191
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites: Higher Secondary with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics
Course Objective:
1. To learn basics of drafting and use of drafting tools.
2. To know about engineering scales, dimensioning and various geometric curves.
3. To Understand projection of line, surface and solids to create the knowledge base of
orthographic and isometric view of structures and machine parts.
4. To acquire the knowledge of Computer Aided drafting using design software.
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
ME 191.1. Learn basics of drafting and use of drafting tools which develops the fundamental
skills of industrial drawings.
ME 191.2. Know about engineering scales, dimensioning and various geometric curves
necessary to understand design of machine elements.
ME 191.3. Understand projection of line, surface and solids to create the knowledge base of
orthographic and isometric view of structures and machine parts.
ME 191.4. Become familiar with computer aided drafting useful to share the design model to
different section of industries as well as for research & development.
Course contents:
List of Experiments:
1. Lines, Lettering, Dimensioning, Scales (Plain scale & diagonal Scale).
2. Geometrical Construction and Curves – Construction of Polygons, Parabola, Hyperbola & ellipse
3. Projection of Points, Lines and Surfaces – orthographic projection- first angle and third angle
projection, projection of lines and surfaces- Hexagon
4. Projection of Solids – (Cube, Pyramid, Prism, cylinder and Cone
5. Sectional Views – for simple sold objects
6. Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting – using auto cad & / or similar software- Introduction to
Cartesian and polar coordinate systems, absolute and relative coordinates; Basic editing commands:
line, point, trace, rectangle, polygon , circle, arc, ellipse, polyline; editing methods; basic object
selection methods – window and crossing window, erase, move, copy, offset, fillet, chamfer, trim,
extend, mirror; display command; zoom, pan, redraw, regenerate; simple dimensioning and text,
simple exercises.
CO-PO Mapping
FOR GROUP B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Paper Name: Workshop Practice
Paper Code: ME192
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites: Higher Secondary with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics
Course Objective:
1. To understand the basic knowledge of Workshop Practice and Safety.
2. To identify and use of different hand tools and other instruments like Hand Saw, Jack Plane,
Chisels etc and operations like such as Marking, Cutting etc used in manufacturing
processes.
3. To get hands on practice in various machining metal joining processes such as Welding,
Brazing, Soldering, etc.
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
ME192.1 Gain basic knowledge of Workshop Practice and Safety useful for our daily living.
ME192.2 Identify Instruments of a pattern shop like Hand Saw, Jack Plain, Chisels etc and
performing operations like such as Marking, Cutting etc used in manufacturing
processes.
ME192.3 Gain knowledge of the various operations in the Fitting Shop using Hack Saw, various
files, Scriber, etc to understand the concept of tolerances applicable in all kind of
manufacturing.
ME192. 4 Get hands on practice of in Welding and various machining processes which give a lot
of confidence to manufacture physical prototypes in project works.
CO
Codes PO1 PO2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
ME 191.1 2 - 1 2 - 1 - - 1 - - 1
ME 191.2 3 - 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1
ME 191.3 2 2 2 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1
ME 191.4 1 - 2 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
Course contents
List of Activities:
Sl. No. Syllabus Contact Hrs
Module 1 Pattern Making 6
Module 2 Sheet Metal Work 6
Module 3 Fitting 9
Module 4 Machining in Lathe 9
Module 5 Welding 6
MODULE 1 – PATTERN MAKING.
MODULE 3- FITTING SHOP.
OR
MODULE 4 – MACHINING IN LATHE & SHAPING M/C
MODULE 5 – WELDING
CO-PO Mapping:
CO
Codes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
ME 192.1 2 - - - - 2 - 1 - - 1 -
ME 192.2 2 - - - - 1 - 2 - - - -
ME 192.3 2 - - - - 1 - 1 - - - -
ME 192.4 1 - - - 1 3 - 3 - - - 1
Sessional
Paper Name: Extra Curricular Activity (NSS/ NCC)
Paper Code: XC 181
Total Contact hours: 20
Credit: 1
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are as follows:
• To increase student awareness about the weaker and unprivileged sections of society
• To expose students to environmental issues and ecological concerns
• To make students self aware about their participatory role in sustaining society and the
environment
Course contents
List of Activities:
a) Creating awareness in social issues
b) Participating in mass education programmes
c) Proposal for local slum area development
d) Waste disposal
e) Environmental awareness ``
f) Production Oriented Programmes
g) Relief & Rehabilitation work during Natural calamities
Creating awareness in social issues:
1. Women’s development – includes health, income-generation, rights awareness.
2. Hospital activities – Eg. writing letters for patients, guiding visitors
3. Old age home – visiting the aging in-mates, arranging for their entertainment.
4. Children’s Homes - visiting the young in-mates, arranging for their entertainment
5. Linking with NGOs to work on other social issues. (Eg. Children of sex-workers)
6. Gender issues- Developing an awareness, to link it with Women’s Cell of college
Participating in mass education programmes
1.Adult education
2. Children’s education
Proposal for local slum area development
One or two slums to be identified and according to the needs, activities to be developed and proposals and
reports are to be submitted.
Environmental awareness
• Resource conservation – Awareness to be developed on water, energy,soil.
• Preservation of heritage monuments- Marches, poster campaigns
• Alternative energy consciousness amongst younger school-children.
• Plantation and beautification- Plantation of trees, their preservation and upkeep, developing NSS parks.
• Waste disposal- Proper methods of domestic waste disposal.
Production Oriented Programmes
5. Working with people and explaining and teaching improved agricultural practices
6. Rodent control land pest control practices;
7. Soil-testing, soil health care and soil conservation;
8. Assistance in repair of agriculture machinery;
9. Work for the promotion and strengthening of cooperative societies in villages;
10. Assistance and guidance in poultry farming, animal husbandry, care of animal health etc.;
11. Popularization of small savings and
12. Assistance in procuring bank loans
Relief & Rehabilitation work during Natural calamities
g) Assisting the authorities in distribution of rations, medicine, clothes etc.;
h) Assisting the health authorities in inoculation and immunization, supply of medicine etc.;
i) Working with the local people in reconstruction of their huts, cleaning of wells, building roads etc.;
j) Assisting and working with local authorities in relief and rescue operation; Collection of clothes and other
materials, and sending the same to the affected areas;
Detailed Syllabus of B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme
(1st Year, 2nd Semester)
Group A: ECE, EE, BME, AEIE/EIE
Group B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Curriculum THEORY
Sl No
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit Points
L T P Total
1 M 201 Mathematics -II 3 1 0 4 4
2 CH 201/ PH 201
Chemistry (Gr. B) /
Physics - I(Gr. A)
3 1 0 4 4
3 EE 201/ EC 201
Basic Electrical Engineering (Gr. B) / Basic Electronics Engineering (Gr. A)
3 1 0 4 4
4 CS 201 Computer Fundamentals & Principle of Computer Programming
3 1 0 4 4
5 ME 201 Engineering Thermodynamics & Fluid Mechanics
3 1 0 4 4
Total of Theory 20 20
PRACTICAL
6 CS291 Computer Fundamentals & Principle of Computer Programming Lab
0 0 3 3 2
7 CH 291/ PH291
Chemistry Lab (Gr. B) / Physics -I Lab(Gr. A)
0 0 3 3 2
8 EE 291/ EC 291
Basic Electrical Engineering Lab (Gr. B) /Basic Electronics Engineering Lab(Gr. A)
0 0 3 3 2
9 ME 291/ME 292
Engg Drawing & Graphics(Gr B)/ Workshop Practice (Gr-A)
0 0 3 3 2
Total of Practical 12 08
C.SESSIONAL
10 MC 281 Soft Skill Development 0 0 2 2 0
Syllabus
THEORY
Paper Name: Mathematics-II
Paper Code: M 201 Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Any introductory course on calculus.
Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to provide fundamental concepts Ordinary Differential
Equations, Graph Theory and Laplace Transform.
Course outcome:
On successful completion of the learning sessions of the course, the learner will be able to:
M 201.1: Recall the distinctive characteristics of Ordinary Differential Equations, Graph Theory and Laplace
Transform.
M 201.2: Understand the theoretical workings of various algorithms related to graph theory and the theorems
of differential equation and Laplace transforms.
M 201.3: Apply the principles of differential equation, graph theory and Laplace transforms to solve various
problems.
Course contents:
Module I [10L]
Ordinary differential equations (First order): First order and first degree Exact equations,Necessary and
sufficient condition of exactness of a first order and first degree ODE (statement only), Rules for finding
Integrating factors, Linear equation, Bernoulli’s equation, General solution of ODE of first order and higher
degree (different forms with special reference to Clairaut’s equation), Applications related to Engineering
problems.
Module II [10L]
Ordinary differential equations (Higher order): General linear ODE of order two with constant
coefficients, C.F. & P.I., D-operator methods for finding P.I., Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy-
Eulerequations, Solution of simultaneous linear differential equations, Applications related to Engineering
problems.
Module III [10L]
Basic Graph Theory:Graphs, Digraphs, Weighted graph, Connected and disconnected graphs, Complement
of a graph, Regular graph, Complete graph, Subgraph, Walks, Paths, Circuits, Euler Graph, Cut-sets and cut-
vertices, Matrix representation of a graph, Adjacency and incidence matrices of a graph, Graph isomorphism,
Bipartite graph.Tree, Binary tree, Spanning tree of a graph, Minimal spanning tree, properties of trees,
Algorithms: Dijkstra’s Algorithm for shortest path problem, Determination of minimal spanning tree using
Kruskal’s and Prim’s algorithm.
** Extra lecture hours may be taken for this module
MODULE IV: [10L]
Laplace Transform (LT): Definition and existence of LT, LT of elementary functions, First and second
shifting properties, Change of scale property; LT of t f (t), LT of f (t)/t , LT of derivatives of f (t), L.T. of
∫f(u) du. Evaluation of improper integrals using LT, LT of periodic and step functions, Inverse LT: Definition
and its properties; Convolution Theorem (statement only) and its application to the evaluation of inverse LT,
Solution of linear ODE with constant coefficients (initial value problem) using LT. Applications related to
Engineering problems.
Beyond Syllabus:
Combinatorics: Fundamental Principles, Permutations, Combinations, Binomial Coefficients.
Text Books:
1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced engineering mathematics (8th Edition), John Wiley, 1999.
2. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications, 2009.
3. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Pub. House, 2008.
ReferenceText Books: 1. W. E. Boyce and R. DiPrima, Elementary Differential Equations (8th Edition), John Wiley, 2005.
2. R.K. Ghosh and K.C.Maity, An Introduction to Differential Equations, New Central Book Agency.
3. V. K. Balakrishnan,Graph Theory, Schaum’s Outline, TMH.
4. J. Clark and D. A. Holton, A first course at Graph Theory,Allied Publishers LTD.
5. D. B. West, Introduction to Graph Theory,Prentice-Hall of India.
6. N. Deo, Graph Theory, Prentice-Hall of India.
7. J. Bird, Higher Engineering Mathematics (4th Edition, 1st India Reprint), Elsevier, 2006.
8. L. Rade and B. Westergen, Mathematics Handbook: for Science and Engineering (5th edition, 1st Indian
Edition), Springer, 2009.
9. Murray R.Spiegel, Laplace Transform, Schaum’s Outline Series, McGRAW-HILL.
CO-PO Mapping:
PO
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
M 201.1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
M 201.2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
M 201.3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1
FOR GROUP B: ME, CE, IT, CSE, FT
Paper Name: Chemistry
Paper Code: CH 201
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: 10+2 science with chemistry
Course Objective
Understanding of the fundamental theories and applications of thermodynamics, electrochemical principles in
modern electrochemical cells and to get an insight into electronic structure of crystals and nanomaterials.
Learning about the Synthesis, properties and applications of polymers , fuels and alternative energy sources
& their significance in petrochemical industries. Analyzing water quality for its various parameters & its
significance in industries
Course Outcome
CH201.1: Able to apply fundamental concepts of thermodynamics in different engineering applications.
CH201.2: Able to analyze & design simple and technologically advanced electrical and energy storage
devices. CH201.3: Able to synthesize nanomaterials, composites, polymers.
CH201.4: Able to apply the basic concept of Organic Chemistry and knowledge of chemical reactions to
industries , and technical fields.
CH201.5: Able to apply the knowledge of different fuels and corrosion to different industries
CH201.6: Able to analyse water quality parameter for its various parameters & its significance in
industries.
Course contents
Module 1 [8L]
Chemical Thermodynamics –I
1.1 Concept of Thermodynamic system: Definition with example of diathermal wall, adiabatic wall, isolated system,
closed system, open system, extensive property, intensive property.
Introduction to first law of thermodynamics: Different statements, mathematical form.
Internal energy: Definition, Example, Characteristics, Physical significance, Mathematical expression for change in
internal Energy, Expression for change in internal energy for ideal gas.
2L
1.2 Enthalpy: Definition, Characteristics, Physical significance, Mathematical expression for change in Enthalpy,
Expression for change in enthalpy for ideal gas.
Heat Capacity: Definition, Classification of Heat Capacity (Cp and CV): Definition and General expression of Cp -
CV. Expression of Cp - CV for ideal gas.
Reversible and Irreversible processes: Definition, Work done in Isothermal Reversible and Isothermal Irreversible
process for Ideal gas, Adiabatic changes: Work done in adiabatic process, Interrelation between thermodynamic
parameters (P, V and T), slope of P-V curve in adiabatic and isothermal process.
Application of first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes: exothermic, endothermic processes, law of
Lavoisier and Laplace, Hess’s law of constant heat summation. 3L
1.3 2nd law of thermodynamics: Statement, Mathematical form of 2nd law of thermodynamics (Carnot cycle). Joule
Thomson and throttling processes; Joule Thomson coefficient for Ideal gas, Concept of inversion temperature (brief).
Evaluation of entropy: characteristics and expression, physical significance. Work function and free energy: Definition,
characteristics, physical significance, mathematical expression of ΔA and ΔG for ideal gas, standard free energy and
chemical potential, Condition of spontaneity and equilibrium reaction. 3L
Module 2 [7L]
2.1 Reaction Dynamics
Reaction laws: rate and order; molecularity; zero and first order kinetics, second order kinetics (same reactant
concentration), Pseudounimolecular reaction, Arrhenius equation. 3L
Mechanism and theories of reaction rates (Content beyond the syllabus)
2.2 Solid state Chemistry
Introduction to stoichiometric defects (Schottky & Frenkel) and non – stoichiometric defects (Metal excess and metal
deficiency).
Role of silicon and germanium in the field of semiconductor, n-type, p-type semiconductor, photo voltaic cell,
fabrication of integrated circuits. 4L
Module 3 [8L]
Electrochemistry
3.1 Conductance
Conductance of electrolytic solutions, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, molar conductance and ion
conductance, effect of temperature and concentration (Strong and Weak electrolyte).
1L
3.2 Electrochemical cell
Cell EMF and its Thermodynamic derivation of the EMF of a Galvanic cell (Nernst equation), single electrode
potentials, hydrogen half cell, calomel half cell (representation, cell reaction, expression of potential, Discussion,
Application). 3L
3.3 Concept of battery
Battery and Commercial electrochemical cell: Dry cell, acid storage cell, alkaline storage cell, fuel cell (construction,
representation, cell reaction, expression of potential, discussion, application).
2L
3.4 Corrosion and its control
Introduction, cause and effect of corrosion, types of corrosion: dry, wet and other: Electrochemical corrosion, galvanic
corrosion, passivation and protective measure. 2L
Module 4 [12L]
4.1 Structure and reactivity of Organic molecule
Electronegativity, electron affinity, hybridisation, Inductive effect, resonance, hyperconjugation,
electromeric effect, carbocation, carbanion and free radicals. Brief study of some addition, eliminations and substitution
reactions. 3L
4.2 Polymers
Concepts, classifications and industrial applications. Polymer molecular weight (number avg. weight avg.: Theory and
mathematical expression only), Poly dispersity index (PDI).
Polymerization processes: addition and condensation polymerization (mechanism not required), degree of
polymerization, Copolymerization, stereo-regularity of polymer, crystallinity (concept of Tm) and amorphicity (Concept
of Tg) of polymer.
Preparation, structure and use of some common polymers: plastic (HDPE, LDPE, PVC, PP, PMMA, Polyester, PTFE,
Bakelite), rubber (natural rubber, SBR), fibre (nylon 6, nylon 6,6), Vulcanization of rubber, Conducting polymers and
bio-polymers. 7L
4.3 Nano material
Basic principles of nano science and technology, classification, preparation, properties and application of nano material.
2L
Module 5 [ 5L]
5.1 Industrial Chemistry
Fuels
Solid Fuel: Coal, Classification of coal, constituents of coal, carbonization of coal (HTC and LTC), Proximate analysis
of coal, Calorific value.
Liquid fuel: Petroleum, classification of petroleum, Refining, Octane number, Cetane number, Aviation Fuel (Aviation
Gasoline, Jet Gasoline), Biodiesel.
Gaseous fuels: Natural gas, water gas, Coal gas, bio gas, CNG, LPG 3L
5.2 Water
Introduction, source of water, water quality parameter, specification for drinking water (BIS and WHO standards),
Chlorination of Water, Types of hardness- Units, Brief Softening methods.
2L
Short overview of water treatment plants (Content beyond the syllabus)
Reference Books
1. Engineering Chemistry: Bandyopadhyay and Hazra
2. Physical Chemistry: P.C. Rakshit
3. Organic Chemistry: Finar, vol-1
4. Engineering Chemistry: B.Sivasankar, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008
5. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry: S.S.Dara, 10th Edition, S.Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
6. Engineering Chemistry Simplified: S. Nandi and R. Bhattacharyya, Chayya Prakashani Pvt. Ltd.
CO-PO Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
CH201.1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CH201.2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CH201.3 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - - 1
CH201.4 2 - 1 - 2 - - - - - - -
CH201.5 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 1
CH201.6 - - 2 - - - 1 - - - - -
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Physics -I
Paper Code: PH 201
Total Contact Hours: 41
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: Knowledge of Physics upto 12th standard.
Course Objective:
The aim of courses in Physics is to provide an adequate exposure and develop insight about the basic physics
principles along with the possible applications. The acquaintance of basic principles of physics would help
engineers to understand the tools and techniques used in the industry and provide the necessary foundations
for inculcating innovative approaches. It can also create awareness of the vital role played by science and
engineering in the development of new technologies. It also gives necessary exposure to the practical aspects,
which is an essential component for learning sciences.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students’ should have the
PH 201.1 : Ability to state and recall
➢ De-Broglie hypothesis, and Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle
➢ Amplitude and Velocity Resonance
➢ Malus’s Law, Brewster’s Law
➢ Characteristics of LASER light
PO1
Or
GA1
PH 201.2 : Ability to understand and explain
➢ Polarizer and analyzer
➢ basic principles and different types of LASER and Optical Fibre
➢ structure of solids, Miller indices
➢ theory of Matter Wave, equation of motion of Matter Wave
➢ wave function and its role in representing wave nature of matter
PO2
Or
GA2
PH 201. 3 : Ability to apply the knowledge of
➢ mechanical vibration in electrical circuits
➢ superposition principle in Newton’s ring phenomenon, diffraction phenomenon
➢ quantum nature of e.m. waves for production of laser
➢ total internal reflection in transmitting light through optical fibres
➢ x-ray diffraction in crystal structure
➢ probability interpretation in Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle
PO3
Or
GA3
PH 201.4 : Ability to analyze
➢ grating as many slit system
➢ role of Q factor in a resonating circuit, conditions of different types of resonance
➢ minimum requirements for lasing action
➢ importance of light as a carrier of information
➢ the failures of classical physics in microscopic situation and need of quantum physics
➢ Einstein’s A, B coefficient and predict the wavelength domain of Lasing action
➢ Requirement of Miller indices for describing crystallographic planes
PO2
Or
GA2
PH 201.5 : Ability to evaluate / justify / compare
➢ X-ray production process is inverse of the process of Photoelectric Effect.
➢ different crystallographic structures according to their Co-ordination number and
packing factors
➢ the outcome of Photo-electric effect, Compton effect and Davission-Germer
experiment to justify wave-particle duality of matter
PO12
Or
GA12
Course contents
Module 1 (8L):-
Oscillations
1.1 Simple harmonic motion: Concepts with examples, Superposition of SHMs in two mutually perpendicular
directions: Lissajous’ figures, Engineering Applications and related Numerical problems 2L
1.2 Damped vibration: Differential equation and its solution, Logarithmic decrement, quality factor, Engineering
Applications and related Numerical problems. 3L
1.3 Forced vibration: Differential equation and solution, Amplitude and Velocity resonance, Sharpness of resonance,
relevant applications including LCR circuits, Numerical problems 3L
Module 2 (10L):-
Classical Optics:
2.1 Interference of light: Wave nature of light (Huygen’s principle), Conditions of sustained interference double slit as
an example; qualitative idea of spatial and temporal coherence, conservation of energy and intensity distribution;
Newton’s ring (qualitative descriptions of working principles and procedures-no deduction required). Engineering
applications, Numerical Problems. 3L
Fresnel’s biprism (beyond the syllabus ). 1L(ext)
2.2 Diffraction of light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer class, Fraunhofer diffraction for plane transmission grating
(elementary treatment of intensity distribution for N-slits), single slit and double slits as examples, missing order,
Rayleigh criterion, resolving power of grating and microscope (Definition and formula; no deduction required).
Engineering Applications, Numerical Problems. 4L
2.3 Polarization: Definition, plane of polarization, plane of vibration, Malus law, fundamental concepts of plane,
circular and elliptical polarizations (only qualitative idea) with examples, Brewster’s law, Double refraction: ordinary
and extraordinary rays, Nicol’s prism, Engineering applications, Numerical problems. 3L
Module 3 (9L):-
Quantum Physics:
3.1 Quantum Theory: Inadequacy of classical physics; Planck’s quantum hypothesis-Qualitative (without deductions),
particle concept of electromagnetic wave (example: photoelectric and Compton effect; qualitative discussions only),
wave particle duality; phase velocity and group velocity; de Broglie wave; Davisson and Germer experiment.
4L
3.2 Quantum Mechanics 1: Concept of wave function, Physical significance of wave function, Probability
interpretation; wave function normalization condition and its simple numerical applications; uncertainty principle-
applications, Schrödinger equation (no mathematical derivation). 4L
Module 4 (6L):
X-ray & Crystallography
4.1 X-rays – Origin of Characteristic and Continuous X-ray, Bragg’s law (No derivation), Determination of lattice
constant, Applications, Numerical problems. 2L
4.2 Elementary ideas of crystal structure - lattice, basis, unit cell, Fundamental types of lattices – Bravais lattice,
Simple cubic, fcc and bcc, hcp lattices, (use of models in the class during teaching is desirable) Miller indices and miller
planes, Co-ordination number and Atomic packing factor, Applications, Numerical problems.
4L
Module 5 (8L):
Modern Optics-I:
5.1 Laser: Concepts of various emission and absorption process, working principle of laser, metastable state, Population
Inversion, condition necessary for active laser action, optical resonator, ruby laser, He-Ne laser, semiconductor laser,
Einstein A and B coefficients and equations, industrial and medical applications of laser. 5L
5.2 Fibre optics and Applications: Principle and propagation of light in optical fibres- Numerical aperture and
Acceptance angle, V number, Types of optical fibres (material, refractive index, mode), Losses in optical fibre-
attenuation, dispersion, bending, Numerical problems. 3L
Recommended Text Books for Physics I (PH101//201): Oscillations:
1. Classical Mechanics- J. C. Upadhyay (Himalya Publishers)
2. Classical Mechanics-Shrivastav
3. Classical Mechanics-Takwal & Puranik (TMH)
4. Sound-N. K. Bajaj (TMH)
5. Advanced Acoustics-D. P. Roy Chowdhury (Chayan Publisher)
6. Principles of Acoustics-B.Ghosh (Sridhar Publisher)
7. A text book of sound-M. Ghosh ( S. Chand publishers)
8. Electricity Magnetism-Chattopadhyay & Rakshit (New Central Book Agency)
9. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs, ( Book & Allied Publisher)
10. R.P. Singh ( Physics of Oscillations and Waves)
11. A.B. Gupta (College Physics Vol. II)
12. Chattopadhya and Rakshit (Vibration, Waves and Acoustics)
Classical Optics & Modern Optics-I:
13. A text book of Light- K.G. Mazumder & B.Ghoshs ( Book & Allied Publisher)
14. A text book of Light-Brijlal & Subhramanium, ( S. Chand publishers)
15. Modern Optics-A. B. Gupta ( Book & Allied Publisher)
16. Optics-Ajay Ghatak (TMH)
17. Optics-Hecht
18. Optics-R. Kar, Books Applied Publishers
19. Möler (Physical Optics)
20. E. Hecht (Optics)
21. E. Hecht (Schaum Series)
22. F.A. Jenkins and H.E White
23. C.R. Dasgupta ( Degree Physics Vol 3)
Quantum Physics
24. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics-S. N. Ghoshal (Calcutta Book House)
25. Quantum Mechanics-Bagde Singh (S. Chand Publishers)
26. Perspective of Quantum Mechanics-S. P. Kuilla (New Central Book Agency)
27. Quantum Mechanics-Binayak Datta Roy (S. Chand Publishers)
28. Quantum Mechanics-Bransden (Pearson Education Ltd.)
29. Perspective of Modern Physics-A. Beiser (TMH)
30. Eisberg & Resnick is published by Wiley India
31. A.K. Ghatak and S Lokenathan
32. E.E. Anderson (Modern Physics)
33 .Haliday, Resnick & Krane : Physics Volume 2 is Published by Wiley India
34. Binayak Dutta Roy [Elements of Quantum Mechanics]
X-ray & Crystallography
35. Solid state physics-Puri & Babbar ( S. Chand publishers)
36. Materials Science & Engineering-Kakani Kakani
37. Solid state physics- S. O. Pillai
38. Introduction to solid state physics-Kittel (TMH)
39. Solid State Physics and Electronics-A. B. Gupta, Nurul Islam (Book & Allied Publisher)
40. S.O. Pillai (a. Solid state physics b. Problem in Solid state physics)
General Reference:
1. Refresher courses in physics (Vol. 1, Vol. 2 & Vol. 3)-C. L. Arora (S. Chand Publishers)
2. Basic Engineering Physics-Amal Chakraborty (Chaya Prakashani Pvt. Ltd.)
3. Basic Engineering Physics-I -Sujoy Bhattacharya, Saumen Paul (TMH)
4. Engineering Physics Vol: 1-Sudipto Roy, Tanushri Ghosh, Dibyendu Biswas (S. Chand).
5. Engineering Physics Vol:1-S. P. Kuila (New Central)
4. University Physics-Sears & Zemansky (Addison-Wesley)
5.B. Dutta Roy (Basic Physics)
6. R.K. Kar (Engineering Physics)
7. Mani and Meheta (Modern Physics)
8. Arthur Baiser (Perspective & Concept of Modern Physics)
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PH 201.1 1
PH 201.2 2
PH 201.3 3
PH 201.4 1
PH 201.5 1
FOR GROUP B: CSE, IT, FT, ME, CE
Paper Name: Basic Electrical Engineering
Paper Code: EE 201
Total Contact Hours: 41
Credit: 4
Pre requisite: Basic 12st standard Physics and Mathematics
Course Objective:
Basic electrical engineering is an introductory course in electrical engineering. Students are introduced to
simple applied electrical circuits, theories and practice to impart skill set to have visualization of electrical
engineering applications. It is a course suitable for students pursuing electrical engineering as well as other
related engineering disciplines.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will able
EE 201.1: To understand and analyze basic electric and magnetic circuits.
EE 201.2: To understand and analysis the AC single phase and three phase circuit
EE 201.3: To understand and analysis of the basic principles of various electrical machines
Course Contents:
DC CIRCUITS (7L)
Definition of electric circuit, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent source, node,
branch, active and passive elements, Kirchhoff’s laws, Source equivalence and conversion, Network Theorems-
Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem, Star-Delta
Conversions.
MAGNETIC CIRCUITS (3L)
Concept of Magnetic circuit, B-H curve, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits, Faraday’s law, iron
losses, self and mutual inductance, Energy stored in magnetic field.
AC SINGLE PHASE CIRCUITS (8L)
Sinusoidal quantities, Average and RMS values, peak factor, Form factor, Phase and Phase difference, concept of phasor
diagram, V-I Relationship in R,L,C circuit, Combination R,L,C in AC series , parallel and series parallel circuits with
phasor diagrams, impedance and admittance, Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Resonance in RLC series and parallel
circuit, Q factor, band width of resonant circuit.
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS (3L)
Voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star connection, relationship between line and phase quantities,
phasor diagrams. Power measurement by two watt meters method.
DC MACHINES (6L)
Construction, Basic concepts of winding (Lap and wave). DC generator: Principle of operation, EMF equation,
characteristics (open circuit, load) DC motors: Principle of operation, Torque Equation ,Speed Torque Characteristics
(shunt and series machine), starting (by 3 point starter), speed control (armature voltage and field control).
SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER (5L)
Constructional parts, Types of transformers, Emf equation, No Load no load and on load operation, phasor diagram and
equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, open and short circuit tests, regulation and efficiency calculation.
THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR (6L)
Types, Construction, production of rotating field, principle of operation, Slip and Frequency ,rotor emf and current,
Equivalent circuit and phasor diagram, Torque Slip characteristics torque-speed characteristics Starting of induction
motor by star delta starter and( DOL starter). Speed Control of Three phase induction motor by variation of supply
frequency, supply voltage and number of poles.
GENERAL STRUCTURE OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM (3L)
Power generation to distribution through overhead lines and underground cables with single line diagram, Earthing of
Electrical Equipment, Electrical Wiring Practice
Text books
1. V. Mittle & Arvind Mittal, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH.
2. Ashfaq Hussain, Basic Electrical Engineering, S. Chand Publication
3. Chakrabarti,Nath & Chanda, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH
4. C.L. Wadhwa, Basic Electrical Engineering, Pearson Education
Reference books
1. H. Cotton, Willey Press
2. J.B. Gupta, Basic Electrical Engineering, Kataria & Sons .
3. Kothari & Nagrath, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH
CO-PO mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE 201.1 3 3 2 1
EE 201.2 2 2 1
EE 201.3 3 2 2
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Basic Electronics Engineering
Paper code: EC201
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credits: 4
Prerequisites
A basic course in Electronics and Communication Engineering Progresses from the fundamentals of
electricity, direct current (DC) devices and circuits , series and parallel circuits to the study of active and
passive components, Ohm's Law, Kirchoff's Law i.e. KVL,KCL, Ampere’s Law etc.
Course objectives: Students will be able to Analyze the behaviour of semiconductor diodes in Forward and
Reverse bias . To design a half wave and full wave rectifiers , Explore V-I characteristics of Bipolar Junction
Transistor n CB, CE & CC configurations. To acquire the basic engineering technique and ability to design
and analyze the circuits of Op-Amps. Students will be able to explain feedback concept and different
oscillators. They will also be familiar with the analysis of digital logic basics and measuring Electronic
devices. Students will have knowledge about characteristics of FET.
Course Outcomes:
EC 201.1 Study PN junction diode, ideal diode, diode models and its circuit analysis, application
of diodes and special diodes.
EC 201.2 Learn how operational amplifiers are modeled and analyzed, and to design Op-Amp
circuits to perform operations such as integration, differentiation on electronic signals.
EC 201.3 Study the concepts of both positive and negative feedback in electronic circuits.
EC 201.4 Develop the capability to analyze and design simple circuits containing non-linear
elements such as transistors using the concepts of load lines, operating points and
incremental analysis.
EC 201.5 Learn how the primitives of Boolean algebra are used to describe the processing of
binary signals.
Course contents
Module-I: Basics of semiconductor 6L
Conductors, Insulators, and Semiconductors- crystal structure, Fermi Dirac function, Fermi level, E-k and
Energy band diagrams, valence band, conduction band, and band gap; intrinsic, and extrinsic ( p-type and n-
type) semiconductors, position of Fermi level in intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor, drift and diffusion
current – expression only ( no derivation) , mass action law , charge neutrality in semiconductor, Einstein
relationship in semiconductor , Numerical problems on- Fermi level, conductivity, mass action law, drift and
diffusion current .
Module-II: P-N Junction Diode and its applications 8L
p-n junction formation and depletion region , energy band diagram of p-n junction at equilibrium and barrier
energy , built in potential at p-n junction , energy band diagram and current through p-n junction at forward
and reverse bias, V-I characteristics and current expression of diode , temperature dependencies of V-I
characteristics of diode , p-n junction breakdown – conditions , avalanche and Zener breakdown , Concept of
Junction capacitance, Zener diode and characteristics.
Diode half wave and full wave rectifiers circuits and operation ( IDC , Irms , VDc , Vrms ) , ripple factor without
filter, efficiency ,PIV,TUF; Reduction of ac ripples using filter circuit (Qualitative analysis); Design of diode
clipper and clamper circuit - explanation with example, application of Zener diode in regulator circuit.
Numerical problems.
Module-III : Bipolar junction transistor(BJT) 6L
Formation of PNP/NPN Transistors ,energy band diagram, current conduction mechanism , CE ,CB,CC
configurations , transistor static characteristics in CE ,CB and CC mode, junction biasing condition for active,
saturation and cut-off modes ,current gain α ,β and γ, early effect.
Biasing and bias stability; biasing circuits - fixed bias; voltage divider bias; collector to base bias , D.C. load
line and Quiescent point, calculation of stability factors for different biasing circuits.
BJT as an amplifier and as a switch – Graphical analysis; Numerical Problems.
Module-IV: Field effect transistor (FET) 4L
Concept of field effect, channel width modulation Classification of FETs-JFET, MOSFET, operating
principle of JFET. drain and transfer characteristics of JFET (n-channel and p-channel), CS,CG,CD
configurations, Relation between JFET parameters. FET as an amplifier and as a switch– graphical analysis.
E-MOSFET (n-channel and p-channel), D-MOSFET (n-channel and p-channel), Numerical Problems .
Module-V: Feedback and Operational Amplifier 10L
Concept of feedback with block diagram, positive and negative feedback, gain with feedback. Feedback
topologies, effect of feedback on input and output impedance, distortion, concept of oscillation and
Barkhausen criterion.
Operational amplifier – electrical equivalent circuit ,ideal characteristics , Non ideal characteristics of op-amp
– offset voltages ;bias current ;offset current; Slew rate ; CMRR and bandwidth, Configuration of inverting
and non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp, closed loop voltage gain of inverting and non-inverting amplifier
, Concept of virtual ground, Applications op-amp – summing amplifier; differential amplifier; voltage
follower ; basic differentiator and integrator .
Problems on Characteristics of Op-amp, CMRR, slew rate, amplifier and application of Op-amp to be
discussed. Any other relevant problems related to topic may be discussed or assigned.
Module-VI: Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO) 2L
Operating principle of CRO with block diagram, measurement of voltage, frequency and phase.
Module-VII: Digital Electronics 4L
Binary numbers and conversion, Basic Boolean algebra, Logic gates ( AND,OR,NOR,NOT,NAND,XOR)
and realization of functions.
Text Books:
4. D. Chattopadhyay, P. C. Rakshit, Electronics Fundamentals and Applications, New Age
International 5. Millman & Halkias, Integrated Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Boyelstad & Nashelsky: Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory, McGraw Hill, 1976.
4. Sedra & Smith, Microelectronics Engineering Reference Books:
1. John D. Ryder, Electronic Fundamentals and Applications, PHI
2. J.B.Gupta, Basic Electronics, S.K. Kataria.
3. Malvino: Electronic Principle.
4. Schilling & Belove: Electronics Circuits.
CO-PO Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
EC 201.1 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
EC 201.2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
EC 201.3 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
EC 201.4 1 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1
EC 201.5 3 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Computer Fundamentals & Principle of Computer Programming
Code: CS 201
Total No. of Lectures: 40
Credits: 4
Prerequisites:
1. Number system
2. Boolean Algebra
Course Objective(s)
1. To develop the programming skills of students
2. To know the principles of designing structured programs
3. To write basic C programs using
i) Selection statements
ii) Repetitive statements
iii) Functions
iv) Pointers
v) Arrays
vi) Strings
Course Outcome:
CS201.1 Understanding the concept of input and output devices of Computers and how it
works and recognize the basic terminology used in computer programming.
CS201.2 Write, Compile and Debug programs in C language and use different data types for
writing the programs.
CS201.3 Design programs connecting decision structures, loops and functions.
CS201.4 Explain the difference between call by value and call by address.
CS201.5 Understand the dynamic behavior of memory by the use of pointers.
Use different data structures and create / manipulate basic data files and developing applications for
real world problems.
Course content
Fundamentals of Computer: (10 L)
History of Computer, Generation of Computer, Classification of Computers 1L
Basic structure of Computer System, Primary & Secondary Memory, Processing Unit, Input & Output
devices 2L
Binary and Allied number systems representation of signed & unsigned numbers, BCD, ASCII, Binary
number Arithmetic – Addition and Subtraction (using 1’s complement and 2’s complement)
2L
Logic gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR - only truth tables, logic gate symbols and
logic equations for gates only.
1L
Assembly language, high level language, machine level language, compiler and assembler (basic concepts)
1L
Basic concepts of operating systems like MS DOS, MS WINDOW, UNIX
1L
Problem solving-Algorithm & flow chart
2L
C Fundamentals: (30 L)
Variable and Data Types:
The C character set identifiers and keywords, data type & sizes, variable names, declaration, statements
3L
C Operators & Expressions:
Arithmetic operators, relational operators, logical operators, increment and decrement operators, bitwise
operators, assignment operators, conditional operators, special operators - type conversion, C expressions,
precedence and associativity.
Input and Output: Standard input and output, formatted output - printf, formatted input scanf, bit fields
5L
Branching and Loop Statements:
Statement and blocks, if - else, switch, goto and labels, Loops - while, for, do while, break and continue
3L
Fundamentals and Program Structures:
auto, external, static and register variables
Functions, function types, function prototypes, functions returning values, functions not returning values,
scope rules, recursion, C preprocessor and macro
6L
Arrays, Strings and Pointers:
One dimensional arrays, Two-dimensional arrays, Multidimensional arrays. Passing an array to a function
Character array and string, array of strings, Passing a string to a function, String related functions
Pointers, Pointer and Array, Pointer and String, Pointer and functions, Dynamic memory allocation
6L
Files handling with C:
formatted and unformatted files, Command line arguments, fopen, fclose, fgetc, fputc, fprintf, fscanf function
4L
Structures and Unions:
Basic of structures, arrays of structures, structures and pointers, structures and functions
3L
Text book:
1. Kerninghan B.W. & Ritchie D.M. - The C Programming Language
2. Gottfried - Programming with C Schaum
3. Kanetkar Y. - Let us C
4. Balaguruswamy - Programming in C
Recommended reference Books:
1. Pohl and Kelly - A Book on C
2. Kerninghan, B.W. - The Elements of Programming Style
3. Schied F.S. Theory and Problems of Computers and Programming
4. Rajaraman V. Fundamental of Computers
5. M.M.Oka Computer Fundamentals,EPH
6. Leon Introduction to Computers,Vikas
7. Leon- Fundamental of Information Technology,Vikas
8. Ram B. Computer Fundamentals, New Age International
9. Ravichandran D. Programming in C, New Age International
10. Xavier C. Introduction to Computers, New Age International
CO-PO Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO
8
PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CS201.1 3 3
CS201.2 2
CS201.3 3 3
CS201.4
CS201.5 3 3 3 3
Paper Name: Engineering Thermodynamics & Fluid Mechanics
Paper Code: ME 201
Total Contact Hours: 48
Credits: 4
Pre requisites: Higher Secondary with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics.
Course Objective:
1. To understand the basic principles of thermodynamics, heat and work transfer.
2. To acquire the knowledge of basic concepts of Heat Engine, Entropy from Second law of
thermodynamics.
3. To get the knowledge of thermodynamic properties of a pure substance and inter-relationships
between key properties of a system or state possessed by the substance.
4. To understand the basic principles of fluid mechanics, and ability to analyze fluid flow problems with
the application of the momentum and energy equations.
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
ME 201.1 Know about thermodynamic equilibrium, heat & work transfer, First law and its
application.
ME 201.2 Understand the basic concepts of Heat Engine, Entropy from Second law of
thermodynamics.
ME 201.3 Know the thermodynamic characteristics of a pure substance and its application in
power cycles (Simple Rankine cycles, Air Standard cycles)
ME 201.4 Knowledge of basic principles of fluid mechanics, and ability to analyze fluid flow
problems with the application of the momentum and energy equations
Course content
Module 1: 8L+3T
Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics
Introduction: Microscopic and Macroscopic viewpoints Definition of Thermodynamic systems: closed, open and isolated systems Concept of Thermodynamics state; state postulate. Definition of properties: intensive, extensive & specific properties. Thermodynamic equilibrium Thermodynamic processes; quasi-static, reversible & irreversible processes; Thermodynamic cycles. Zeroth law of thermodynamics. Concept of empirical temperature.
Heat and Work
Definition & units of thermodynamic work. Examples of different forms of thermodynamic works; example of electricity flow as work. Work done during expansion of a compressible simple system Definition of Heat; unit of Heat Similarities & Dissimilarities between Heat & Work
Ideal Equation of State, processes; Real Gas
Definition of Ideal Gas; Ideal Gas Equations of State. Thermodynamic Processes for Ideal Gas; P-V plots; work done, heat transferred for isothermal, isobaric, isochoric, isentropic & polytropic processes.
Equations of State of Real Gases: Van der Waal’s equation; Virial equation of state.
Properties of Pure Substances
p-v, T-s & h-s diagrams of pure substance like H2O
Introduction to steam table with respect to steam generation process; definition of saturation, wet & superheated status. Definition of dryness fraction of steam, degree of superheat of steam.
Module 2: 4L+3T 1st Law of Thermodynamics
Definition of Stored Energy & Internal Energy 1st Law of Thermodynamics for cyclic processes Non Flow Energy Equation. Flow Energy & Definition of Enthalpy. Conditions for Steady State Steady flow: Steady State Steady Flow Energy Equation.
Module 3: 6L+3T 2nd Law of Thermodynamics
Definition of Sink, Source Reservoir of Heat. Heat Engine, heat Pump & Refrigerator; Thermal efficiency of Heat Engines & co-efficient of performance of Refrigerators Kelvin – Planck & Clausius statements of 2nd Law of Thermodynamics Absolute or Thermodynamic scale of temperature, Clausius Integral Entropy Entropy change calculation for ideal gas processes. Carnot Cycle & Carnot efficiency PMM-2; definition & its impossibility
Module 4: 6L+3T
Air standard Cycles for IC engines
Otto cycle; plot on P-V, T-S planes; Thermal efficiency Diesel cycle; plot on P-V, T-S planes; Thermal efficiency Rankine cycle of steam
Chart of steam (Mollier’s Chart) Simple Rankine cycle plot on P-V, T-S, h-s planes Rankine cycle efficiency with & without pump work (Problems are to solved for each module)
Module 5: 9L+3T Properties & Classification of Fluids
Ideal & Real fluids Newton’s law of viscosity; Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids
Compressible and Incompressible fluids
Fluid Statics
Pressure at a point
Measurement of Fluid Pressure Manometers: simple &
differential U-tube
Inclined tube
Fluid Kinematics
Stream line Laminar & turbulent flow external & internal flow Continuity equation
Dynamics of ideal fluids
Bernoulli’s equation
Total head; Velocity head; Pressure head Application of Bernoulli’s equation
Measurement of Flow rate: Basic principles
Venturimeter, Pilot tube, Orificemeter
(Problems are to be solved for each module)
Engineering Thermodynamics
Text:
1 Engineering Thermodynamics - P K Nag, 4th
edn, TMH.
References:
1 "Fundamentals of Thermodynamics" 6e by Sonntag & Van Wylin published by Wiley India.
2 Engineering Thermodynamics – Russel & Adeliyi (Indian edition), OUP
3 Engineering Thermodynamics – Onkar Singhh, New Age International Publishers Ltd.
4 Basic Engineering Thermodynamics – R Joel, 5th
Ed., Pearson
Fluid Mechanics
Text:
1 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines - R Bansal
References:
1 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines - S.K.Som and G.Biswas. 2nd
edn, TMH
2 Fluid Mechanics by A.K.Jain.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
ME201.1 3 3 2 2 - 1 1 1 1 - 1 2
ME201.2 3 3 2 2 - 1 2 - 1 - 1 2
ME201.3 2 2 1 1 - 2 1 - - - - 1
ME201.4 3 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 1
Practical
Paper Name: Computer Fundamentals & Principle of Computer Programming Lab
Paper Code: CS291
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: Basic Computer Knowledge
Course Objective(s):
1. To develop an understanding of the design, implementation, and compilation of a C program
2. To gain the knowledge about pointers, a fundamental for understanding data structure issues
3. To understand the usage of user defined data type for application development
Course Outcome:
CS291.1. Understanding the working of different operating systems like DOS, Windows,
Linux.
CS291.2. Write, Compile and Debug programs in C language.
CS291.3. Design programs connecting decision structures, loops.
CS291.4. Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems.
CS291.5. Inscribe C programs using Pointers to access arrays, strings, functions, structures and
files.
Experiment should include but not limited to the following: • Some basic commands of DOS, Windows and Linux Operating System, File handling and Directory structures,
file permissions, creating and editing simple C program, compilation and execution of C program.
• Writing C Programs on variable, expression, operator and type-casting.
• Writing C Programs using different structures of if-else statement and switch-case statement.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating use of loop (for loop, while loop and do-while loop) concept and use of
break and continue statement.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of Single & Multidimensional arrays.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of Function and Recursion.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of Pointers, address of operator, declaring pointers and operations
on pointers.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of structures, union and pointer to structure.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of String and command line arguments.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of dynamic memory allocation.
• Writing C Programs demonstrating concept of File Programming.
CO-PO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CS291.1 3 3
CS291.2 2
CS291.3 3 3
CS291.4
CS291.5 3 3 3 3
FOR GROUP B: ME, CE, IT, CSE, FT
Paper Name: Chemistry Lab
Paper Code: CH 291
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites: 10+2 science with chemistry
Course Objective
Acquiring knowledge on Standard solutions and the various reactions in homogeneous and heterogenous
medium. Understanding the basic principles of pH meter and conductivity meter for different applications
and analyzing water for its various parameters. Synthesis of Polymeric materials and Nanomaterials.
Course Outcome
CH291.1: Able to operate different types of instruments for estimation of small quantities chemicals
used in industries and scientific and technical fields.
CH291.2: Able to work as an individual also as an team member
CH291.3: Able to analyse different parameters of water considering environmental issues
CH291.4: Able to synthesize nano and polymer materials.
CH291.5: Capable to design innovative experiments applying the fundamentals of chemistry
Course contents
List of Experiments:
1. To Determine the alkalinity in given water sample.
2. Redox titration (estimation of iron using permanganometry)
3. To determine calcium and magnesium hardness of a given water sample separately.
4. Preparation of phenol-formaldehyde resin (Bakelite).
5. Heterogeneous equilibrium (determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol and water).
7. Conductometric titration for determination of the strength of a given HCl solution by titration against a standard
NaOH solution.
8. pH- metric titration for determination of strength of a given HCl solution against a standard NaOH solution.
9. Determination of dissolved oxygen present in a given water sample.
10. To determine chloride ion in a given water sample by Argentometric method (using chromate indicator solution).
Innovative experiment:
Preparation of silver nano-particles.
Note: From the list of 10 (Ten) experiments a minimum of 7 (seven) experiments shall have to be performed by one
student of which Sl. No. 4 (Preparation of Bakelite) has to be mandatory.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
CH 291.1 3 2 1 1 1 1 - - 2 - - -
CH 291.2 - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CH 291.3 - - - - - 2 3 - - - - 1
CH 291.4 - - - - 2 1 - - - - - -
CH 291.5 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - - 1
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Physics I Lab
Paper Code: PH 291
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Pre requisites: Knowledge of Physics upto 12th standard.
Course Outcome of Physics-I practical (PH 191)
At the end of the course students’ should have the
PH 291.1 : Ability to define, understand and explain
✓ Error estimation, Proportional error calculation
✓ Superposition principle in Newton’s ring, Fresnel’s biprism, laser diffraction
✓ Basic circuit analysis in LCR circuits
PO1
PH 291.2 : Ability to conduct experiments using
➢ LASER, Optical fibre
➢ Interference by division of wave front, division of amplitude, diffraction grating,
polarization of light
➢ Quantization of electronic energy inside an atom
➢ Torsional pendulum
PO4
PH 291.3 : Ability to participate as an individual, and as a member or leader in groups in
laboratory sessions actively
PO9
PH 291.4 : Ability to analyze experimental data from graphical representations , and to
communicate effectively them in Laboratory reports including innovative experiments PO10
General idea about Measurements and Errors (One Mandatory):
i) Error estimation using Slide calipers/ Screw-gauge/travelling microscope for one experiment.
ii) Proportional error calculation using Carrey Foster Bridge.
Any 7 to be performed from the following experiments
Experiments on Oscillations & Elasticity:
1. Study of Torsional oscillation of Torsional pendulum & determination of time period using various load of the
oscillator.
2. Experiments on Lissajous figure (using CRO).
3. Experiments on LCR circuit.
4. Determination of elastic modulii of different materials (Young’s modulus and Rigidity modulus)
Experiments on Optics:
5. Determination of wavelength of light by Newton’s ring method.
6. Determination of wavelength of light by Laser diffraction method.
7. Determination of numerical aperture and the energy losses related to optical fiber experiment
8. Measurement of specific rotation of an optically active solution by polarimeter.
Experiments on Quantum Physics:
11. Determination of Planck’s constant using photoelectric cell.
12. Verification of Bohr’s atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment.
**In addition it is recommended that each student should carry out at least one experiment beyond the syllabus/one
experiment as Innovative experiment.
Probable experiments beyond the syllabus:
1. Determination of wavelength of light by Fresnel’s bi-prism method (beyond the syllabus).
2. Study of half-wave, quarter-wave plate (beyond the syllabus)
3. Study of dispersive power of material of a prism.
4. Study of viscosity using Poyseullie’s caplillary flow method/using Stoke’s law.
5. Measurement of nodal and antinodal points along transmission wire and measurement of wave length.
6. Any other experiment related to the theory.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PH 291.1 2
PH 291.2 1
PH 291.3 2
PH 291.4 3
FOR GROUP B: ME, CE, IT, CSE, FT
Paper Name: Basic Electrical Engineering LAB Paper Code: EE 291
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites:
1. Basic Physics and applied physics.
2. Basic Mathematics.
3. Basic concept of Electric Circuit
Course Objective:
1. Provide knowledge for the analysis of basic electrical circuit.
2. To introduce electrical appliances, machines with their respective characteristics.
Course Outcome:
COs CO Statement
EE 291.1 Identify common electrical components and their ratings.
EE 291.2 Make Circuit connection by wires of appropriate ratings.
EE 291.3 Understand the usage of common electrical measuring instruments
EE 291.4 Understand the basic characteristics of transformers and electrical machines
Course contents
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Characteristics of Fluorescent ,Tungsten and Carbon filament lamps
2. Verification of Thevenin's and Norton's Theorem
3. Verification of Superposition Theorem
4. Calibration of Ammeter and Wattmeter
5. Study of R-L-C series circuit
6. Open circuit and short circuit test of a single phase Transformer
7. Starting, Reversing of a and speed control of D.C shunt motor
8. Test on single phase Energy Meter
9. Familiarization of PMMC and MI type Meter
10. Familiarization with house wiring practice
CO-PO mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE 291.1 2 3 1 3 1 2 1
EE 291.2 2 2 1 3 1 1
EE 291.3 3 3 2 2 1
EE 291.4 3 1 2 2 2
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Basic Electronics Engineering Lab
Paper Code: EC291
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Prerequisites
A basic course in electronics and Communication engineering Progresses from the fundamentals of
electricity, active and passive components, basic electronics laws like Ohm’s law, Ampere’s law
Course objectives:
Students will become familiar with the circuit design using semiconductor diodes in Forward and Reverse
bias, They will also be able to design rectifiers like half-wave, full-wave rectifiers etc. using diodes. The
ability of circuit design with Bipolar Junction Transistor in CB, CE & CC configurations will be improved.
The students will acquire the basic engineering technique and ability to design and analyze the circuits of Op-
Amp. Basic concepts and Circuit design with logic gates will be developed in the students. The students will
be able design circuit using FET. Course Outcomes:
EC291.1 Knowledge of Electronic components such as Resistors, Capacitors, Diodes, Transistors
measuring equipment like DC power supply, Multimeter, CRO, Signal generator, DC power
supply.
EC291.2 Analyze the characteristics of Junction Diode, Zener Diode, BJT & FET and different types
of Rectifier Circuits.
EC291.3 Determination of input-offset voltage, input bias current and Slew rate, Common-mode
Rejection ratio, Bandwidth and Off-set null of OPAMPs.
EC291.4 Able to know the application of Diode, BJT &OPAMP.
EC291.5 Familiarization and basic knowledge of Integrated Circuits
Course contents:
List of Experiments:
1. Familiarization with passive and active electronic components such as Resistors, Inductors, Capacitors, Diodes,
Transistors (BJT) and electronic equipment like DC power supplies, millimeters etc.
2. Familiarization with measuring and testing equipment like CRO, Signal generators etc.
3. Study of I-V characteristics of Junction diodes.
4. Study of I-V characteristics of Zener diodes.
5. Study of Half and Full wave rectifiers with Regulation and Ripple factors.
6. Study of I-V characteristics of BJTs.
7. Study of I-V characteristics of Field Effect Transistors.
8. Determination of input-offset voltage, input bias current and Slew rate of OPAMPs.
9. Determination of Common-mode Rejection ratio, Bandwidth and Off-set null of OPAMPs.
10. Study of OPAMP circuits: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifiers, Adders, Integrators and Differentiators.
11. Study of Logic Gates and realization of Boolean functions using Logic Gates.
12. Study of Characteristic curves for CB, CE and CC mode transistors.
13. Innovative Experiment
CO-PO Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12
EC 291.1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
EC 291.2 2 3 - - - - - - 1 1 - 1
EC 291.3 1 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - -
EC 291.4 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1 - 1
EC 291.5 3 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
GROUP B: ME, CE, IT, CSE, FT
Paper Name: Engineering Drawing & Graphics
Paper Code: ME 291
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites: Higher Secondary with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics
Course Objective:
To learn basics of drafting and use of drafting tools.
To know about engineering scales, dimensioning and various geometric curves.
To Understand projection of line, surface and solids to create the knowledge base of orthographic
and isometric view of structures and machine parts.
To acquire the knowledge of Computer Aided drafting using design software.
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
ME 291.1. Learn basics of drafting and use of drafting tools which develops the fundamental
skills of industrial drawings.
ME 291.2. Know about engineering scales, dimensioning and various geometric curves
necessary to understand design of machine elements.
ME 291.3. Understand projection of line, surface and solids to create the knowledge base of
orthographic and isometric view of structures and machine parts.
ME 291.4. Become familiar with computer aided drafting useful to share the design model to
different section of industries as well as for research & development.
Course contents:
List of Experiments:
1. Lines, Lettering, Dimensioning, Scales (Plain scale & diagonal Scale).
2. Geometrical Construction and Curves – Construction of Polygons, Parabola, Hyperbola & ellipse
3. Projection of Points, Lines and Surfaces – orthographic projection- first angle and third angle
projection, projection of lines and surfaces- Hexagon
4. Projection of Solids – (Cube, Pyramid, Prism, cylinder and Cone
5. Sectional Views – for simple sold objects
6. Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting – using auto cad & / or similar software- Introduction to
Cartesian and polar coordinate systems, absolute and relative coordinates; Basic editing commands:
line, point, trace, rectangle, polygon , circle, arc, ellipse, polyline; editing methods; basic object
selection methods – window and crossing window, erase, move, copy, offset, fillet, chamfer, trim,
extend, mirror; display command; zoom, pan, redraw, regenerate; simple dimensioning and text,
simple exercises.
CO-PO Mapping
CO
Codes PO1 PO2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
ME 291.1 2 - 1 2 - 1 - - 1 - - 1
ME 291.2 3 - 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1
ME 291.3 2 2 2 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 1
ME 291.4 1 - 2 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
FOR GROUP A: EE, ECE, EIE/AEIE, BME
Paper Name: Workshop Practice
Paper Code: ME 292
Total Contact Hours: 36
Credit: 2
Pre requisites: Higher Secondary with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics
Course Objective: 1. To understand the basic knowledge of Workshop Practice and Safety.
2. To identify and use of different hand tools and other instruments like Hand Saw, Jack Plane, Chisels
etc and operations like such as Marking, Cutting etc used in manufacturing processes.
3. To get hands on practice in various machining metal joining processes such as Welding, Brazing,
Soldering, etc.
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
ME 291.1 Gain basic knowledge of Workshop Practice and Safety useful for our daily living.
ME 291.2 Identify Instruments of a pattern shop like Hand Saw, Jack Plain, Chisels etc and
performing operations like such as Marking, Cutting etc used in manufacturing
processes.
ME 291.3 Gain knowledge of the various operations in the Fitting Shop using Hack Saw,
various files, Scriber, etc to understand the concept of tolerances applicable in all
kind of manufacturing.
ME 291.4 Get hands on practice of in Welding and various machining processes which give
a lot of confidence to manufacture physical prototypes in project works.
Course contents
List of Activities:
Sl. No. Syllabus Contact Hrs
Module 1 Pattern Making 6
Module 2 Sheet Metal Work 6
Module 3 Fitting 9
Module 4 Machining in Lathe 9
Module 5 Welding 6
1 – PATTERN MAKING.
MODULE 3- FITTING SHOP.
OR
MODULE 4 – MACHINING IN LATHE & SHAPING M/C
MODULE 5 – WELDING
CO-PO Mapping:
CO
Codes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
ME 292.1 2 - - - - 2 - 1 - - 1 -
ME 292.2 2 - - - - 1 - 2 - - - -
ME 292.3 2 - - - - 1 - 1 - - - -
ME 292.4 1 - - - 1 3 - 3 - - - 1
SESSIONAL
Paper Name: Soft Skills Development
Paper Code: MC-281
Total Contact hours: 26
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are as follows:
• To expose the students to different aspects of corporate life and workplace behavior
• To introduce workplace behavioral norms, etiquettes and standards
• To equip students to face interviews, presentations and other professional interactions
MODULE
CONTENT
One Communication Training
Two Communication Training
(Accent Neutralization)
Three Business Etiquette
Four CV / Resume Writing
Five Corporate Life and Protocols
Six Group Discussion
Seven Leadership Skill
Eight Team Work
Nine Public Speaking and Interview Basics
Ten Business Telephone Etiquette
Eleven Reading skill
Rearrange
MODULE ONE – COMMUNICATION TRAINING (2L)
1. Organisational Communication and Structure.
2. Vocabulary related to Corporate Operation.
3. Modes of Communication (Telephone, Conference Call, Team Huddle, Public
Relation etc.
4. Communication with Clients, Customers, Suppliers etc.
5. Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication, Proxemics and Para Language.
6. Vocabulary Building (Synonym / Antonym / One word Substitution etc.)
MODULE TWO- COMMUNICATION TRAINING (ACCENT NEUTRALISATION) (2L)
7. Mother Tongue Influence
8. Vowel Sounds and Consonantal Sounds
9. Pronunciation and Neutral Accent.
10. Intonation.
11. Rate of Speech, Pausing, Pitch Variation and Tone.
MODULE THREE – BUSINESS ETIQUETTE (2L)
12. Presenting oneself in the Business Environment.
13. Corporate Dressing and Mannerism.
14. Table Etiquette (Corporate Acculturation, Office parties, Client/Customer
invitations etc.)
15. Multi Cultural Etiquette.
16. Cultural Difference.
17. E-mail Etiquette.
MODULE FOUR – JOB APPLICATION AND CV / VIDEO RESUME (2L)
18. Format (Chronological, Skill Oriented, Functional etc.)
19. Style and Appearance.
20. Writing Tips and Video Content Presentation tips.
21. Types of Cover Letter or Job Application Letter.
MODULE FIVE - INTRODUCTION TO CORPORATE LIFE AND PROTOCOLS (2L)
22. Introduction of Companies (Domain Specific)
23. Opportunities and Growth Plan.
24. Performance and Corporate Behaviour.
25. Service Level Agreement and Corporate Jargon.
26. Networking and Adapting to Culture, Technology and Environment.
MODULE SIX – GROUP DISCUSSION (2L)
27. Introduction, Definition and Purpose.
28. Types of Group Discussion.
29. Strategies and Protocols of Group Discussion.
30. Skills and Parameters of Evaluation.
31. Practice Session and Video Viewing Task.
MODULE SEVEN – LEADERSHIP SKILL (2L)
32. Leadership Theories.
33. Traits and Skills of the Leader.
34. Roles, Duties and Responsibilities.
35. Case Study of Leaders.
36. Interpersonal relationship with Team.
MODULE EIGHT – TEAM WORK (2L)
37. Concept of Team Culture.
38. Stages of Team Development (Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing,
Adjourning)
39. Team Working Agreement (Participation, Decision Making, Problem Solving.
40. Conflict Management, Flexibility, Negotiation Skill.
41. Team Building (Assess, Plan, Execute and Evaluate)
MODULE NINE – PUBLIC SPEAKING AND INTERVIEW BASICS (2L)
42. Extempore.
43. JAM.
44. Interview Skill
45. Interview over Telephone, Video Conference Interview etc.
MODULE TEN – BUSINESS TELEPHONE ETIQUETTE (2L)
46. Five Phases of a Business Call.
47. Pitch, inflection, Courtesy and Tone.
48. Understanding, Rate of Speech, Enunciation.
49. Hold Procedure.
50. Cold and Hot Transfer protocols.
51. Dealing with Different Types of Customers (Irate, Talkative, Turnaround etc.)
MODULE ELEVEN- READING SKILL
52. Vocabulary from context, speed reading, skimming, inferring, comprehension
test etc.
ASSESSMENT
1. Viva 10
2. Personal Skill Enhancement Log 25
3. Movie Making: Video Resume 25
4. Term End Project 40
LIST OF REFERENCE:
1. Effective Communication and Soft-Skills: Strategies for Success, Nitin Bhatnagar and Mamta Bhatnagar, Pearson,
2012.
2. Soft Skills: Know yourself and know the World, Dr. K.Alex, S Chand, 2009.
3. Soft Skills at Work: Technology for Career Success, Beverly Amer, Course Technology, 2009.
4. The Pronunciation of English, Daniel Jones, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
5. Global Business Etiquette: A Guide to International Communication and Customs, Jeanette S. Martin and Lillian H.
Chaney, Praeger, 2012.
6. The CV Book: Your Definitive Guide to Writing the Perfect CV, James Innes, Pearson.
7. Understanding American Business Jargon: A Dictionary, W. Davis Folsom, Greenwood Press, 2005.
8. Navigating Corporate Life, Stanley Tyo.
9. Group Discussion: A Practical Guide to Participation and Leadership, Kathryn Sue Young, Julia T. Wood, Gerald M.
Phillips and Douglas J. Pedersen, Waveland Press Inc., 2007.
10. The Leadership Skills Handbook, Jo Owen, KoganPage, 2006.
11. Teamwork Training, Sharon Boller, ASTD Press, 2005.
12. Public Speaking for Success, Dale Carnegie, Penguin, 2005.
13. Effective Interviewing Skills, Tracey A. Swift and Ivan T. Robertson, BPS Books, 2000.
14. Telephone Etiquette: Making Lasting First Impressions, Theo Gilbert-Jamison, Performance Solutions, 2013.
15. Reading Comprehension Strategies: Theories, Interventions and Technologies,
Danielle S. McNamara, Lawrence Earlbaum Associates, 2007.
16. www.mindtools.com.
Detailed Syllabus of B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme
(2nd Year, 3rd Semester)
BME-Semester III Curriculum
Subject
Type Subject Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week
Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
BS M(BME) 301 MATHEMATICS-III 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 301 ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY & ANATOMY 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 302 BIOPHYSICAL SIGNALS & SYSTEMS 3 1 0 4 4
ES EE(BME) 303 CIRCUIT THEORY & NETWORKS 2 0 0 2 2
ES EC(BME) 304 ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 2 0 0 2 2
PRACTICAL
PC BME 391
ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY & ANATOMY LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2
PC BME 392 BIOPHYSICAL SIGNALS & SYSTEMS LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
ES EE(BME) 393 CIRCUITS & NETWORKS LABORATORY 0 0 2 2 1
ES EC(BME) 394 ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY 0 0 2 2 1
SESSIONAL
MC MC381 TECHNICAL SKILL DEVELOPMENT 0 0 2 Units 2 Units 0
TOTAL 13 3 12 28 22
Syllabus
THEORY PAPERS
Subject Name: MATHEMATICS - III
Subject Code: M(BME) 301
Total Contact Hours: 44
Credits: 4
Prerequisite:
• Elementary mathematics including the notion of differential and integral calculus.
• Complex numbers, permutation & combination.
Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to provide fundamental concepts of Calculus of Complex Variables,
Probability Distribution, Statistics, Ordinary Differential Equation, Partial Differential Equations.
Course Outcome: On successful completion of the learning sessions of the course, the learner will be able to:
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
CODE DESCRIPTION
M(BME)301.
CO 1
Recall the distinctive characteristics of mathematical approaches like Basic Probability and
Probability Distribution, Sampling Theory, Estimation of Parameters, Correlation & Regression,
Calculus of Complex Variables, Ordinary Differential Equations, Partial Differential Equations.
(Remembering)
M(BME)301.
CO 2
Understand the theoretical workings of mathematical approaches like Basic Probability and
Probability Distribution, Sampling Theory, Estimation of Parameters, Correlation & Regression,
Calculus of Complex Variables, Ordinary Differential Equations, Partial Differential Equations to
evaluate the various measures in related field. (Understanding)
M(BME)301.
CO 3
Develop mathematical model of various real world scenarios using concepts of mathematical
approaches like Basic Probability and Probability Distribution, Sampling Theory, Estimation of
Parameters, Correlation & Regression, Calculus of Complex Variables, Ordinary Differential
Equations, Partial Differential Equations and solve the same. (Applying)
Course Content:
MODULE I: Theory of Probability
Topic: Basic Probability Theory
Sub-Topics: Classical definition and its limitations, Axiomatic definition, events, dependence and independence of
events, conditional probability, Baye’s theorem and related problems.
Topic: Random Variable & Probability Distributions. Expectation.
Sub-Topics: Definition of random variable. Continuous and discrete random variables. Probability density function &
probability mass function for single variable only. Distribution function and its properties (without proof). Examples.
Definitions of Expectation & Variance, properties & examples. Some important discrete distributions: Binomial,
Poisson, Normal distributions, Determination of Mean, Variance and standard deviation for Binomial, Poisson &
Normal distributions only.
Discussions on application of the topic related to Engineering problems 10L
MODULE II: Calculus of Complex Variable
Topic: Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable.
Sub-Topics: Complex functions, Concept of Limit, Continuity and Differentiability. Analytic functions, Cauchy-
Riemann Equations (statement only). Sufficient condition for a function to be analytic. Harmonic function and
Conjugate Harmonic function, related problems. Construction of Analytic functions: Milne Thomson method, related
problems.
Topic: Complex Integration.
Sub-Topics: Concept of simple curve, closed curve, smooth curve & contour. Some elementary properties of complex
Integrals. Line integrals along a piecewise smooth curve. Examples. Cauchy’s theorem (statement only). Cauchy-
Goursat theorem (statement only). Examples. Cauchy’s integral formula, Cauchy’s integral formula for the derivative of
an analytic function, Cauchy’s integral formula for the successive derivatives of an analytic function. Examples.
Taylor’s series, Laurent’s series. Examples.
Topic: Zeros and Singularities of an Analytic Function & Residue Theorem.
Sub-Topics: Zero of an Analytic function, order of zero, Singularities of an analytic function. Isolated and non-isolated
singularity, essential singularities. Poles: simple pole, pole of order m. Examples on determination of singularities and
their nature. Residue, Cauchy’s Residue theorem (statement only), problems on finding the residue of a given function,
Introduction Conformal transformation, Bilinear transformation, simple problems.
Discussions on application of the topic related to Engineering problems 12L
MODULE III: PDE and ODE
Topic: Basic concepts of PDE.
Sub-Topics: Origin of PDE, its order and degree, concept of solution in PDE. Introduction to different methods of
solution: Separation of variables, Laplace & Fourier transform methods.
Topic: Solution of Initial Value & Boundary Value PDE’s by Separation of variables, Laplace & Fourier transform
methods.
Sub-Topics: PDE I: One dimensional Wave equation.
PDE II: One dimensional Heat equation.
PDE III: Two dimensional Laplace equation.
Topic: Introduction to series solution of ODE.
Sub-Topics: Validity of the series solution of an ordinary differential equation. General method to solve Po y''+P1 y'+P2
y=0 and related problems to Power series method.
Discussions on application of the topic related to Engineering problems
12L
Module-IV: Statistics
Topic: Descriptive Measures
Sub-Topics: Measures of central tendency, Measures of dispersion.
Topic: Sampling theory
Sub-Topics: Random sampling. Parameter, Statistic and its Sampling distribution. Standard error of statistic. Sampling
distribution of sample mean and variance in random sampling from a normal distribution (statement only) and related
problems.
Topic: Estimation of parameters
Sub-Topics: Estimation of parameters (unbiasedness, consistency).
Topic: Correlation & Regression, Curve fitting and method of Least Square.
[Beyond Syllabus]: Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd rule. 10L
Text Books:
1. Lipschutz & Lipson,Schaum’s Outline in Probability (2ndEd).
2. Colburn: Fundamentals of Probability and Statistics.
3. Advanced Ordinary & Partial Diff.Equation by M D Raisinghania.
4. Complex Variables and Applications (Brown and Churchill).
5. Probability and Statistics by N.G. Das
6. Gupta S. C and Kapoor V K: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics - Sultan Chand & Sons. 3. Lipschutz S:
Theory and Problems of Probability (Schaum's Outline Series) - McGraw Hill Book. Co.
7. Spiegel M R: Theory and Problems of Probability and Statistics (Schaum's Outline Series) - McGraw Hill Book
Co.
8. Goon A.M., Gupta M K and Dasgupta B: Fundamental of Statistics - The World Press Pvt. Ltd.
9. Spiegel M R: Theory and Problems of Complex Variables (Schaum's Outline Series) - McGraw Hill Book Co.
10. Bronson R: Differential Equations (Schaum's Outline Series) - McGraw Hill Book Co.
11. Ross S L: Differential Equations - John Willey & Sons.
12. Sneddon I. N.: Elements of Partial Differential Equations - McGraw Hill Book Co.
13. Grewal B S: Higher Engineering Mathematics (thirty-fifth edn) - Khanna Pub.
14. Kreyzig E: Advanced Engineering Mathematics - John Wiley and Sons.
15. Jana- Undergradute Mathematics
16. Lakshminarayan- Engineering Math 1.2.3
17. Rao B: Differential Equations with Applications & Programs, Universities Press
18. Murray: Introductory Courses in Differential Equations, Universities Press
19. Delampady, M: Probability & Statistics, Universities Press
20. Prasad: Partial Differential Equations, New Age International
21. Chowdhury: Elements of Complex Analysis, New Age International
22. Bhat: Modern Probability Theory, New Age International
23. Dutta: A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics Vol.1 & 2, New Age International
24. Sarveswarao: Engineering Mathematics, Universities Press
CO-PO MAPPING
POs
COs
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
M(BME)301.1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
M(BME)301.2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
M(BME)301.3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1
Subject Name: ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY & ANATOMY
Subject Code: BME 301
Total Contact hours: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Knowledge of 10+2 level Biology (Physiology Section)
Course Objective:
• Students will be able to get an in-depth understanding of anatomy and physiology of the cardiovascular system
(heart and blood vessel), the pulmonary system (lung), the renal system, the digestive system, the nervous
system, the muscular system and the skeletal system.
• The discussion of these physiological systems will cover the levels of cell, tissue and organ.
• Students will be able to understand the corresponding structure function relationship of these physiological
systems.
• Students will be able to relate the structure and function of the cardiovascular, circulatory, respiratory,
excretory, nervous and digestive systems in humans.
• Make measurements on and interpret data of physiological processes in living systems.
• Explain mechanisms of communication, integration and homeostasis involved in physiological parameters and
energy balance.
• Extend students' vocabulary of anatomical concepts and terms.
• Students will understand and postulate physiological concepts based on anatomical information
• Enable students to develop their critical reasoning skills in the field of Engineering Physiology & anatomy.
Course Outcome:
Students will be able to
BME 301.1 Identify and get an in-depth understanding of anatomy and physiology of the cardiovascular system (heart
and blood vessel), the pulmonary system (lung), the renal system, the digestive system, the nervous system, the muscular
system and the skeletal system.
BME 301.2 Apply knowledge to comprehend and explain the corresponding structure function relationship of these
physiological systems.
BME 301.3 Apply a broad knowledge of Physiology & Anatomy of organ system to logically analyze the mechanisms
of function, integration and homeostasis involved in physiological parameters and energy balance.
BME 301.4 Analyze the Structure – Function relations of various human organ systems, to arrive at suitable conclusions
to identify problems related to deformity or deviation from normal physiological processes in living systems.
BME 301.5 Interpret physiological abnormality and malfunctioning and its impact on health, safety, environment and
society.
Course Content
Module
No
Topic No of
Lectures
1 Blood Vascular system:
Composition and functions of blood. Plasma proteins – normal values, origin and functions. Brief
idea on Bone marrow. Formed elements of blood – origin, formation, functions and fate.
Hemoglobin – functions, compounds and derivatives. Abnormal hemoglobin-overview. Erythrocyte
sedimentation rate (ESR) and its significance. Hematocrit. PCV, MCV, MCH, MCHC. Blood
coagulation –factors, process, anticoagulants, Prothrombin time. Clotting time. Bleeding time. Blood
groups – ABO systems and Rh factors. Blood transfusion. Ultra structure & functions of blood
vessels (artery, vein, capillary). Differences between artery & vein.
8L
2 Cardio Vascular System:
Structure & function of Heart, Anatomical position, chambers of heart, Blood circulation through
heart. Special junctional tissue of heart. Cardiac cycle. Heart Sound. Systemic & pulmonary
circulation. Cardiac output. Blood Pressure-regulation & controlling factors.
6L
3 Muscular & Skeletal System:
Microscopic and electron microscopic structure of skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscles. Difference
between skeletal, smooth and cardiac muscles. The sarcotubular system. Red and white striated
muscle fibers. Properties of muscle: excitability and contractility, all or none law, summation of
stimuli, summation of contractions, effects of repeated stimuli, genesis of tetanus, onset of fatigue,
refractory period. Muscle contraction – E C Coupling, Muscle fatigue, Rigor mortis, Sliding filament
theory, Slow & fast muscle fibers, Isotonic & Isometric contraction.
Types of Bones, Structure and Composition of Bone, Classification of Joints, Structure of Synovial
Joint, Cartilage, Tendon, Ligament.
8L
4 Renal System:
Function of kidney, Anatomy & Histology of Nephron & collecting duet. Urine formation
(Filtration, reabsorption and secretion) Counter – current system of urine concentration, Anomalies
in urine concentration.
4L
5 Digestive System:
Organization of GI system, Digestion and Absorption, Movement of GI tract, Liver, Intestine,
Pancreas, Role of Enzymes in Digestion.
3L
6 Respiratory System:
Respiratory Pathways, Mechanism of Respiration, Respiratory membrane and gaseous exchange,
Lungs, Role of Lungs in Respiration and Thermoregulation.
3L
7 Neuro Physiology:
Electron microscopic structure of nerve cell or neurons. Neuroglia. Myelinated and nonmyelinated
nerve fibers. The resting membrane potential. The action potential. Propagation of nerve impulse in
different types of nerve fibers. Compound action potentials. Conduction velocity of nerve impulse in
8L
relation to myelination and diameter of nerve fibers. Synapses – types, structure, synaptic
transmission of the impulse, synaptic potentials, neurotransmitters.
Autonomic nervous system – Introduction. Structure of sympathetic and parasympathetic division.
Neuromuscular Junction – structure, events in transmission, end-plate potential, post titanic potential.
CNS- Brain and Spinal cord.
TOTAL 40L
Text/Reference Books:
1. Essential of Medical Physiology - Anil Baran Singha Mahapatra, Current Books International
2. Human Physiology - C.C.Chatterjee, Medical Allied Agency
3. Text book of Medical Physiology- Guyton
4. Concise Medical Physiology - Chauduri
5. Anatomy and Physiology – Ross & Wilson, Churchill Livigstone publications.
6. Modern Physiology & Anatomy for Nurses - J Gibson, Black-well Scientific Publishers
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 301.1 3 3 - 2 - - - - - 1 - -
BME 301.2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - - - -
BME 301.3 3 3 - - 1 - - - - - - -
BME 301.4 2 3 - 3 1 - - - - - - -
BME 301.5 3 2 - 2 2 2 1 - - - - -
Subject Name: BIOPHYSICAL SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
Subject Code: BME 302
Total Contact hours: 42
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Basic Knowledge of Integration, Differentiation, Complex Numbers
Course Objective:
The objectives of this course are
1. To develop good understanding about signals, systems and their classification;
2. To provide with necessary tools and techniques to analyze electrical networks and systems
3. To develop expertise in time-domain & frequency domain approaches to the analysis of continuous & discrete
systems;
4. To introduce to the basics of probability, random variables and the various distribution and density functions
5. To develop students’ ability to apply modern simulation software to system
Course Outcome:
Students will be able to
BME 302.1 Represent & classify signals, Systems & identify LTI systems
BME 302.2 Derive Fourier series for continuous time signals
BME 302.3 Find Fourier transform for different signals
BME 302.4 Analyze the Continuous Time systems by performing Convolution
BME 302.5 Analyze DT systems & their realization using Z-transforms
Course Content:
Module
No
Content No of
Lectures
1 Signals and systems: Continuous time (CT) signals, Discrete time (DT) signals, periodic,
aperiodic, random, energy and power signals, step, ramp, impulse and exponential function,
Transformation in independent variable of signals: time scaling, time shifting and time inverting,
Introduction to systems, system properties, interconnection of system, LTI systems- linear and
circular convolution, correlation, auto-correlation, physiological signals and their properties,
System Stability.
8L
2 Signal analysis: Basic concepts of the Fourier Series, Properties of continuous and discrete time
Fourier series, Continuous Time Fourier Transform (CTFT) and Discrete Time Fourier Transform
(DTFT), Discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and its inverse (IDFT), Introduction to Fast Fourier
transform (FFT), ECG signal analysis.
9L
3 Sampling Theorem, Laplace Transforms and Z-Transforms: Representation of continuous
time signals by its sample, Sampling theorem, Reconstruction of a Signal from its samples,
aliasing, Laplace transform: basics, properties, inverse; z-transform: definition, properties, Poles
and Zeros, inverse z-transform; Region of convergence (ROC), Representation of systems by
differential equations and transfer functions, direct form-I and direct form-II representations,
parallel and cascade representations.
10L
4 Noise and Feed Back System: Sources and types of noise, Basic Feedback concept, Positive and
Negative Feedback, Control system, Open loop Control System, Control system With Feed Back,
Application of feed back in physiological systems and its importance.
5L
5 Filtering Techniques: Types of filter (Active and Passive), General idea of L.P.F, H.P.F, B.P.F
and N.F. Passive and Active Filters (L.P, H.P, B.P & N.F), use of filter for biomedical signal
analysis, design of filter suitable for Bio-medical signal analysis.
4L
6 Physiological System: Block diagram representation of cardio vascular system, Electrical analog
of blood vessels and its transfer function, model of coronary circulation and its analysis, system
equation and transfer function, Characteristics of ECG, EEG and EMG signals, signal conditioning
of these bio-potential signals
6L
TOTAL 42L
Reference Books:
1. Oppenheim, Wilskey and Nawab-Signal & System, Prentice Hall India.
2. Hayken & Van Veen- Signal & System,Willey
3. Taub & Schilling-Principles of Communication System, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Kennedy & Devis-Electronic Communication System, Tata McGraw Hill
5. R.M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis, Wiley
6. A.K.Sawhney-Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd
7. J.G.Prokis & D.G.Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithm and Applications”, PHI/Pearson
Education.
8. I.J. Nagrath, Control Systems Engineering, New Age International.
9. Wills J. Tompkins, “ Biomedical digital signal processing”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
CO vs PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 302.1 1 - 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
BME 302.2 2 3 1 - - - - - - 1 - -
BME 302.3 1 1 3 - 2 3 - 3 - - - 2
BME 302.4 - 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
BME 302.5 2 3 1 2 - - 1 - 2 - 1 3
Subject Name: CIRCUIT THEORY & NETWORKS
Subject Code: EE(BME)303
Total Contact hours: 25
Credit: 2
Prerequisite:
1. Ability in identifying passive and active circuit elements/components and basic knowledge on their operation and
application.
2. In depth knowledge in Integral & Differential Calculus and fundamental knowledge on Laplace Theorem & its
inverse.
3. Knowledge of analog & digital signal should be clear.
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with Resonance in Circuits and relevant parameters and methods for evaluating the same.
2. To introduce students the methods of Mesh Current and Node Voltage analysis and their application.
3. To describe Network Theorems and their applications.
4. To illustrate graph theory and its application in estimating electrical parameters in the circuit.
5. To introduce students with coupled circuits and their methods of analysis..
6. To introduce students with transient circuits and describe the methodology to evaluate relevant electrical parameters.
7. To highlight the application of Laplace & Inverse Laplace transform in analyzing circuits.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
EE(BME)303.1 Understand, Describe, Analyze and Design series and parallel RLC circuits and solve related problems
EE(BME)303.2 Analyze circuits using Node Voltage & Mesh Current Analysis in electrical networks and solve related
problems.
EE(BME)303.3 Apply and Analyze Network Theorems to electrical networks to evaluate network parameters in
simplified ways.
EE(BME)303.4 Understand, Describe, Analyze and Design Graph and Trees for a given network and build network
matrices and solve related problems
EE(BME)303.5 Understand Describe, Analyze and Design Coupled (Magnetic and Electromagnetic) Circuits and solve
related problems
EE(BME)303.6 Understand, Describe and Analyze the Transients in electrical networks and solve related problems
EE(BME)303.7 Apply Laplace Transform and form Transfer Function for different kinds of electrical networks for
analyzing them and solve related problems
Course Content
Module
No
Topic No of
Lectures
1 Resonant Circuits: Series and Parallel Resonance, Impedance and Admittance Characteristics, Quality
Factor, Half-Power Points, Bandwidth, Resonant voltage rise, Transform diagrams, Solution of Problems
2L
2 Mesh Current Network Analysis: Kirchoff’s Voltage Law, Formulation of Mesh Equations, Solution
of mesh equations by Cramer’s rule and matrix method, Driving point impedance, Transfer impedance,
Solutions of Problems with DC and AC sources
2L
3 Node Voltage Network Analysis: Kirchoff’s Current Law, Formulation of node equations and
solutions, Driving point admittance, Transfer admittance, Solutions of Problems with DC and AC
sources
2L
4 Network Theorems: Definition and implications of Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem,
Norton’s Theorem, Reciprocity Theorem, Compensation Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem,
Millman’s Theorem, Star-Delta transformations, Solutions and Problems with DC and AC sources
4L
5 Graph of Network: Concept of Tree Branch, Tree link, junctions, Incident matrix, Tie-set matrix, Cut-
set matrix, determination of loop current and node voltages.
3L
6 Coupled Circuits: Magnetic Coupling, polarity of coils, polarity of induced voltage, concept of self and
mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling, Solution of Problems
2L
7 Circuit Transients: DC Transient in R-L & R-C circuits with and without initial charge, R-L-C circuits,
AC transients in sinusoidal RL, R-C, & R-L-C circuits, solution of problems
3L
8 Laplace Transform: Concept of complex frequency, transformation of f(t) into F(s), transformation of
step, exponential, over-damped surge, critically damped surge, damped sine, und-amped sine functions,
properties of Laplace Transform, linearity, real-differentiation, real integration, Initial Value Theorem
and Final Value Theorem, Inverse Laplace Transform, applications in circuit analysis, Partial Fractions
expansion, Heaviside’s Expansion Theorem, solution of problems
5L
9 Introduction to Physiological Parameter measurement circuits: Basic circuits of ECG, EMG, EOG
signal measurement [as Beyond Syllabus content]
2L
TOTAL 25L
Recommended Books: 1. Valkenburg M. E. Van, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall./Pearson Education
2. Hayt“Engg Circuit Analysis 6/e Tata McGraw-Hill
3. D.A.Bell- Electrical Circuits- Oxford
4. A.B.Carlson-Circuits- Cenage Learning
5. John Bird- Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology- 3/e- Elsevier (Indian Reprint)
6. Skilling H.H.: “Electrical Engineering Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons.
7. Edminister J.A.: “Theory & Problems of Electric Circuits”, McGraw-Hill Co.
8. Kuo F. F., “Network Analysis & Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons.
9. R.A.DeCarlo & P.M.Lin- Linear Circuit Analysis- Oxford
10. P.Ramesh Babu- Electrical Circuit Analysis- Scitech
11. Sudhakar: “Circuits & Networks:Analysis & Synthesis” 2/e TMH
12. M.S.Sukhija & T.K.NagSarkar- Circuits and Networks-Oxford
13. Sivandam- “Electric Circuits and Analysis”, Vikas
14. V.K. Chandna, “A Text Book of Network Theory & Circuit Analysis”,Cyber Tech
15. Reza F. M. and Seely S., “Modern Network Analysis”, Mc.Graw Hill .
16. M. H. Rashid:Introduction to PSpice using OrCAD for circuits and electronics, Pearson
17. Roy Choudhury D., “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publishers.
18. D.Chattopadhyay and P.C.Rakshit: “Electrical Circuits” New Age
CO-PO MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE(BME)303.1 - 3 3 2 - 2 - - - 1 - 3
EE(BME)303.2 - 3 3 1 1 2 - 1 2 2 - 2
EE(BME)303.3 - 3 2 2 - 3 - - - - 3 2
EE(BME)303.4 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 - 1
EE(BME)303.5 1 - 2 - 1 - - 1 3 1 - 2
EE(BME)303.6 - 2 2 3 - - 3 - 3 - 2 2
EE(BME)303.7 1 - - - 1 - 2 1 - 2 2 3
Subject Name: ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT
Subject Code: EC(BME)304
Total Contact hours: 25
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Mathematics, Basic Electrical Engineering, Basic Electronics Engineering
Course Objective:
1. To give the idea about fundamental properties of Analog Electronics Devices.
2. To prepare students to perform the analysis of any Analog Electronics Circuit.
3. To empower students to understand the design & working of BJT ,amplifiers, multivibrator, oscillators and OpAmps.
Course Outcome
After the course, students will be
EC(BME)304.1 Able to explain/give example/explain concept of AnalogElectronics Circuits.
EC(BME)304.2 Able to apply knowledge, mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals to solve Analog
electronics Circuits related problems.
EC(BME)304.3 Able to perform logical analysis of result/Systems of AnalogElectronics Circuits.
Course Content
Module
No
TOPIC No of
Lectures
1
Filters and Regulators: Capacitor filter, π-section filter, series and shunt voltage regulator,
percentage regulation, 78xx and 79xx series, concept of SMPS.
3L
Transistor Biasing and Stability: h-model of transistors. Expression for voltage gain, current
gain, input and output impedance, trans-resistance & trans-conductance; Emitter follower
circuits, High frequency model of transistors.
3L
2
Transistor Amplifiers: RC coupled amplifier, functions of all components , derivation of
voltage gain, current gain, input impedance and output impedance, frequency response
characteristics, lower and upper half frequencies, bandwidth, Concept of LPF, HPF and BPF
5L
Power amplifiers – Class A, B, Conversion efficiency, Tuned amplifier 2L
3
Feedback Amplifiers & Oscillators: Negative & positive feedback, voltage/ current,
series/shunt feedback, Colpitts, Hartley’s, Phase shift, Wein bridge and crystal oscillators.
3L
Applications of Operational Amplifiers: Integrator & differentiator, comparator, Schmitt
Trigger. Instrumentation Amplifier, Log & Anti-log amplifiers, Trans-conductance multiplier,
Precision Rectifier, voltage to current and current to voltage converter, free running oscillator.
4L
4
Multivibrator: Monostable, Bistable,Astable multivibrators; Monostable and astable
operation using 555 timer.
3L
Filter Circuit : Design of LPF , HPF and BPF Filter 2L
TOTAL 25L
Reference Books: 1. Sedra & Smith-Microelectronic Circuits- Oxford UP
2. Franco—Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits,3/e,McGraw Hill
3. Boylested & Nashelsky- Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory- Pearson/PHI
1. Millman & Halkias – Integrated El;ectronics, McGraw Hill.
2. Rashid-Microelectronic Circuits-Analysis and Design- Thomson (Cenage Learning)
3. Schilling & Belove—Electronic Circuit:Discrete & Integrated , 3/e , McGraw Hill
4. Razavi- Fundamentals of Microelectronic s- Wiley
5. Malvino—Electronic Principles, 6/e, McGraw Hill
6. Horowitz & Hill- The Art of Electronics; Cambridge University Press.
7. Bell- Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs- Oxford UP
8. Tobey & Grame – Operational Amplifier: Design and Applications, Mc GrawHill.
9. Gayakwad R.A -- OpAmps and Linear IC’s, PHI
10. Coughlin and Driscol–Operational Amplifier and Linear Integrated Circuits–Pearson Edn
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EC (BME)304.1 - 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2
EC(BME)304.2 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 - 1 - EC(BME)304.3 - 2 3 2 - - - - 1 - - 1
PRACTICAL PAPERS
Subject Name: ENGINEERING PHYSIOLOGY & ANATOMY LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME 391
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: Knowledge of 10+2 level Biology (Physiology Section)
Objectives:
1. Understand the practical aspects of the body's internal organs and how they function.
2. Provide an active learning environment to teach the basic principles of human physiology & anatomy.
3. Teach students the principles of experimental documentation in a laboratory notebook.
4. Provide students with hands on opportunity to use commonly used physiological variables measuring equipments.
5. Promote and encourage team work and collaboration among students in the lab.
6. Students are encouraged to create additional test conditions and run additional experiments during the lab time that
extend from the guided lesson plan.
Outcome:
Students will be able to
BME 391.1 Identify, understand and explain fundamentals of organ structure at the cellular, tissue, organ, & system
levels.
BME 391.2 Apply knowledge of science and engineering fundamentals to get hands on exposure of the gross &
microscopic approach to Anatomy & Physiology of various organs.
BME 391.3 Perform logical analysis of results, with all necessary lab tools through experiments to arrive at suitable
conclusions to physiological problems that promote the critical understanding of the structure function relationship of
human systems.
BME 391.4 Conduct and design experiments using modern engineering tools and instruments to demonstrate and
interpret physiological abnormality and malfunctioning and its impact on health, safety, environment and society.
BME 391.5 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member in a team to conduct experiments and interpret
results.
BME 391.6 Conform to Physiology Practical ethics, and understand the responsibilities and norms of Physiology
Laboratory practice.
Course Contents
List of Experiments:
1. Study on Compound Microscope.
2. Identification of fixed histological slides: Cerebellum, Cerebral cortex, Spinal cord, Renal tissues, Blood
vessels (artery & vein), Skin, Tongue, Liver.
3. Hemoglobin estimation.
4. Determination of blood pressure.
5. Blood film making & identification of different blood corpuscle.
6. ECG wave identification.
7. DC of WBC.
8. Determination of Blood Group (ABO; Rh).
9. Measurement of Bleeding Time (BT) & Clotting Time (CT).
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 391.1 3 2 - - 1 - - - - - - -
BME 391.2 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 - -
BME 391.3 2 2 3 - 2 1 - - - 1 - -
BME 391.4 2 2 3 2 2 1 - - - - - -
BME 391.5 2 1 3 - 2 - - - 3 1 - -
BME 391.6 - - - - - - 2 3 1 - - -
Subject Name: BIOPHYSICAL SIGNALS & SYSTEMS LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME 392
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics and Basics of Vector theory and MATLAB
Course Objective:
1. To provide background and fundamentals of MATLAB tool for the analysis and processing of signals and to generate
various continuous and discrete time signals.
2. To determine the Fourier Transform of signals and to convert a continuous time signal to the discrete time and
reconstruction using the sampling theorem.
3. To analyze a continuous time LTI/LTV systems using convolution.
4. To apply the convolution theorem and correlation for continuous time signals.
5. To use Laplace and Z-transforms for analyzing Continuous/ Discrete time signals and systems
Course Outcome:
Students will be able to
BME 392.1 Analyze continuous-time and discrete-time signals and systems in the frequency domain using mixed
signal classes Using MATLAB .
BME 392.2 Explore sampling concepts that link continuous-time and discrete-time signals and systems Using
MATLAB.
BME 392.3 Analyze continuous-time signals and system responses using the concepts of transfer function
representation by use of Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms Using MATLAB
BME 392.4 Analyze discrete-time signals and system responses using the concepts of transfer function
representation by use of Z and inverse-Z transforms Using MATLAB .
BME 392.5 Apply time-domain and frequency-domain analysis tools to analog and digital filters Using MATLAB
.
Course Content
List of Activities: The following simulation exercise should be carried out in MATLAB or C programming.
1. Familiarization with MATLAB and generation of various types of waveforms (sine, cosine, square, triangular
etc.).
2. Generation of different functions (unit impulse, unit step, RAMP, etc.)
3. Generation of various types of noise (uniform white, Gaussian, coloured etc.).
4. Fourier transform of the signals (CTFT and DTFT)
5. To study Z- transform (MATLAB) of: a) Sinusoidal signals b) Step functions.
6. To study Laplace- transform (MATLAB) of: a) Sinusoidal signals b) Step functions.
7. To study LPF &HPF, band-pass and reject filters using RC circuits
8. ECG signal analysis / Equivalent electrical circuit analysis of blood vessels
CO-PO Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 392.1 2 - 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
BME 392.2 2 3 1 - - - - - - 1 - -
BME 392.3 3 2 2 - - 2 - 3 - - 3 1
BME 392.4 - 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
BME 392.5 1 3 1 2 - - 2 - 3 - 1 3
Subject Name: CIRCUITS & NETWORKS LABORATORY
Subject Code: EE(BME)393
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:2
Credit: 1
Prerequisites:
1. Ability in identifying passive and active circuit elements/components and basic knowledge on their operation &
application.
2. In depth knowledge in Integral & Differential Calculus and fundamental knowledge on Laplace Theorem & its
inverse.
3. Knowledge of analog & digital signal should be clear.
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with Resonance in Circuits and relevant parameters and methods for evaluating the same.
2. To introduce students the methods of Mesh Current and Node Voltage analysis and their application.
3. To describe Network Theorems and their applications.
4. To illustrate graph theory and its application in estimating electrical parameters in the circuit.
5. To introduce students with coupled circuits and their methods of analysis..
6. To introduce students with transient circuits and describe the methodology to evaluate relevant electrical parameters.
7. To highlight the application of Laplace & Inverse Laplace transform in analyzing circuits.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
EE(BME)393.1. Describe Analyze and Design series and parallel RLC circuits using MATLAB
EE(BME)393.2. Analyze circuits using Node Voltage & Mesh Current Analysis in electrical networks using MATLAB
EE(BME)393.3. Verify and analyze Network Theorems to electrical networks using MATLAB
EE(BME)393.4. Understand Describe, Analyze and Design Graph and Trees for a given network and solve related
problems using MATLAB
EE(BME)393.5. Understand Analyze and Design Coupled Circuits and solve related problem using MATLAB.
EE(BME)393.6. Understand, Describe and Analyze the Transients in electrical networks and solve related problems
using MATLAB.
EE(BME)393.7. Implement Laplace Transform and its Inverse transform on various waveforms using MATLAB.
Course Content
List of Activities: Implementation of Following Experiments using Software (e.g. MATLAB/Pspice) or Hardware
1. Characteristics of Series & Parallel Resonant circuits
2. Verification of Network Theorems
3. Transient Response in R-L & R-C Networks ; simulation / hardware
4. Transient Response in RLC Series & Parallel Circuits & Networks; simulation / hardware
5. Determination of Impedance (Z), and Admittance (Y) parameters of Two-port networks
6. Generation of periodic, exponential, sinusoidal, damped sinusoidal, step, impulse, and ramp signals.
7. Representation of Poles and Zeros in s-plane, determination of partial fraction expansion in s-domain.
8. Determination of Laplace Transform, different time domain functions, and Inverse Laplace Transformation.
CO-PO MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE(BME)393.1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 3 2 2
EE(BME)393.2 - 2 2 - - 1 - 2 3 2 - 1
EE(BME)393.3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 3 3 - 1
EE(BME)393.4 - 2 2 1 2 1 - 3 2 3 2 2
EE(BME)393.5 3 - 2 3 - 3 1 - 3 3 - 1
EE(BME)393.6 - 1 3 1 2 - 1 - 2 2 - 2
EE(BME)393.7 3 - 3 3 2 - 2 2 3 2 1 2
Subject Name: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY
Subject Code: EC(BME)394
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:2
Credit: 1
Prerequisites: Basic Electrical Engineering Lab , Basic Electronics Engineering Lab
Course Objective :
1. To prepare students to design any Analog Electronics Circuit.
2. To prepare students to perform the analysis of any Analog Electronics Circuit from laboratory experiments.
Course Outcome -
After the course, students will be
EC(BME)394.1 Able to explain/give example/explain concept of Analog Electronics Circuits.
EC(BME)394.2 Able to apply knowledge, mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals to solve Analog
electronics Circuits related problems.
EC(BME)394.3 Able to perform logical analysis of result/Systems of Analog Electronics Circuits.
Course Content
List of Activities:
1. Study of Diode as clipper & clamper
2. Study of ripple and regulation characteristics of full wave rectifier without and with capacitor filter
3. Construction of a two-stage R-C coupled amplifier & study of its gain & Bandwidth.
4. Study of class A & class B power amplifiers.
5. Study of class C & Push-Pull amplifiers.
6. Realization of current mirror & level shifter circuit using Operational Amplifiers.
7. Study of timer circuit using NE555 & configuration for monostable & astable multivibrator.
8. Study of Switched Mode Power Supply & construction of a linear voltage regulator using regulator IC chip.
9. Construction of a simple function generator using IC.
10. Realization of a V-to-I & I-to-V converter using Op-Amps.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EC(BME)
394.1
- 3 - 1 1 - - - 2 - - 1
EC(BME)
394.2
3 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
EC(BME)
394.3
- 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
SESSIONAL PAPERS
Subject Name: TECHNICAL SKILL DEVELOPMENT
Subject Code: MC381
Contact hours/Week: 2 Units
Credit: 0 Total Contact hours: 25 Units
Familiarization and measurements of electrical/electronic components (7 Units)
Resistor, inductors and capacitors- their types, specifications and applications. Basics of Transformer,
Specifications & types, Fuse – types, use of fuses and its rating. Familiarization with integrated circuits.
Soldering and De-soldering techniques. Different switches and their specification & uses. Power supply unit.
Familiarization with operation controls of Analog and Digital Multimeters etc.
Familiarization with Medical terminology & Medical Instruments (7 Units)
Medical terms related to ECG, EMG, EEG, Blood pressure, Heart rate, Pulse oximeter, Defibrillator etc.
Familiarization with different Medical Instruments.
Biological Sample Collection & Preparation (10 units)
Blood sample collection, blood film making, Separation of plasma, Separation of corpuscles, Standardization
of biological sample.
Microscope handling.
Preparation of new biomaterials, Sample preparation for biomaterials testing.
Familiarization with Biomedical Implants and their fixation techniques etc.
Mini Project handling (6 units)
Basic analog electronic circuit design - both by hardware and circuit simulation software based approach.
Text Book/References:
1. V K Mehta & Rohit Mehta, Principles of Electronics, 3ed., S. Chand Publishing
2. Giovanni Saggio, Principles of Analog Electronics, 1st ed., CRC Press
3. B L Theraja & A K Theraja, Textbook of Electrical Technology Vol I, 23 ed., S.Chand & Company
Pvt. Limited
4. Daniel M. Kaplan, Christopher G. White, Hands-On Electronics:
A Practical Introduction to Analog and Digital Circuits, 1st ed., Cambridge University Press
5. Martin C. Brown, Practical Switching Power Supply Design, 1st Ed, Academic Press
6. Irving Gottlieb, Practical Transformer Handbook: for Electronics, Radio and Communications
Engineers, 1st ed., Newnes
7. Norman Ahlhelm, An Introduction to High Reliability Soldering and Circuit Board Repair, 3 ed.,
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
8. Y. C. Fung, Yuan-Cheng Fung,Biomechanics: mechanical Proparty of living Tissue, Springer, 1996.
9. Carol A. Oatis, The Mechanics and Pathomechanics of Human Movement, Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins, 2010
10. Christina Vett-Joice (Editor),Capital Pathology Handbook, Buckner Printing Company, 2012
Detailed Syllabus of B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme
(2nd Year, 4th Semester)
BME-Semester IV
Curriculum
Subject
Type Subject Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week
Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
HS HU (BME) 401 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 2 0 0 2 2
BS PH(BME) 401 PHYSICS-II 3 1 0 4 4
ES EC(BME) 401 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 2 0 0 2 2
PC BME 402 BIOMECHANICS 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 403 BIOMATERIALS 3 1 0 4 4
PRACTICAL
BS PH(BME) 491 PHYSICS-II LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
ES EC(BME) 491 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY
0 0 2 2 1
PC BME 492 BIOMECHANICS & BIOMATERIALS LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
SESSIONAL
HS HU 481 TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING LANGUAGE PRACTICE
0 0 2
2 1
TOTAL 13 3 10 26 22
Syllabus
THEORY PAPERS
Subject Name: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
Subject Code: HU(BME)401
Total Contact Hour: 25
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: 10+2 science with chemistry
Course Objective:
After completion of this course the students will be able to:
• Apply the knowledge of environmental science to design system components or processes that meet the
specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
• To analyze and discuss the relevance of environmental science to use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of the information to
provide valid conclusions.
• Function in multi/inter-disciplinary teams with a spirit of tolerance, patience and understanding so necessary for
team work;
• Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in
the broadest context of technological change.
Course outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to:
HU(BME)401.1 Describe the structure and function of environment and different types of environmental
pollution.
HU(BME)401.2 Identify all types of resources and learn the quality parameter to maintain proper balance.
HU(BME)401.3 Demonstrate environmental problems like global warming, acid rain, natural and manmade
disasters.
HU(BME)401.4 Demonstrate the controlling method of environmental pollution and apply their knowledge for
environment management.
HU(BME)401.5 Apply the method of synthesis of green chemistry and find green solution.
Course Content:
Module 1 (Total 7L)
General
1.1 Basic concept: Environment; components; man, society, environment interrelationship; Environmental degradation
and sustainable development. 1L
1.2 Natural Resources: Types of resource, renewable, non-renewable, potentially renewable; Importance of Water
resource, Food resource, Land resource, Forest resource, Energy resource; Growing energy needs and alternate source of
energy (Hydro Electric, Solar, Biomass & Bio-gas, Hydrogen as an future source of Energy).
2L
1.3 Population Growth: Exponential growth and Logistic growth model, Maximum sustainable yield; Effect of
excessive use of resource due to population growth. 1L
1.4 Ecology & Ecosystem: Definition, Components; Structure and function of the following ecosystem: Forest
ecosystem, Grassland ecosystem, Desert ecosystem, Aquatic ecosystems, Mangrove ecosystem (special reference to
Sundarban); Food chain [definition and one example of each food chain], Food web.
2L
1.5 Biogeochemical Cycle: definition, significance, flow chart of different cycles with only elementary reaction
[Hydrological cycle, Gaseous cycle and Sedimentary cycle]. 1L
Module 2 (Total 6L)
Air Pollution and control
2.1 Atmospheric structure: Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere, Thermosphere, Tropopause and Mesopause.
1L
2.2 Greenhouse effect: Definition, Greenhouse gases, Global warming and its consequence on the global climate and
consequently on sea water level, agriculture and marine ecosystem, Control of Global warming.
1L
2.3 Air Pollutant: Definition of pollutants and contaminants, Primary and secondary pollutants, criteria pollutant, source
and biochemical effect. 1L
2.4 Environmental degradation: Smog, Photochemical smog and London smog; acid rain, effects and control.
1L
2.5 Depletion of Ozone layer: CFC, destruction of ozone layer by CFC, impact of other green house gases, effect of
ozone modification. 1L
2.6 Control measures: Industrial, commercial and residential air quality standard, control measure (ESP, cyclone
separator, bag house, catalytic converter, scrubber (ventury), Statement with brief reference).
1L
Module 3 (Total 5L)
Water Pollution and control
3.1 Water Quality Parameters: Physical, Chemical, Biological water quality parameters; DO, BOD, 5 day BOD test,
Seeded BOD test, BOD reaction rate constants, related problems, COD. 2L
3.2 Pollutants of water: Oxygen demanding wastes, pathogens, heavy metals, pesticides; Eutrophication (definition
only). 2L
3.3 Water Treatment system: coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation and filtration, disinfection, hardness and
alkalinity, softening. 1L
Module 4 (Total 3L)
Land Pollution
4.1 Solid Waste: Municipal, industrial, commercial, agricultural, domestic, pathogenic (bio-medical) and hazardous
solid wastes, E-waste. 1L
4.2 Solid waste disposal method: Open dumping, Land filling, incineration, composting, recycling (Advantages and
disadvantages). 1L
4.3 Solid waste management and control: Hazardous and Biomedical waste. 1L
Module 5 (Total 2L)
Noise Pollution
5.1 Noise and Pollution: Definition of noise, noise classification [Transport noise, occupational noise, neighbourhood
noise], effect of noise pollution and its control. 1L
5.2 Measurement and permissible limit: Definition of noise frequency, noise pressure, noise intensity, noise level,
mathematical expression of Decibel, related problem, noise threshold limit value, equivalent noise level, L10 (18hr
Index). 1L
Module 6 (Total 2L)
Control
6.1 Environmental Management: Environmental impact assessment, Environmental Audit, Environmental laws and
protection act of India, Different international environmental treaty/ agreement/ protocol, Initiatives by Non-
governmental Organizations (NGO), Environmental Education, and Women Education.
1L
6.2 Green chemistry: Introduction, Significance, Research and Industrial application. 1L
References/Books
1. Masters, G. M., “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
1991.
2. De, A. K., “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International.
3. Environmental Engineering, J K Das Mohapatra, Vikas Publication
CO-PO mapping: CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
HU(BME)401.1 3 2 - - - 3 3 - - - - -
HU(BME)401.2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
HU(BME)401.3 3 - - - 3 3 - - - - -
HU(BME)401.4 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - - - - -
HU(BME)401.5 3 - 3 - - 3 3 - - - - -
Subject Name: PHYSICS-II (Gr-B/Gr-A)
Subject Code: PH-(BME) 401
Total Contact Hours: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Physics upto B.Tech 1st year Physics-I course
Objective of the Physics-II Course:
The Physics-II course will provide
➢ exposure to the physics of materials that are applied in medical applications
➢ an insight into the science & technology of next generation and related technicalities through quantum
mechanics
➢ functionalities of optical instruments used for medical applications
➢ concept of fundamental particles and associated applications in semiconductors
Course Outcome of Physics-II Course (Theoretical: PH (BME) 401)
At the end of the course students’ should have the
PH-(BME) 401.1: ability to define, understand and explain
➢ insulating and magnetic materials
➢ operator formalism in Quantum Mechanics
➢ categories of storage devices
➢ materials at the low-dimensions
➢ ultrasonic sound and its medical applications
➢ biomedical application of laser, x-ray, radioactivity
➢ organic semiconductors and their applications
PO1
&
GA1
PH-(BME) 401.2: ability to apply the knowledge of
➢ Magnetism and semiconductors in data storage
➢ Motion of charges under a field in CRT
➢ Band theory in explaining LED action
➢ Magneto striction and piezoelectricity in ultrasonic sound generation and detection
PO1
&
GA1
PH-(BME) 401.3: Ability to analyze
➢ Role of degenerate states in predicting energy bands of semiconductos
➢ the principle of display devices
➢ Which type of magnetic materials to be used for data storage purpose
➢ Role of quantum confinement in inducing novel feature of a nanomaterial
➢ change in electric and magnetic fields in various symmetrical bodies
➢ failure of band theory in organic semiconductors and novel applications of organic semiconductors
PO2
&
GA2
Beyond the syllabus to meet to CO:
✓ Basics of probability interpretation
✓ Basics of energy band theory
PO1
PO12
Course Content
Module 1: Electric and Magnetic properties of materials (9L)
Module 1.01: Insulating materials:
Dielectric Material: Concept of Polarization, the relation between D, E and P, Polarizability, Electronic
(derivation of polarizability), Ionic, Orientation & Space charge polarization (no derivation), internal field, Claussius
Mossotti equation, ferroelctric & piezoelectrics (Qualitative study). 3L
Module 1.02: Magnetic materials and storage devices:
Magnetic Field & Magnetization M, relation between B, H, M. Bohr magneton, susceptibility, Diamagnetism- &
Paramagnetism - Curie law (qualitative discussion), Ferromagnetism– Curie Temperature, Weiss molecular field theory
(qualitative) & Curie-Weiss law, concept of θp , Hysteresis, Hard ferromagnets, Comparison and applications of
permanent magnets (storage devices) and Soft ferromagnets (Permalloys, Ferrites etc.) 4L
Module 1.03: Super conductivity: Basic concept, qualitative study up to Meissner effect, examples of High
Temperature Superconductor, BCS theory (qualitative), Applications. 2L
Module 2: Ultrasound (4L)
Ultrasound-Introduction, definition and properties –Production of ultrasonics by Piezo-electric crystal and
magnetostriction method; Detection of ultrasonics; Engineering & Medical applications of Ultrasonics (Non-destructive
testing, cavitation, measurement of gauge) Infrasound – Introduction and definition, production, application,
4L
Module 3: Display, Optical Instruments & optielctronic devices (10L)
5.01: Electron Optics: Operation and application of CRT, Physics of Liquid crystal display (LCD), LED, Plasma
display, Thin film transistor display. 4L
5.02: Optical Instruments: Imaging-Types of imaging (PET, CT ), electron microscope. 3L
5.03: Radiation therapy-radio activity, doses, strength, applications. 3L
Module 4: Quantum Mechanics-II (7L)
Formulation of quantum mechanics and Basic postulates- superposition principle, orthogonality of wave function,
expectation value; operator correspondence, Commutator. Measurements in Quantum Mechanics-Eigen value, Eigen
function, Schrödinger’s equation as energy eigen value equation. 4L
Application of Schrödinger equation – Particle in an infinite square well potential (1-D and 3-D potential well;
Discussion on degenerate levels), 1D finite barrier problem and concept of quantum tunnelling (solve only E<V0).
3L
Module 5: Statistical Mechanics (4L)
Concept of energy levels and energy states. Microstates, macrostates and thermodynamic probability, MB, BE, FD,
statistics (Qualitative discussions)- physical significance, conception of bosons, fermions, classical limits of quantum
statistics, Fermi distribution at zero & non-zero temperature, Concept of Fermi level. 4L
Module 6: Physics of Organic semiconductors & Nanomaterials (6L)
Module 6.01: Physics of Organic semiconductors:
Exciton, bi-exciton, polaron, bipolaron, soliton, organic semiconductors (qualitative discussions)-comparison with
silicon based semiconductor electronics, applications. 3L
Module 6.02: Physics of Nanomaterials
Reduction of dimensionality, properties of nanomaterials, Quantum wells (two dimensional), Quantum wires (one
dimensional), Quantum dots (zero dimensional); Quantum size effect and Quantum confinement. Carbon allotropes.
Application of nanomaterials (CNT, grapheme, electronic, environment, medical). 3L
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PH(BME401).1 3
PH(BME401).2 3
PH(BME401).3 1
Subject Name: DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Subject Code: EC(BME) 401
Total Contact Hours: 25
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Analog Electronics
Course Objective:
1. To introduce students with different number systems & their inter-conversion techniques.
2. To introduce students with codes & code conversion techniques.
3. To familiarize students with different logic families & technologies of circuit integration
4. To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and its application in digital electronics.
5. To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions
6. To describe the procedures for the analysis & design of combinational circuits and sequential circuits
7. To introduce the concept of memories, programmable logic devices and digital ICs.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
EC(BME) 401.1 Understand and describe different number systems and their conversions, signed binary number
representation and binary arithmetic and solve related numerical.
EC(BME) 401.2 Solve relevant numerical applying Boolean algebra and logic gates.
EC(BME) 401.3 Describe, analyze, formulate and construct combinational & sequential networks
EC(BME) 401.4 Understand and explain memory systems and different kinds of logic families
EC(BME) 401.5 Demonstrate basic analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog circuits.
Course Content
Module
No
Topic No of
Lectures
1 Data and number systems: Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal representation and their
conversions; BCD,ASCII, EBDIC, Gray codes and their conversions; Signed binary
number representation with 1’s and 2’s complement methods, Binary arithmetic.
4L
2 Boolean algebra: Various Logic gates- their truth tables and circuits; Representation in
SOP and POS forms; Minimization of logic expressions by algebraic method, K-map
method
5L
3 Combinational circuits: Adder and Subtractor circuits; Applications and circuits of
Encoder, Decoder, Comparator, Multiplexer, De-Multiplexer and Parity Generator.
4L
4 Memory Systems: RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEROM, Programming logic devices and gate
arrays.(PLAs and PLDs)
2L
5 Sequential Circuits: Basic memory element-S-R, J-K, D and T Flip Flops, various types of
Registers and counters and their design, Irregular counter, State table and state transition
diagram, sequential circuits design methodology.
6L
6 Different types of A/D and D/A conversion techniques. 2L
7 Logic families: Basics of different logic families, TTL, MOS and CMOS logic gates &
their working principles
2L
TOTAL 25L
Text Books:
1. S.Salivahanan, S.Aribazhagan, Digital Circuit & Design, 3rd Ed., Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
2. Anand Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits- PHI
3. A.K.Maini- Digital Electronics- Wiley-India
4. Kharate- Digital Electronics- Oxford
References:
1. Morries Mano- Digital Logic Design- PHI
2. Leach & Malvino—Digital Principles & Application, 5/e, Mc Graw Hill
3. Floyed & Jain- Digital Fundamentals-Pearson.
4. Tocci, Widmer, Moss- Digital Systems,9/e- Pearson
5. R.P.Jain—Modern Digital Electronics, 2/e , Mc Graw Hill
6. H.Taub & D.Shilling, Digital Integrated Electronics- Mc Graw Hill.
7. D.Ray Chaudhuri- Digital Circuits-Vol-I & II, 2/e- Platinum Publishers
8. Givone—Digital Principles & Design, Mc Graw Hill
9. S.K.Mandal, Digital Electronics Principles and Applications- Mc Graw Hill.
10. J.Bignell & R.Donovan-Digital Electronics-5/e- Cenage Learning.
11. P.Raja- Digital Electronics- Scitech Publications
CO-PO Mapping: Sl. No. B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EC(BME)401.1 3 2 1
EC(BME)401.2 3
1 2
EC(BME)401.3 3 2 1
EC(BME)401.4 2 3 1
EC(BME)401.5 3 2 1
Subject Name: BIOMECHANICS
Subject Code: BME402
Total Contact hours: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of mechanics which includes kinetics & kinematics and human functional anatomy.
Course Objectives:
1. To describe the fundamental of biomechanics.
2. To Study the deformability, strength, viscoelasticity of bone and flexible tissues, modes of loading and failure.
3. To describe the types and mechanics of skeletal joints.
4. To describe movement precisely, using well defined terms (kinematics) and also to consider the role of force in
movement (kinetics).
5. To teach students the unique features of biological flows, especially constitutive laws and boundaries.
6. To consider the mechanics of orthopedic implants and joint replacement, artificial heart valve, mechanical
properties of cardiovascular and respiratory mechanics
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course student will be able to
BME402.1 Understand the fundamentals of mechanics and its application in human system.
BME402.2 Describe the flow properties of blood, various properties of hard tissues (bone) & soft tissues (articular
cartilage, tendons and ligaments) and identify the appropriate model to demonstrate mechanical behavior.
BME402.3 Analyze the biomechanics of different human joints and also the forces at a skeletal joint for various static
and dynamic human activities.
BME402.4. Gain broad working knowledge about the mechanics of moving systems and familiarity with human
anatomy to competently analyze gross movement and dynamics of the human body.
BME402.5. Demonstrate a detailed understanding of the design requirements of medical implants based on the human
anatomy and biological responses to biomaterials.
Course Contents
Module
No
Topic No of
Lecture
1
Introduction to Biomechanics:
Review of the principles of mechanics, Vector mechanics- Resultant forces of Coplaner & Noncoplaner and
Concurrent & non-concurrent forces, parallel force in space, Equilibrium of coplanar forces, Newton’s laws of
motion, Work and energy, Moment of inertia.
4L
2
Biofluid Mechanics:
Newton’s law, stress, strain, elasticity, Hooke’s law, viscosity, Newtonian fluid, Non- Newtonian fluid,
viscoelastic fluids, Hagen-poiseuille equation. Relationship between diameters, Velocity and pressure of blood
flow, Resistance against flow. Rheological properties of blood, Flow properties of blood through blood vessels.
5L
3
Cardiac & Respiratory Mechanics:
Cardiovascular system, Mechanical properties of blood vessels: arteries, arterioles, capillaries, and veins.
Artificial heart valves, biological and mechanical valves development, testing of valves.
Alveoli mechanics, Interaction of blood and lung, P-V curve of lung, Breathing mechanism, Airway resistance,
Physics of lung diseases.
6L
4
Tissue Biomechanics:
Hard Tissues: Bone structure & composition, Mechanical properties of bone, cortical and cancellous bones,
viscoelastic properties, Maxwell & Voight models – anisotropy. Electrical properties of bone. Types of
fractures, biomechanics of fracture healing, types of fracture fixators.
Soft Tissues: Structure, Functions, Mechanical Properties & Modeling of Soft Tissues: Cartilage, Tendon,
Ligament, and Muscle.
10L
5
Joints Biomechanics:
Analysis of rigid bodies in equilibrium, free body diagrams, Types of joints, Skeletal joints, forces and stresses
in human joints, Biomechanical analysis of elbow, shoulder, hip, knee and ankle.
6L
6
Movement Biomechanics:
Gait analysis, body & limbs: mass & motion characteristics actions, forces transmitted by joints. Joints forces
results in the normal & disable human body, normal & fast gait on the level. Foot Pressure measurements –
Pedobarograph, Force platform, mechanics of foot. Moment of inertia-limb.
5L
7
Implant Mechanics:
General concepts of Implants, classification of implants, Soft tissue replacements and Hard tissue replacements,
basic consideration and limitation of tissue replacement, Design of orthopedic implant, specifications for a
prosthetic joint, biocompatibility, requirement of a biomaterial, characteristics of different types of biomaterials,
manufacturing process of implants, fixation of implants.
4L
Total 40L
Text Books
1. R. M. Kennedy, A textbook of Biomedical Engineering, GTU, 2010
2. Richard Shalak & ShuChien, Handbook of Bioengineering,
3. Sean P. Flanagan, Flanagan, Biomechanics: A case based Approach, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2013
4. Y. C. Fung, Yuan-Cheng Fung, Biomechanics: mechanical Proparty of living Tissue, Springer, 1996.
5. Carol A. Oatis, The Mechanics and Pathomechanics of Human Movement, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2010
6. Sean P. Flanagan, Flanagan, Biomechanics: A Case Based Approach, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2013.
Reference Books
1. Prof. Ghista, Biomechanics, Private Publication UAF, 2009
2. White & Puyator, Biomechanics, Private publication UAE, 2010
CO-PO Mapping:
Sl. No. B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME402.1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
BME402.2 3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
BME402.3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - - -
BME402.4 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
BME402.5 3 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 - - - -
Subject Name: BIOMATERIALS
Subject Code: BME403
Total Contact hours: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Human Physiology.
Course Objectives:
1. To describe the fundamental of biomaterials.
2. To study the physical and mechanical properties of various biomaterials.
3. To describe the types, features and applications of metal, polymer, ceramic and composite.
4. To highlight the factors that influence failure of implants.
5. To teach students unique features of various bio-compatibility tests and its significance in designing new implants.
6. To illustrate the significance of sterilization and methods to improve biocompatibility.
Course Outcome:
BME403.1 Identify and understand the fundamental concepts in material science (e.g., atomic structure and bonding,
crystalline structures and defects) and interpretation of phase diagrams.
BME403.2Apply a broad knowledge of different types of biomaterials including metals, polymers, ceramics and
composites and their use in typical biomedical devices and clinical applications.
BME403.3Design an implant using fundamental concept and modern engineering tools to develop hard tissue and soft
tissue replacement materials by suitable material selection.
BME403.4Analyze the design of various biocompatible implants and artificial organ to develop and improve Health
Care Service to serve mankind and society.
BME403.5Demonstrate an understanding of standards, regulations and ethical responsibilities in the process of
developing biomaterials and medical devices, evaluating and analysing possible hurdles in bringing a product to market.
Course Content:
Module
No
Topic No of
Lectures
1
Characterization and Properties of Biomaterials: Introduction to biomaterials, Basic criteria for
biomaterials, classification of biomaterials, selection and performance of biomaterials, biological
responses, surface and physical properties, mechanical properties, stress-strain behaviour & hardness,
mechanical failures, fatigue, electrical, optical and magnetic properties
7L
2
Metallic Biomaterials: Stainless steels, Co-Cr Alloys, Ti Alloys, Corrosion of metallic Implants.
stress-corrosion, cracking. Hard tissue replacement materials: Orthopedic implants, Dental implants.
Soft tissue replacement materials: Percutaneous and skin implants, Vascular implants, Heart valve
implants.
7L
3
Polymeric Biomaterials: Polymerization and basic structure, Polymeric biomaterials: Polyethylene
(PE), Polypropylene (PP), Polyvinylchloride (PVC), Polyamide (Nylon), Polytetrafluoroethylene
(PTFE), Plolymethylmetacrylate (PMMA), Polyetherether ketone (PEEK), Silicone rubber, Hydrogels,
Biodegradable polymers. Classification according to thermosets, thermoplastics and elastomers.
Applications of polymers in medical field.
7L
4
Ceramic Biomaterials: Definition of bioceramics. Non-absorbable materials: Alumina, Carbons,
Zirconia. Biodegradable Ceramics: Calcium phosphate, Aluminum-Calcium-Phosphate (ALCAP)
Ceramics. Bioactive ceramics: Glass ceramics, Hydroxyapatite. Medical applications.
5L
5
Composite Biomaterials: Properties and types of composites. Mechanics of improvement of
properties by incorporating different elements. Composite theory of fiber reinforcement (short and long
fibers, fibers pull out). Polymers filled with osteogenic fillers (e.g.hydroxyapatite).
5L
6
Biocompatibility & toxicological screening of biomaterials: Introduction to biocompatibility, blood
compatibility and tissue compatibility. Toxicity screening tests of biomaterials. Evaluation of systemic
toxicity, haemolysis, cytotoxicity and special tests.
5L
7 Sterilization of implantable biomaterials: ETO, gamma radiation, autoclaving. Effects of
sterilization on material properties.
4L
TOTAL 40L
Test books:
1. J B Park, Biomaterials - Science and Engineering, Plenum Press, 1984.
2. Sujata V. Bhat, Biomaterials, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.
3. Bronzino JD, ed. The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, Second Edition, Vol-II, CRC Press
References:
1. Jonathan Black, Biological Performance of materials, Marcel Decker, 1981
2. C.P.Sharma & M.Szycher, Blood compatible materials and devices, Tech.Pub.Co. Ltd., 1991.
3. Piskin and A S Hoffmann, Polymeric Biomaterials (Eds), Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
4. Eugene D. Goldbera , Biomedical Ploymers, Akio Nakajima.
5. L. Hench & E. C. Ethridge, Biomaterials - An Interfacial approach.
6. Buddy D.Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Biomaterial Sciences – Int. to Materials in Medicine
7. Frederick H. Silver, Biomaterials, Medical devices and Tissue Engineering, Chapman & Hall
CO-PO Mapping:
Sl. No. B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 403.1 3 - - 2 2 - - - - - - 1 BME 403.2 3 - - 2 - - - - - - - -
BME 403.3 3 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - BME 403.4 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - BME 403.5 2 - - 2 - 3 1 1 - - - -
PRACTICAL PAPERS Subject Name: PHYSICS-II Lab
Subject Code: PH (BME) 491
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Physics upto B.Tech Physics-I lab
Course Objective: This course is objected to train students with experimental techniques in the domain of Acoustics,
Modern Optics & Radioactivity, Semiconductors & Optoelectronic Devices, Electron optics, Optical Instruments &
Storage devices
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students’ should have the
PH (BME) 491.1: ability to define, understand and explain
✓ Dipolar magnetic behavior
✓ Action of capacitors
✓ Fermi levels and band gap in a semiconductor
✓ Function of Light emitting diode
✓ Magnetic and semiconductor storage devices
✓ Motion of electron under cross fields
PO1
&
GA1
PH (BME) 491.2: Ability to conduct experiments using
➢ Insulators, Semiconductors (extrinsic and intrinsic), Light emitting diodes
➢ Cathode ray oscilloscope
➢ Various types of magnetic materials
PO4
&
GA4
PH (BME) 491.3: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in laboratory
sessions
PO9
PH (BME) 491.4: Ability to communicate effectively, write reports and make effective presentation
using available technology
➢ on presentation of laboratory experiment reports
➢ on presentation of innovative experiments
PO10
Course Content
*At least 7 experiments to be performed during the semester
Experiments on Module 1: Electric and Magnetic properties of materials (8L)
1. Study of dipolar magnetic field behavior.
2. Study of hysteresis curve of a ferromagnetic material using CRO.
3. Use of paramagnetic resonance and determination of Lande-g factor using ESR setup.
4. Measurement of Curie temperature of the given sample.
5. Determination of dielectric constant of given sample (frequency dependent)/Measurement of losses in a dielectric
using LCR circuits.
Experiments on Module 2: Ultrasound (4L)
6. Determination of velocity of ultrasonic wave using piezoelectric crystal.
Module 3: Display, Optical Instruments & optielctronic devices (6L)
7. Measurement of specific charge of electron using CRT.
Experiments on Module 4: Quantum Mechanics-II (6L)
8. Determination of Stefan’s radiation constant.
9. To study current-voltage characteristics, load response, areal characteristics and spectral response of photo voltaic
solar cells & measurement of maximum workable power.
10. Determination of band gap of a semiconductor.
11. Determination of Hall co-efficient of a semiconductor and measurement of Magnetoresistance of a given
semiconductor
**In addition to regular 7 experiments it is recommended that each student should carry out at least one experiment
beyond the syllabus/one experiment as Innovative experiment.
Probable experiments beyond the syllabus:
1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lees and Chorlton’s method.
2. Determination of thermal conductivity of a good conductor by Searle’s mothod.
3. Study of I-V characteristics of a LED.
4. Study of I-V characteristics of a LDR
5. Study of transducer property: Determination of the thermo-electric power at a certain temperature of the given
thermocouple.
CO-PO Mapping: CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PH(BME)491.1 2
PH(BME)491.2 3
PH(BME)491.3 1
PH(BME)491.4 3
Minimum CO attainment: 9/12=0.75
Subject Name: DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY
Subject Code: EC(BME)491
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:2
Credit: 1
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic electronics and analog electronics.
Course Objective:
1. To familiarize students with different Digital ICs corresponding to different logic gates
2. To show the working operation of basic logic gates & Universal logic gates.
3. To familiarize students with the design of combinational circuits.
4. To introduce students with basic components of sequential circuits.
5. To familiarize students with the design of sequential circuits
Course Outcomes:
EC(BME)491.1. Understand and describe Digital ICs of different logic gates.
EC(BME)491.2. Design and show the operation of basic logic gates & Universal logic gates.
EC(BME)491.3. Describe, design and analyze combinational circuits.
EC(BME)491.4. Describe, design and analyze sequential circuits.
Course Contents:
List of Experiments:
1. Familiarization with different digital ICs.
2. Realization of different gates like AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR and EX-NOR.
3. Realization of basic gates using universal logic gates.
4. Gray Code to Binary Code Conversion and Vice Versa.
5. Code Conversion between BCD and Excess-3
6. Four-bit parity generator and comparator circuits.
7. Construction of simple Decoder and Multiplexer circuits using logic gates.
8. Construction of simple arithmetic circuits-Adder, Subtractor.
9. Design of combinational circuit for BCD to decimal conversion to drive 7-segment display using multiplexer.
10. Realization of R-S, J-K and D flip-flops using Universal logic gates.
11. Realization of Asynchronous Up/Down counters.
12. Realization of Synchronous Up/Down counters
CO-PO Mapping
Sl. No. B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EC(BME)491.1 1 3 2
EC(BME)491.2 1 3 2
EC(BME)491.3 3 2 1 1
EC(BME)491.4 3 2 1 1
Subject Name: BIOMECHANICS & BIOMATERIALS LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME492
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of mechanics including kinetics & kinematics and human functional anatomy.
Course Objective:
This course provides basic hands on laboratory experiments in Biomaterials & Biomechanics which makes the students:
1. To study Mechanical properties of Biomaterials using destructive and non destructive method.
2. To study the moment of inertia of human limb.
3. To study the biocompatibility of implantable materials.
4. To measure the conductivity, pH of body fluid.
5. To study the stress-strain analysis of hip prosthesis
Course Outcomes:
BME492.1. Perform Mechanical characterization of biomaterials using destructive and non destructive methods.
BME492.2. Measure Surface roughness & invitro haemocompatibility of biomaterials
BME492.3. Determine the moment of inertia of human limb & torque required to tap and screwing the dental implants
in Jaw bone.
BME492.4. Perform ph determination, viscosity and Conductivity measurement of any body fluid.
Course Content
List of Experiments:
1. Mechanical characterization of biomaterials
2. Hardness testing of biomaterials
3. Surface roughness measurement of biomaterials
4. Estimation of haemocompatibility of biomaterials by hemolysis studies
5. Measurement of torque required to tap and screwing in jaw bone.
6. Determination of moment of inertia of human bone using compound pendulum method.
7. Ultrasonic characterization of biomaterials-NDE
8. Viscosity measurement of body fluid
9. Conductivity measurement of body fluid.
10. pH measurement of body fluid
CO-PO Mapping
Sl. No. B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 492.1 3 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - 1
BME 492.2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
BME 492.3 3 2 3 2 - - 1 - 1 - 1
BME 492.4 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
SESSIONAL PAPER
Subject Name: TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Subject Code: HU 481
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:2
Credit: 1
Prerequisites: Knowledge of English till the level of B.Tech 1st year
Course Objectives:
1. To impart skill-based lessons in a manner conducive to develop communicative & socio-linguistic competence in
learners.
2. General awareness building, through guided practice, of the taxonomy of listening and speaking skills and sub-skills.
3. Knowledge building of the skills required for professional and public speaking so as to inculcate discoursal
competence in the learners.
Course Content: Module 1: The Need for a Language Laboratory [2L+2P]
(a)Introduction to the Language Lab (b)Skill-building exercises in the lab
Module 2: Power Listening [2L+3P]
(a)Taxonomy of Listening Skills & Sub-skills [Aural Skimming, Scanning, Listening for Details, Note taking,
Evaluative Listening, Empathetic Listening, Paralinguistic and Kinesic Inferencing]
(b)Audio-based Lessons (c) Repairing Listening ‘Gaps’ through Learner Feedback
Module 3: Speaking Skills [2L+6P]
(a)The Need for Speaking: Content and Situation-based speaking
(b)Speaking Activities: [Just a Minute, Paired Role Play, Situational Speaking Exercises]
(c)The Pragmatics of Speaking—Pronunciation practice and learner feedback.
Module 4: Group Discussion [2L+6P]
(a)Teaching GD Strategies (b)In-house video viewing sessions (c)Extended Practice and feedback
Module 5: Writing a Technical Report[2L+6P]
(a)Organizational Needs for Reports and types (b)Report Formats
(c)Report Writing Practice Sessions and Workshops
Module 6: SWOT Analysis [2L+3P]
(a)SWOT Parameters (b)Organizational SWOT (c) Case Study
Module 7: Presentation [2L+6P]
(a)Teaching Presentation as a Skill (b)Speaking Strategies and Skills
(c)Media and Means of Presentation (d)Extended Practice and Feedback
Module 8: Personal Interview [2L+3P]
(a)Preparing for the Interview: Interview Basics, Dressing and Grooming, Q & A (b)Mock Interview sessions and
feedback
Books – Recommended:
Nira Konar: English Language Laboratory: A Comprehensive Manual
PHI Learning, 2011
D. Sudharani: Advanced Manual for Communication Laboratories &
Technical Report Writing
Pearson Education (W.B. edition), 2011
References:
Adrian Duff et. al. (ed.): Cambridge Skills for Fluency
A) Speaking (Levels 1-4 Audio Cassettes/Handbooks)
B) Listening (Levels 1-4 Audio Cassettes/Handbooks)
Cambridge University Press 1998
Mark Hancock: English Pronunciation in Use
4 Audio Cassettes/CD’S OUP 2004
Detailed Syllabus of B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering Programme
(3rd Year, 5th Semester)
BME-Semester V
Curriculum
Subject
Type Subject Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
PC BME 501 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 502 BIOMEDICAL DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 503 BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS 3 0 0 3 3
PC BME 504 MEDICAL IMAGING TECHNIQUES 3 1 0 4 4
PE-I
BME 505A HOSPITAL ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT
3
0
0
3
3
BME 505B BIOHEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
BME 505C BIONANOTECHNOLOGY
OE-I
CS(BME) 506A DATA STRUCTURE & ALGORITHM
3
0
0
3
3
CS(BME) 506B DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
EE(BME) 506C CONTROL ENGINEERING
PRACTICAL
PC BME 591 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
PC BME 592 BIOMEDICAL DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
PC BME 593 BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
OE-I
CS(BME) 596A DATA STRUCTURE & ALGORITHM LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2 CS(BME) 596B DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LABORATORY
EE(BME) 596C CONTROL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
SESSIONAL
PW BME 582 MINI PROJECT 0 0 3 3 2
MC MC 581 GROUP DISCUSSION PRACTICE 0 0 2
Units 2 Units 0
TOTAL 18 3 17 38 31
Syllabus
THEORY PAPERS Subject Name: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
Subject Code: BME 501
Total Contact Hour: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic electronics, analog & digital electronics
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with various aspects of measuring electrical parameters from living body.
2. To introduce students with the characteristics of medical instruments and related errors.
3. To illustrate various types of amplifiers used in biomedical instruments.
4. To familiarize students with biomedical recording devices.
5. To introduce students with patient monitoring systems & their characteristics.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
BME 501.1 Describe and characterize the origin of bio-potentials and inspect common biomedical signals by their
characteristics features
BME 501.2 Understand the basic instrumentation system with their limitations & familiarize with pc based medical
instrumentation & control of medical devices.
BME 501.3 Describe and characterize medical instruments as per their specifications, static & dynamic
characteristics and understand data acquisition system.
BME 501.4 Describe, analyze, characterize and design bio-potential amplifiers.
BME 501.5 Understand, describe, characterize and design various medical recording systems & their components.
BME 501.6 Understand and describe patient monitoring systems and its necessity in healthcare system.
Course Content
TOPIC NO OF
LECTURES
Medical Instrumentation: Sources of Biomedical Signals, Basic medical Instrumentation system,
Performance requirements of medical Instrumentation system, Microprocessors in medical
instruments, PC based medical Instruments, General constraints in design of medical Instrumentation
system, Regulation of Medical devices.
6L
Measurement systems: Specifications of instruments, Static & Dynamic characteristics of medical
instruments, Classification of errors, Statistical analysis, Reliability, Accuracy, Fidelity, Speed of
response, Linearization of technique, Data Acquisition System.
6L
Bioelectric signals and Bioelectric amplifiers: Origin of bioelectric signals, Electrodes, Electrode-
tissue interface, Galvanic Skin Response, BSR, Motion artifacts, Instrumentation amplifiers, Special
features of bioelectric amplifiers, Carrier amplifiers, Chopper amplifiers, Phase sensitive detector.
8L
Biomedical recording systems: Basic Recording systems, General consideration for signal
conditioners, Preamplifiers, Differential Amplifier, Isolation Amplifier, Electrocardiograph,
Phonocardiograph, Electroencephalograph, Electromyography, Digital stethoscope Other
biomedical recorders, Biofeedback instrumentation, Electrostatic and Electromagnetic coupling to
AC signals, Proper grounding, Patient isolation and accident prevention.
12L
Patient Monitoring Systems: System concepts, Cardiac monitor, selection of system parameters,
Bedside monitors, Central monitors, Heart rate meter, Pulse rate meter, Measurement of respiration
rate, Holter monitor and Cardiac stress test, Catheterization Laboratory Instrumentation ,
Organization and equipments used in ICCU & ITU.
8L
Total 40L
Text Books:
1. R. S. Khandpur “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. J.J.Carr & J.M.Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
3. Cromwell, Weibell & Pfeiffer, “Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurement”, Prentice Hall, India
References:
1. Joseph Bronzino, “Biomedical Engineering and Instrumentation”, PWS Engg . , Boston.
2. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons.
3. Joseph D.Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering handbook”, CRC Press.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME
501.1
2 3 - - 2 - - - - - - -
BME
501.2
3 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - -
BME
501.3
3 2 - 2 1 - - - - - - -
BME
501.4
3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - -
BME
501.5
3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - -
BME
501.6
3 - 1 - 2 2 1 - - - - -
Subject Name: BIOMEDICAL DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Subject Code: BME 502
Total Contact Hour: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Biomedical Signal and Systems
Course Objectives
1. To build the required base for developing algorithms for signal processing systems.
2. To develop competency for transforming discrete signals and systems from time domain to frequency domain.
3. To apply the programming knowledge and logical thinking through MATLAB to design and simulate the
BDSP systems
Course Outcomes
After completion students will be able to
BME 502.1 Understand the fundamental techniques & applications of digital signal processing with emphasis on
biomedical signals.
BME 502.2 Implement algorithms based on discrete time signals.
BME 502.3 Understand circular and linear convolution and their implementation in DFT and analyze signals.
BME 502.4 Understand efficient computation techniques such as DIT and DIF FFT Algorithms.
BME 502.5 Design FIR filters using digital IIR filters by designing prototype analog filters and then applying analog to
digital conversion.
Course Content
Module I
Introduction to Discrete Frequency Domain Transformation
Review of Discrete Fourier Series and Discrete-Time Fourier Transform - Frequency
domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete time signals - The Discrete Fourier
Transform - DFT as a linear transformation - relationship to other transforms -
properties of DFT - frequency analysis of signals using DFT - Linear filtering
methods based on DFT– Convolution - Fast Fourier Transform algorithms –
decimation in time-decimation in frequency-in place computation-direct
computation, radix-2 algorithm, implementation of FFT algorithms - Applications of
FFT
10 L
Module II
Design of Digital Filters
General considerations - causality and its implications, characteristics of practical
frequency selective filters - design of FIR filters - symmetric and anti-symmetric,
linear phase-design of IIR filters from analog filters – Design of LPF, HPF, Band
pass and band stop filters-Butterworth and Chebyshev filters – properties – design
equations - using impulse invariance, bilinear transformation, characteristics of
standard filters and their designs - Frequency transformations in the analog and
digital domains, spectrum estimation method (periodogram, Welch’s method, etc.).
12L
Module III
Application of DSP IN Biomedical Signal Processing
ECG Signal and its Processing: ECG Signal Filtering & Noise Removal, QRS
Detection, Arrhythmia Detection, MI Detection.
EMG Signal and its Processing: EMG Signal Filtering & Noise Removal, Detection
of Flexion and extension.
EEG Signal & its Processing: EEG Signal Filtering & Noise Removal,
Decomposition of EEG Signal, Seizure Detection, Evoked Potential.
18L
Text Books:
1. S. Sharma, Digital Signal Processing, SK Kataria and Sons.
2. P. Ramesh Babu, Digital Signal Processing, SCITECH.
3. S. Salivahanan, A. Vallavaraj and C. Gnanapriya, Digital Signal Processing, TMH.
4. D.C Reddy, Biomedical Digital Signal processing, TMH
Reference Book:
1. J.R. Johnson, Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, PHI.
2. T. Bose, Digital Signal and Image Processing, Wiley.
3. S.K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing, TMH.
4. J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 502.1 3 2 1 - 2 - - - - - - -
BME 502.2 3 3 2 - 2 - - - 1 - - -
BME 502.3 3 2 - 2 1 - - - - - - -
BME 502.4 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - -
BME 502.5 3 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - -
Subject Name: BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS
Subject Code: BME 503
Total Contact Hour: 36
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of sensors and transducers and fundamentals of instrumentation
Course Objective:
1. To teach the fundamental concepts behind the operation of the most important classes of biosensors
2. To teach how biosensors are characterized, compared to each other, and designed to suit particular applications.
3. To teach how biochemical functionality is coupled to a biosensor transducer.
4. To expose students to several of the most important emerging biosensor technologies.
5. To encourage the practice of critical thinking when considering a new detection technology and to develop the ability
to communicate well-researched opinions to others.
Course Outcome:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to
BME 503.1 Gain a broad knowledge of the applications of various sensors and transducers available for physiological
and cellular measurements.
BME 503.2 Describe the fundamental transduction and bio-sensing principles.
BME 503.3 Understand various measurement devices and techniques, including the underlying biological processes that
generate the respective quantities to be measured or controlled.
BME 503.4 Develop a clear concept and perform logical analysis of various measurement systems using different types
of sensors, electrodes, signal conditioning circuits for acquiring and recording various physiological parameters.
BME 503.5 Critically review the literature in the application area and apply knowledge gained from the course to
analyze simple bio-sensing and transduction problems.
Course Content
TOPIC No Of
Lecture
I. TRANSDUCERS PRINCIPLES AND MEDICAL APPLICATIONS
Classification of transducers, characteristic of transducers, Temperature transducers: Resistance temperature
detector (RTD), Thermistor, Thermocouple, p-n junction, chemical thermometry, Displacement transducers:
potentiometer, resistive strain gauges, inductive displacement, capacitive displacement transducer, Pressure
transducer: variable capacitance pressure transducers, LVDT transducers, strain gauge transducers,
semiconductor transducers, catheter tip transducers, Piezoelectric transducer, Photoelectric transducers: photo-
emissive tubes, photovoltaic cell, photoconductive cell, photodiodes, Flow transducers: magnetic, resistive and
ultrasonic.
11 L
II. BIOPOTENTIAL ELECTRODES
Electrode electrolyte interface, polarization, polarizable and non-polarizable electrodes, Electrode Behavior
and, Circuit Models, Electrode-skin Interface and Motion Artifact, Body-Surface Recording Electrodes,
Internal Electrodes: Needle & wire electrodes, Electrode Arrays, Microelectrodes: Metal supported metal ,
micropipette (metal filled glass and glass micropipette electrodes), properties of microelectrodes. Electrodes for
Electric Stimulation of Tissue (i.e. for ECG, EMG & EEG)
9 L
III. CHEMICAL BIOSENSORS
Electrochemical sensors (amperometric, potentiometric, conductimetric), Noninvasive Blood-Gas Monitoring,
Blood-Glucose Sensors, Transducers for the measurement of ion and dissolved gases, Reference electrodes -
Hydrogen electrodes, Silver- Silver Chloride electrode, Calomel electrodes, glass pH electrodes, Measurement
of PO2, PCO2 - Catheter type electrodes
7 L
IV. OPTICAL SENSOR AND RADIATION DETECTORS
Principles of optical sensors, optical fiber sensors, indicator mediated transducers, optical fiber temperature
sensors, Proportional counter, Gas-ionisation chamber, Geiger counters, Scintillation detectors.
4 L
V. BIOLOGICAL SENSORS
Sensors / receptors in the human body and their basic mechanism of action, organization of nervous system-
neural mechanism, Chemoreceptor: hot & cold receptors, barro receptors, sensors for smell, touch, sound,
vision and taste, Ion exchange membrane electrodes, enzyme electrode, glucose sensors, immunosensors,
Principles of MOSFET & BIOMEMS, Basic idea about Smart sensors
5 L
Text Books:
1. R. S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. S.C. Cobbold, “Transducers for Biomedcial Instruments”, Wiley, 1974.
3.Gabor Harsanyi, “Sensors in Biomedical Applications: Fundamental Technologies and Applications” CRC Press, 1St Ed, 2000.
4. Rao & Guha,”Principles of Medical Electronics & Biomedical Instrumentation”, University Press, India.
5. Deric P. Jones, ”Biomedical Sensors”, Momentum press, 1St Ed, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. D. L. Wise, “Applied Bio Sensors“, Butterworth, London.
2. Shakti Chatterjee & Aubert Miller, “Biomedical Instrumentation Systems”, Delmer Cengage Learning, 1St Ed, 2010.
3. John G. Webster, “Medical Instrumentation Application and Design” 4th Ed, Wiley, 2011.
4. Carr & Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology Pearson Edn, Asia
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 503.1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
BME 503.2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
BME 503.3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
BME 503.4 3 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - -
BME 503.5 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - - - - -
Subject Name: MEDICAL IMAGING TECHNIQUES
Subject Code: BME 504
Total Contact Hour: 40
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Physics and Medical Instruments
Course Objective
To introduce the students with:
1. The physics & principles underlying the operation of medical imaging equipment.
2. Basics of X-ray imaging modality and its biological effects.
3. Imaging of soft tissues using ultrasound technique
4. Clinical applications of different imaging methods
5. Radiation safety issues in the operation of medical imaging equipments.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course students will be able to
BME 504.1 Understand the physics & principles underlying the operation of different medical imaging equipment.
BME 504.2 Gain knowledge and explain the effects of radiations on biological tissues.
BME 504.3 Identify and analyze the basics of X-ray and US imaging modality.
BME 504.4 Interpret the most effective imaging modality for a particular organ.
BME 504.5 Implement efficient radiation safety protocols in the operation of various medical imaging equipments.
Course Content
Module
No.
Topic No of
Lectures
I X-Ray Machines and X-Ray Image Formation
Physics and production of X-Rays, Stationary and Rotating Anode tube, Tube Enclosure, Tube
Rating Charts, Conventional Electrical Circuit of X-Ray Machine, Conventional and High
Frequency Generators, Control Circuits- HV control, Filament Control, Tube Current, Exposure
Timing, Automatic Exposure Control, Filters, Collimators and Grids.
Stationary X-Ray Unit, Mobile X-Ray and Portable Units.
Specialized X-Ray Machine- Mammographic X-Ray Machines, Dental X-Ray Machines.
X-Ray Film, Cassettes, Film Sensitometry, Radiographic Film Image Formation. Dark Room
Accessories- Developer and Fixer. Image Quality Factors, CR, Image Intensifiers, DR, Safety
Protocols and Doses, Dose Equivalent and REM.
20L
II Computed Tomography
Principles of Computed Tomography, Scanning Systems, Detectors in CT, Data Acquisition
System and Processing, Storing and Viewing System, Gantry Geometry, Different Information
from Gantry, Hounsfield Numbers, Image Reconstruction Techniques: Back Projections,
Iterative and analytical methods, Image quality and Artifacts, Dose in CT, Spiral CT.
Introduction to DICOM and PACS.
10L
III Ultrasound Imaging
Physics of ultrasound and Production of ultrasound, Medical ultrasound, acoustic impedance,
absorption and attenuation of ultrasound energy, pulse geometry, ultrasonic field, ultrasonic
transducers and probe structure, probe types, beam steering, Principles of image formation,
capture and display - Principles of A Mode, B Mode and M Mode. Types of US Imaging, Real-
time ultrasonic imaging systems, electronic scanners, Doppler ultra sound and Colour velocity
mapping, duplex ultrasound, image artifacts, bio-effects and safety levels.
10L
TOTAL 40L
Text Books:
1. Carr & Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
2. R. S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons
References:
1. Dowsett, Kenny & Johnston, “The Physics of Diagnostic Imaging”, Chapman & Hall Medical, Madras/London.
2. Brown, Smallwood, Barber, Lawford & Hose, “Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering”, Institute of Physics
Publishing, Bristol.
3. Massey & Meredith , “Fundamental Physics of Radiology”, John Wright & Sons.
4. S. Webb, “The Physics of Medical Imaging”, Ada m Hilger, Bristol.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 504.1 3 2
1
BME 504.2
2
3 2
BME 504.3 2 3
2 1
BME 504.4 3
3 2 1
BME 504.5 2 2
1 3 2
Subject Name: HOSPITAL ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT
Subject Code: BME505A
Total Contact Hour: 36
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Basic Knowledge about biomedical instrumentation and various departments of hospital.
Course objectives:
To introduce the students with:
• Various departments of hospitals like IPD, OPD, EMERGENCY, ICU and OT.
• Departments of hospital providing Supportive and Auxiliary services.
• Effective hospital management techniques.
• Knowledge of hospital building maintenance, equipment and systems for health care.
• Knowledge regarding clinical engineering, biomedical engineering, safety technology and hospital information
system.
Course outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to:
BME505A.1 Define and understand about hospital classification, criteria regarding organization, assessment,
management, administration and regulation of modern healthcare technology.
BME505A.2 Gain broad knowledge of workflow of different departments of the hospital and their responsibilities.
BME505A.3 Investigate, evaluate and develop better management of information regarding identification of
biomedical and hospital technology planning, procurement and operation requirements.
BME505A.4 Formulate and analyze network within the organization connecting medical professional and other
healthcare technology managers for best practices and solutions for common issues.
BME505A.5 Understand and apply professional ethics and legal issues related to hospital engineering and healthcare
system management, administration and regulation of healthcare technology.
BME505A.6 Implement efficient and safe technology use, considering the importance and impact of technology on
patient care improving clinical effectiveness.
Course Content Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Healthcare System: Health organization of the country, Indian hospitals- challenges
and strategies, modern techniques of hospital management.
4
Module2 Hospital Organization: Classification of hospital, Hospital- social system, location
of hospital, site selection of new hospital, Line services, Supportive services and
Auxiliary services of hospital.
9
Module3 Engineering Services of hospital: Biomedical engineer’s role in hospital,
Maintenance department, MRO, Electrical safety, Centralized gas supply system,
Air conditioning system, Hospital waste management system, Fire safety and threat
alarm system.
12
Module4 Hospital Management and Information System: Role of HMIS, Functional areas,
Modules forming HMIS, HMIS and Internet, Centralized data record system,
computerized patient record system, Health information system.
7
Module5 Regulation and planning of new hospital: FDA regulation, ISO certification, Fire
protection standard, NABH
4
TOTAL 36 Text/ Reference Books:
1. R.C. Goyal, Handbook of Hospital Personal Management, Prentice Hall of India, 1993.
2. Hans Pfeiff, Vera Dammann (Ed.), Hospital Engineering in Developing Countries, Z report Eschbom, 1986.
3. Cesar A. Caceres and Albert Zara, The practice of clinical engineering, Academic Press, 1977.
4. Webster, J. G and Albert M. Cook, Clinical Engineering Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs,
1979.
5. Jacob Kline, Handbook of Bio Medical Engineering, Academic Press, San Diego 1988.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 505A.1 3 1 - 2 - 1 - - - - - -
BME 505A.2 3 1 - - - 2 1 2 - 2 - -
BME 505A.3 2 2 - 3 2 - - - - 1 3 -
BME 505A.4 - 2 - - 2 2 3 1 1 - 2 -
BME 505A.5 2 1 - - - 2 - 3 - 3 1 -
BME 505A.6 - 1 - 2 3 2 3 3 - - 1 -
Subject Name: BIOHEAT & MASS TRANSFER
Subject Code: BME 505B
Total Contact Hour: 34
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Thermodynamic equilibrium, first and second law, zero and first order kinetics;
Solution of simplest ordinary first and second order differential equations with constant coefficients and solution of the
heat equation and basic biological terminology and understanding of tissue and cell.
Course Objective:
i) To understand the fundamentals of heat and mass transfer mechanisms in Biological systems.
ii) Impart the knowledge to state, interpret, and solve the equations governing momentum, heat and mass transfer
in fluids with appropriate simplifications and boundary conditions.
iii) Students will learn about the diffusional mass transfer and Operation of cooling tower will be clearly
understood.
Course Outcome:
BME505B.1 Ability to understand and solve conduction, convection and radiation problems
BME505B.2 Ability to design and analyze the performance of heat exchangers and evaporators
BME505B.3 Ability to design and analyze reactor heating and cooling systems
BME505B.4 Ability to understand about the diffusion mass transfer and operation of the cooling tower will be clearly
understood.
Course Content:
MODULE-I: EQUILIBRIUM AND ENERGY CONSERVATION- Thermal Equilibrium and Laws of
Thermodynamics; Energy Conservation. 3L
MODULE- 2: FUNDAMENTALS OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS -
Thermoregulation, Metabolism, Thermal comfort. Temperature in living systems –hyperthermia and hypothermia.
5L
MODULE-3: MODES OF HEAT TRANSFER – Conduction, Convection, and Radiation. Basic law of heat
conduction – Fourier’s law; thermal conductivity of biological materials, temperature dependence of thermal
conductivity, steady state heat conduction through a layered surface with different thermophysical properties (e.g. skin).
Effect of metabolism on heat transfer. Transient (unsteady state) heat conduction. Heat transfer with phase change –
freezing of pure water, solution, cells and tissues and thawing. The bio-heat transfer equation for mammalian tissue.
Convection heat transfer and the concept of heat transfer coefficient, individual and overall heat transfer coefficient,
critical/optimum insulation thickness, heat transfer through extended surfaces. Thermal radiation as part of
electromagnetic spectrum; Reflection, absorption and transmission; Thermal radiation emission from an ideal body;
Radiation exchange between surfaces/bodies. 16L
MODULE-4: MASS TRANSFER: Equilibrium, Mass conservation, and kinetics, Modes of Mass Transfer: Diffusion,
Dispersion, and Advection. Molecular diffusion coefficients, First and second law and diffusion, mass transfer
coefficients, film and penetration theories of mass transfer. Governing equations and boundary conditions of mass
transfer, Steady and unsteady diffusion mass transfer (e.g. drug delivery), Convection mass transfer, Local and overall
mass transfer coefficient, heat and mass transfer analogy. Flow in porous media. 12L
Text Books:
1. Ashim K. Datta, Biological and Bioenvironmental Heat and Mass Transfer: Marcel Dekker, Inc., 2002.
2. Frank P. Incropera and David P. DeWitt, Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer: John Wiley & Sons; 5th edition
2006.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME505B.1 3 3
2
BME505B.2 2 2
3 3 2
BME505B.3 2 2
3 3 1
BME505B.4 2 2 1 3
Subject Name: : BIONANOTECHNOLOGY
Subject Code: BME 505C
Total Contact Hour: 36
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Fundamental knowledge of physics, biochemistry, biophysics, biomaterials and nano-materials.
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge on fundamental aspects of bionanotechnology
2. To learn the wide range of applications of nanotechnology and its interdisciplinary aspect.
3. To familiarize the students with native bio-nanomachinery in living cells.
4. To correlate the impact of nanotechnology and nano-science in a global, economic, environmental & societal context.
5. Identify career paths at the interface of nanotechnology, biology, environmental engineering and medicine.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to :
BME 505C.1. Understand the basics of bio-nanotechnology and its application
BME 505C.2. Understand the fundamental principles of nanotechnology and their application to biomedical
engineering.
BME 505C.3. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of state-of-the-art nano-fabrication methods.
BME 505C.4. Apply and transfer interdisciplinary systems engineering approaches to the field of bio- and nano-
technology projects.
BME 505C.5. Practice and explain state-of-the-art characterization methods for nano-materials, understanding and
critiquing nanomaterial safety and handling methods required during characterization.
Course Content:
Topic No. of
Lecture
UNIT - I BIONANOMACHINES AND THEIR BASICS
Negligible gravity and inertia, atomic granularity, thermal motion, water environment and their importance in
bionanomachines. The role of proteins- amino acids- nucleic acids- lipids and polysaccharides in modern
biomaterials. Overview of natural Bionanomachines: Thymidylate Sythetase , ATP synthetase, Actin and
myosin, Opsin, Antibodies and Collagen.
5
UNIT - II SYNTHESIS OF BIOMOLECULES & INTERPHASE SYSTEMS
Recombinant Technology, Site-directed mutagenesis, Fusion Proteins. Quantum Dot structures and their
integration with biological structures. Molecular modeling tools: Graphic visualization, structure and functional
prediction, Protein folding prediction and the homology modeling, Docking simulation and Computer assisted
molecular design. Interphase systems of devices for medical implants –Microfluidic systems –Microelectronic
silicon substrates –Nano-biometrics –Introduction –Lipids as nano-bricks and mortar: self assembled
nanolayers.
8
UNIT - III FUNCTIONAL PRINCIPLES OF NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY
Information driven nanoassembly, Energetic, Role of enzymes in chemical transformation, allosteric motion
and covalent modification in protein activity regulation, Structure and functional properties of Biomaterials,
Bimolecular motors: ATP Synthetase and flagellar motors, Traffic across membranes: Potassium
channels,ABC Transporters and Bactreriorhodapsin, Bimolecular sensing, Self replication, Machine-Phase
Bionanotechnology Protein folding; Self assembly, Self-organization, Molecular recognition and Flexibility of
biomaterials.
7
UNIT - IV PROTEIN AND DNA BASED NANOSTRUCTURES
Protein based nanostructures building blocks and templates – Proteins as transducers and amplifiers of
biomolecular recognition events – Nanobioelectronic devices and polymer nanocontainers – Microbial
production of inorganic nanoparticles – Magnetosomes .DNA based nanostructures – Topographic and
Electrostatic properties of DNA and proteins – Hybrid conjugates of gold nanoparticles – DNA oligomers –
Use of DNA molecules in nanomechanics and Computing.
8
UNIT - V APPLICATIONS OF NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY
Semiconductor (metal) nanoparticles and nucleic acid and protein based recognition groups – Application in
optical detection methods – Nanoparticles as carrier for genetic material – Nanotechnology in agriculture –
Fertilizer and pesticides. Designer proteins, Peptide nucleic acids, Nanomedicine, Drug delivery, DNA
computing, Molecular design using biological selection, Harnessing molecular motors, Artificial life, Hybrid
materials, Biosensors, Future of Bionanotechnology
8
Total 36L
Text / References:
1. C. M. Niemeyer, C. A. Mirkin, ―Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications and Perspectives‖, Wiley – VCH, (2004).
2 T. Pradeep, ―Nano: The Essentials‖, McGraw – Hill education, (2007).
3. Challa, S.S.R. Kumar, Josef Hormes, Carola Leuschaer, ‖Nanofabrication Towards Biomedical Applications, Techniques, Tools,
Applications and Impact‖, Wiley – VCH, (2005).
4. David S Goodsell, “Bionanotechnology‖, John Wiley & Sons, (2004).
CO – PO Mapping CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 505C.1 3 2 - - 1 - - - - - - -
BME 505C.2 3 1 - 1 2 - - - - - - -
BME 505C.3 2 2 - 3 - - - - - 1 - -
BME 505C.4 - 2 - 3 3 - - - - - - -
BME 505C.5 3 2 - - 2 - - 1 - - 1 -
Subject Name: DATA STRUCTURE & ALGORITHM
Subject Code: CS(BME) 506A
Total Contact Hour: 36
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Basic Mathematics, logic gets, details knowledge of programming with C.
Course Objective(s)
The objectives of this course are
1. To provide knowledge in various data structures and algorithms to introduce techniques for analyzing the efficiency
of computer algorithms.
2. To provide efficient methods for storage, retrieval and accessing data in a systematic manner and explore the world
of searching, sorting, traversal and graph algorithm.
3. To demonstrate understanding of the abstract properties of various data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and
trees.
4. To compare different implementations of data structures and to recognize the advantages and disadvantages of the
different implementations.
5. To demonstrate understanding of various sorting algorithms, including bubble sort, insertion sort, selection sort, heap
sort and quick sort.
6. To compare the efficiency of various sorting algorithms in terms of both time and space.
7. To trace and code recursive functions.
Course Outcome
CS(BME) 506A.1.Graduates will be able to use different kinds of data structures which are suited to different kinds of
applications, and some are highly specialized to specific tasks. For example, B-trees are particularly well-suited for
implementation of databases, while compiler implementations usually use hash tables to look up identifiers.
CS(BME) 506A .2.Graduates will be able to manage large amounts of data efficiently, such as large databases and
internet indexing services.
CS(BME) 506A .3.Graduates will be able to use efficient data structures which are a key to designing efficient
algorithms.
CS(BME) 506A .4.Graduates will be able to use some formal design methods and programming languages which
emphasize on data structures, rather than algorithms, as the key organizing factor in software design.
CS(BME) 506A .5.Graduates will be able to store and retrieve data stored in both main memory and in secondary
memory
Course Content
Module -I. Linear Data Structure [8L]
Introduction (2L): Concepts of data structures: a) Data and data structure b) Abstract Data Type and Data Type.
Algorithms and programs, basic idea of pseudo-code. Algorithm efficiency and analysis, time and space analysis of
algorithms – order notations.
Array (2L): Different representations – row major, column major. Sparse matrix - its implementation and usage. Array
representation of polynomials.
Linked List (4L): Singly linked list, circular linked list, doubly linked list, linked list representation of polynomial and
applications.
Module -II: Linear Data Structure [6L]
Stack and Queue (4L): Stack and its implementations (using array, using linked list), applications. Queue, circular
queue, dequeue. Implementation of queue- both linear and circular (using array, using linked list), applications.
Recursion (2L): Principles of recursion – use of stack, differences between recursion and iteration, tail recursion.
Applications - The Tower of Hanoi.
Module -III. Nonlinear Data structures [12L]
Trees (9L): Basic terminologies, forest, tree representation (using array, using linked list). Binary trees - binary tree
traversal (pre-, in-, post- order), threaded binary tree , expression tree. Binary search tree- operations (creation, insertion,
deletion, searching). Height balanced binary tree – AVL tree (insertion, deletion with examples only). B- Trees –
operations (insertion, deletion with examples only).
Graphs (6L): Graph definitions and Graph representations/storage implementations – adjacency matrix, adjacency list,
adjacency multi-list. Graph traversal and connectivity – Depth-first search (DFS), Breadth-first search (BFS) – concepts
of edges used in DFS and BFS
Module - IV. Searching, Sorting: [10L]
Sorting Algorithms (5L): Internal sorting and external sorting Bubble sort and its optimizations, insertion sort, shell
sort, selection sort, merge sort, quick sort, heap sort (concept of max heap), radix sort. Tree Sort technique .Searching
(2L): Sequential search, binary search.
Hashing (3L): Hashing functions, collision resolution techniques.
Reference Book:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, E. Horowitz , Satraj Sahni and Susan Anderson, W. H. Freeman and Company
2. Data Structure Using C & C++, Tannenbaum, PHI
3. Data Structures & Program Design in C,2nd Ed, Kruse, Tondo & Leung, PHI
4. Data Structures and Algorithm using C, Reema Thareja, Oxford Publishing.
5. Data Structures and Algorithm using C, A. Nag, Vikash Publishing
CO vs PO Mapping
CO PO
1
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CS(BME)
506A .1
2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CS(BME)
506A .2
2 3 3 - - - - - - 1 - -
CS(BME)
506A .3
2 3 3 - 1 - - - - 1 - -
CS(BME)
506A .4
- - - 2 - - - - - - 1 1
CS(BME)
506A .5
2 3 - - - - - - - - - 1
Subject Name: DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Subject Code: CS(BME)506B
Total Contact Hour: 36
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Elementary discrete mathematics including the notion of set, function, relation, product, partial
order, equivalence relation, graph& tree. They should have a thorough understanding of the principle of mathematical
induction and various proof techniques. There should be a thorough understanding about data structure and operating
system knowledge
Course objective
After completion of this course the students will be able to
• define a Database Management System
• give a description of the Database Management structure
• understand the applications of Databases
• identify the various functions of Database Administrator
• implement different models
• know the advantages and disadvantages of the different models
• compare relational model with the Structured Query Language (SQL)
• know the constraints and controversies associated with relational database model.
• know the rules guiding transaction ACID
• identify the major types of relational management systems
• compare and contrast the types of RDBMS based on several criteria
• understand the concept of data planning and Database design
• know the steps in the development of Databases
• trace the history and development process of SQL
• know the scope and extension of SQL
Course outcome
After completion of this course student will be able to
CS(BME)506B.1. Understand fundamental elements of a relational database management system
CS(BME)506B.2. Understand the basic concepts of relational data model, entity-relationship model, relational database
design, relational algebra and database language SQL
CS(BME)506B.3. Identify other data models such as object-oriented model and XML model
CS(BME)506B.4. Design entity-relationship diagrams to represent simple database application scenarios
CS(BME)506B.5. Convert entity-relationship diagrams into relational tables, populate a relational database and
formulate SQL queries on the data
CS(BME)506B.6. Criticize a database design and improve the design by normalization
CS(BME)506B.7. Develop team spirit and professional attitude towards the development of database applications
Course Content Introduction [2L]
Concept & Overview of DBMS, Data Models, Database Languages, Database Administrator, Database Users, Three
Schema architecture of DBMS.
Entity-Relationship Model [3L]
Basic concepts, Design Issues, Mapping Constraints, Keys, Entity-Relationship Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended
E-R features.
Relational Model [4L]
Structure of relational Databases, Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus, Extended Relational Algebra Operations,
Views, Modifications Of the Database.
SQL and Integrity Constraints [8L]
Concept of DDL, DML, DCL. Basic Structure, Set operations, Aggregate Functions, Null Values, Domain Constraints,
Referential Integrity Constraints, assertions, views, Nested Subqueries, Database security application development
using SQL, Stored procedures and triggers.
Relational Database Design [8L]
Functional Dependency, Different anamolies in designing a Database., Normalization using funtional dependencies,
Decomposition, Boyce-Codd Normal Form, 3NF, Nomalization using multi-valued depedencies, 4NF, 5NF
Internals of RDBMS [6L]
Physical data structures, Query optimization : join algorithm, statistics and cost bas optimization. Transaction
processing, Concurrency control and Recovery Management : transaction model properties, state serializability, lock
base protocols, two phase locking.
File Organization & Index Structures [4L]
File & Record Concept, Placing file records on Disk, Fixed and Variable sized Records, Types of Single-Level Index
(primary, secondary, clustering), Multilevel Indexes, Dynamic Multilevel Indexes using B tree and B+ tree .
Text Books:
1. Henry F. Korth and Silberschatz Abraham, “Database System Concepts”, Mc.Graw Hill.
2. Elmasri Ramez and Novathe Shamkant, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Benjamin Cummings Publishing.
Company.
3. Ramakrishnan: Database Management System , McGraw-Hill
4. Gray Jim and Reuter Address, “Transaction Processing : Concepts and Techniques”, Moragan Kauffman Publishers.
5. Jain: Advanced Database Management System CyberTech
6. Date C. J., “Introduction to Database Management”, Vol. I, II, III, Addison Wesley.
7. Ullman JD., “Principles of Database Systems”, Galgottia Publication.
References:
1. James Martin, “Principles of Database Management Systems”, 1985, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
2. “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B.Navathe, Addison Wesley
Publishing Edition
3. “Database Management Systems”, Arun K.Majumdar, Pritimay Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill
CO vs. PO Mapping
Subject Name: CONTROL ENGINEERING
Subject Code: EE(BME)506C
Total Contact Hour: 34
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Basic Electrical Engineering, Circuit Theory, Laplace transform, Second order differential Equation.
Course Objectives:
Control Engineering plays a fundamental role in modern technological systems. The aim of this course is to serve as an
introduction to control system analysis and design.
The objectives include equipping students with:
1. Basic understanding of issues related to control systems such as modeling, time and frequency responses of
dynamical systems, performance specifications and controller design
2. Skills and techniques for tackling practical control system design problems
Course Outcome
EE(BME)506C.1 Ability to understand and explain basic structure of control systems, basic terminologies, components.
EE(BME)506C.2 Ability to represent physical systems into transfer function form and thus can analyze system dynamic
and steady state behavior.
EE(BME)506C.3 Ability to analyze system stability and design controllers, compensators in frequency domain.
Course Content:
Module I- Introduction to control system: Concept of feedback and Automatic control, Types and examples of
feedback control systems, Definition of transfer function .Poles and Zeroes of a transfer function. 2L
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CS(BME)506B.1 3 2
CS(BME)506B.2 1
CS(BME)506B.3 1 1 3 2
CS(BME)506B.4 3 2
CS(BME)506B.5 1 2
CS(BME)506B.6 2
CS(BME)506B.7 3 1
Module II- Mathematical modeling of dynamic systems: Writing differential equations and determining transfer
function of model of various physical systems including -Translational & Rotational mechanical systems, Basic
Electrical systems & transfer function , Liquid level systems, Electrical analogy of Spring–Mass-Dashpot system. Block
diagram representation of control systems. Block diagram algebra. Signal flow graph. Mason’s gain formula.
6L
Module III- Control system components: Potentiometer, Synchros, Resolvers, Position encoders. DC and AC tacho-
generators.Actuators. 2L
Module IV- Time domain analysis: Time domain analysis of a standard second order closed loop system.
Determination of time-domain specifications of systems. Step and Impulse response of first and second order systems.
Stability by pole location. Routh-Hurwitz criteria and applications. Control Actions: Basic concepts of PI, PD and PID
control, Steady-state error and error constants. 4L
Module V- Stability Analysis by Root Locus method: Root locus techniques, construction of Root Loci for simple
systems. Effects of gain on the movement of Pole and Zeros. 4L
Module VI- Frequency domain analysis of linear system: Bode plots, Polar plots, Nichols chart, Concept of
resonance frequency of peak magnification. Nyquist criteria and Nyquist plots, measure of relative stability, phase and
gain margin. Determination of margins in Bode plot.
8L
Module VII- Control System performance: Improvement of system performance through compensation. Lead, Lag
and Lead- lag compensation. 4L
Module VIII- Case-studies: Block diagram level description of feedback control systems for position control, speed
control of DC motors, temperature control, liquid level control, voltage control of an Alternator. 4L
Numerical problems to be solved in the tutorial classes.
Text books:
1. Modern Control Engineering, K. Ogata, 4th Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Control System Engineering, I. J. Nagrath & M. Gopal. New Age International Publication.
3. Control System Engineering, D. Roy Choudhury, PHI
4. Automatic Control Systems, B.C. Kuo & F. Golnaraghi, 8th Edition, PHI
Reference Books:
1. Control Engineering Theory & Practice, Bandyopadhyaya, PHI
2. Control systems, K.R. Varmah, Mc Graw hill
3. Control System Engineering, Norman Nise, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons
4. Modern Control System, R.C. Dorf & R.H. Bishop, 11th Edition, Pearson Education.
CO vs. PO Mapping
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EE(BME)
506C.1
3 - - 1 - - - - - - - -
EE(BME)
506C.2
3 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
EE(BME)
506C.3
3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - -
PRACTICAL PAPERS Subject Name: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME591
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic electronics, analog & digital electronics.
Course Objective
1. To familiarize students with the operation of DC to DC converter & its application.
2. To introduce students with timer circuits & heart-rate meter.
3. To emphasis on the study of EMG, ECG, EEG & PCG waveform & analysis.
4. To familiarize students with the design of bio-potential amplifiers.
5. To introduce students with basic operation of X-ray system.
6. To introduce students on the study of isolation of bio-signals.
Course Outcome
After completion of this course the students will be able to
BME591.1 Understand and implement isolation techniques in designing biomedical instruments.
BME591.2 Understand & describe the electrode placement and analyze QRS Component & Heart Rate.
BME591.3 Describe the instrumentation & operation of an X-ray system.
BME591.4 Investigate & evaluate ON-Time & OFF-Time delay of a waveform
BME591.5 Analyze and Interpret EMG, ECG, EEG and PCG waveforms in diagnostic point of views
BME591.6 Design power supply unit, bio-potential amplifiers and filters.
Course Content
List of experiments:
1. Power isolation: isolation transformer and DC-DC converters
2. Design of Timer circuits (astable multivibrator): ON delay and OFF delay study
3. Study on ECG electrodes placement and heart rate measurement.
4. ECG processing and analysis
5. EMG processing and analysis
6. EEG processing and analysis
7. Detection of QRS component from ECG signals
8. Study on filter circuit-Design
9. Design of Power Supply Unit
10. Study on X-ray radiography systems / X-ray simulator
11. Characterization of biopotential amplifier for ECG & EMG signals
12. Study on Instrumentation Amplifier-Design
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME
591.1
3 2 3 1 - 1 - - - - - -
BME
591.2
3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
BME
591.3
3 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - -
BME
591.4
1 1 - 2 3 - - - - - - -
BME
591.5
3 3 1 3 2 1 - - - - - 1
BME
591.6
3 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
Subject Name: BIOMEDICAL DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME592
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: Knowledge in Biomedical Signal and Systems
Course Objectives:
To introduce the basic principles, methods, and applications of digital signal processing, to explore its algorithmic,
computational, and programming aspects, and to learn programming of DSP hardware for real-time signal processing
applications.
Course Outcome:
BME592.1. Understand the fundamental techniques and applications of DSP with emphasis on biomedical signals.
BME592.2. Implement z-transform, DTFT, DFT and DWT to analyze and design DSP systems.
BME592.3. Analyze the applications of FFT to DSP & finite word length effect on DSP systems.
BME592.4. Design adaptive filters for various applications of Biomedical Signal Processing.
Course Content
List of Experiments:
1. Waveforms, Plot
2. Implementation of Difference Equation in Time Domain (simple digital filters, audio effects).
3. Frequency Domain Description of Signals: DFT (sinusoidal signals).
4. Design and Application of Digital Filters: FIR Filters.
5. Design and Application of Digital Filters: IIR Filters.
6. Implementation of DSP in biomedical signal processing through TMS3206713
7. Implementation of a Practical DSP System for ECG Signals.
8. Implementation of a Practical DSP System for EMG Signals.
9. Implementation of a Practical DSP System for EEG Signals.
10. Introduction of coding for discrete wavelet transforms.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME
592.1
3 2 - 2 2 - - - 1 - - 1
BME
592.2
3 2 3 - - - - - 1 - - -
BME
592.3
2 3 - 2 2 - - - - 1 - -
BME
592.4
3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - 1 -
Subject Name: BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME593
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Working principles of sensors and transducers and fundamentals of basic electronics laboratory.
Course Objectives
i) To study and analyze the theoretical and practical characteristics of the various transducers for the measurement of the
vital physiological signals.
ii) To familiarize the students with the operation of a few transducers having biomedical applications.
iii) To provide experience on design,testing,analysis of some electronic circuits having application in biomedical
equipment.
iv) To empower the student to critically evaluate sensor and transducer options for a particular biomedical application.
Course Outcome:
After learning the course the students should able to:
BME593.1 Understand the working principle and characteristics of different types of sensors and transducers useful in
medical field.
BME593.2 Implement different sensors as per their applications in biomedical instrumentation.
BME593.3 Explain the different diagnostic methods for identification of human bio-potentials and their necessary
instrumentation.
Course Content
List of Experiments
1. Temperature measurement using AD590 IC sensor
2. Study of the characteristics of Thermistor/ RTD
3. Displacement measurement by using a capacitive transducer
4. Study of the characteristics of a LDR
5. Pressure and displacement measurement by using LVDT
6. Study of a load cell with tensile and compressive load
7. Torque measurement using Strain gauge transducer
8. Study the characteristics of piezoelectric transducer
9. Study & characterization of bio-transducers – Pressure, Temperature, Humidity
10. Study & characterization of bio-electrodes – ECG, EMG, EEG
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME
593.1
3 2 2 - 2 1 - - - - - 1
BME
593.2
3 2 2 - 2 1 - - - - 1 -
BME
593.3
3 3 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1
Subject Name: DATA STRUCTURE & ALGORITHM LABORATORY
Subject Code: CS(BME) 596A Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Basic Mathematics, logic gets, details knowledge of programming with C.
Course Objectives:
1. To assess how the choice of data structures and algorithm design methods impacts the performance of programs.
2. To choose the appropriate data structure and algorithm design method for a specified application.
3.To solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues, hash tables, binary trees, heaps, binary
search trees, and graphs and writing programs for these solutions
Course Outcome
Graduates will be able to
CS(BME) 596A .1. Write well-structured procedure-oriented programs of up to large lines of code.
CS(BME) 596A .2. Analyze run-time execution of previous learned sorting methods, including selection, merge sort,
heap sort and Quick sort.
CS(BME) 596A .3. To implement the Stack ADT using both array based and linked-list based data structures.
CS(BME) 596A .4 .To implement the Queue ADT using both array based circular queue and linked-list based
implementations. Able to implement binary search trees.
Course Content
SL Program Description No. of Lab
Session(hours)
Module I :Array
1 Array Creation 1
2 Array insertion and deletion 1
3 Array merging 1
4 String matching 1
Module II :Stack
1 Stack Using Array 1
2 Linear Queue using Array 1
3 Circular Queue using Array 1
4 Implement DEQUEUE 1
Module III :Link List
1 Linear Linked List (LLL)- Create a node, Display Nodes. 1
2 Insert and Delete a node from Beginning of the LLL 1
3 Insert a node after a particular node of LLL. Insert a Node before a particular node. 1
4 Search a node, count number of nodes, update a node 1
5 Reverse display of LLL using recursion, Physically reverse a LLL 1
6 Circular Linked List (CLL) – Create Circular Linked List and Display Nodes. 1
7 Doubly Linked List (DLL) – Create nodes of DLL and Display nodes. 1
8 Polynomial – Create two polynomials and add two polynomials. 1
9 Convert infix to postfix expression and Evaluate Postfix expression 1
Module IV :Tree
1 Tree – Create Binary Tree 1
2 Create Binary Search Tree (BST) 1
3 Implement in order () traversal without recursion. 1
4 Implement post order () traversal without recursion 1
5 Count number of nodes, count no of leave and non-leave nodes, create mirror image of nodes 1
6 Threaded Binary Search Tree (TBST) - Create TBST following in order predecessor and
successor rules & display nodes
1
Module V:Sorting & Searching
1 Search – Implement Binary Search using array 1
2 Sorting – Implement Bubble sort 1
3 Implement quick sort algorithm 1
4 Implement merge sort algorithm 1
5 Insertion sort 1
6 Selection sort 1
Module VI :Graph
1 Graph - Create a graph using adjacency matrix. perform Depth First Search and Breath First
Search
1
CO vs PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CS(BME)
596A.1
2 - 3 - - - - - - 1 1 -
CS(BME)
596A.2
- 3 3 - - - - - - - 1 -
CS(BME)
596A.3
2 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
CS(BME)
596A.4
2 3 - - - - - - - 1 1
Subject Name: DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB
Subject Code: CS(BME)596B
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Students should have a thorough knowledge about basic programming logic.
Course objective
• To understand values of Data.
• To understand significant role of DBMS.
• To understand need for normalizing a Database.
• To understand problems with unnecessary duplication of data.
• To understand concepts of transaction.
Course Outcome:
After completion of this course student will be able to
CS(BME)596B.1 Data Definition Language (DDL) commands in RDBMS.
CS(BME)596B.2 Data Manipulation Language (DML) and Data Control Language (DCL) commands in RDBMS.
CS(BME)596B.3 High-level language extension with Cursors.
CS(BME)596B.4 High level language extension with Triggers.
CS(BME)596B.5 Procedures and Functions. Embedded SQL.
CS(BME)596B.7 Database design using E-R model and Normalization.
CS(BME)596B.8 Development of mini projects
Course Content
Structured Query Language
1. Creating Database
• Creating a Database
• Creating a Table
• Specifying Relational Data Types
• Specifying Constraints
• Creating Indexes
2. Table and Record Handling
• INSERT statement
• Using SELECT and INSERT together
• DELETE, UPDATE, TRUNCATE statements
• DROP, ALTER statements
3. Retrieving Data from a Database
• The SELECT statement
• Using the WHERE clause
• Using Logical Operators in the WHERE clause
• Using IN, BETWEEN, LIKE , ORDER BY, GROUP BY and HAVING
Clause
• Using Aggregate Functions
• Combining Tables Using JOINS
• Subqueries
4. Database Management
• Creating Views
• Creating Column Aliases
• Creating Database Users
• Using GRANT and REVOKE
Cursors in Oracle PL / SQL
Writing Oracle PL / SQL Stored Procedures
CO vs. PO Mapping
Subject Name: CONTROL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Subject Code: EE(BME)596C
Contact hours/Week: 0:0:3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: MATLAB/ SIMULINK
Course Objective:
1. The main objective is to give the students many opportunities to put the controller design principles.
2. Students learn to develop controllers for a set of interesting electromechanical hardware and software based
applications.
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CS(BME)596B.1 3 2
CS(BME)596B.2 1 1
CS(BME)596B.3 3 1
CS(BME)596B.4 1 3
CS(BME)596B.5 2
CS(BME)596B.6 2 2
CS(BME)596B.7 1 3 2
Course Outcome:
EE(BME)596C.1 Ability to simulate, analyze system behavior using software simulator/hardware.
EE(BME)596C.2 Ability to design compensators, controllers to meet desired performance of a system.
Course Content:
List of Experiments-
1. Familiarization with MAT-Lab control system tool box, MAT-Lab- simulink tool box & PSPICE
2. Determination of Step response for first order & Second order system with unity feedback on CRO & calculation of
control system specification like Time constant, % peak overshoot, settling time etc. from the response.
3. Simulation of Step response & Impulse response for type-0, type-1 & Type-2 system with unity feedback using
MATLAB & PSPICE.
4. Determination of Root locus, Bode plot, Nyquist plot using MATLAB control system tool box for 2nd order system &
determination of different control system specification from the plot.
5. Determination of PI, PD and PID controller action of first order simulated process.
6. Determination of approximate transfer functions experimentally from Bode plot.
7. Evaluation of steady state error, setting time, percentage peak overshoot, gain margin, phase margin with addition of
Lead
CO Mapping with Departmental POs
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
EE(BME)596C.1 3 2 3
EE(BME)596C.2 3 2 2 3
BME-Semester VI
Subject
Type Subject Code Subject Name
Contact hrs/week Credits
L T P Total
THEORY
PC BME 601 ANALYTICAL & DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENTS 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 602 BIOPHYSICS & BIOCHEMISTRY 3 1 0 4 4
PC BME 603 MODELLING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 3
PC BME 604 ADVANCED IMAGING SYSTEMS 3 1 0 4 4
PE-II
BME 605A COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS & BIOTELEMETRY
3
0
0
3 3 BME 605B DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
BME 605C BIOINFORMATICS
OE-II
EI(BME) 606A MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS
3
0
0
3
3
EC(BME) 606B VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM
IT(BME) 606C SOFT-COMPUTING
PRACTICAL
PC BME 691 BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT LABORATORY 0 0 3 3 2
PE-II
BME 695A COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS & BIOTELEMETRY LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2 BME 695B DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM LABORATORY
BME 695C BIOINFORMATICS LABORATORY
OE-II
EI(BME) 696A MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY
0 0 3 3 2 EC(BME) 696B VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORATORY
IT(BME) 696C SOFT-COMPUTING LABORATORY
SESSIONAL
PW BME 681 DESIGN LAB 0 0 6 6 3
PW BME 682 HOSPITAL TRAINING (3 Weeks) 0 0 0 0 2
TOTAL 18 3 15 36 32
Syllabus:
THEORY PAPER
Subject Name: ANALYTICAL & DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT
Subject Code: BME 601
Total Contact Hour/Week: 4
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Biomedical Instrumentation
Course objectives:
This course is intended to impart the fundamental knowledge of versatile analytical & diagnostic equipments used in the
healthcare system
Course outcome:
After completion of this course the students will be able to
BME601.1 Understand the fundamentals and application of current chemical and scientific theories in analytical &
diagnostic equipments.
BME601.2 Apply the knowledge to identify the various types of analytical & diagnostic equipments used in Biomedical
Engineering.
BME601.3 Explain the working principle, functional and constructional features of different analytical & diagnostic
medical instruments used for sensing and measuring various physiological parameters of human body.
BME601.4 Acquire the knowledge and skills & apply proper techniques for measuring of basic medical parameters and
analyze basic features of the equipment for using in electro diagnostic and electro therapy.
Course Content
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
I CLINICAL EQUIPMENTS
Principles of photometric measurement, Optical filters, Colorimeter, Spectrometer , Design of
Monochromators, Flame photometer, Atomic absorption spectrophotometer, Automated
biochemical analyzer- Auto analyzer, Coagulometer, Ion Analyzer, Microscopes, Scanning
Electron Microscope, Transmission Electron Microscope, Centrifuge-principles and
applications.
Methods of cell counting, Flow cytometry, Coulter Counters, automatic recognition and
differential counting of cells.
12L
II CARDIAC FUNCTION MEASUREMENT
Blood pressure apparatus, Blood gas analyzers and Oximeters
Sphygmomanometer, Automated indirect and specific direct method of B.P. monitor.
Blood pH measurement, Blood pCO2 measurement, Blood pO2 measurement, a complete
blood gas analyzer, Fiber optic based blood gas sensors.
Oximetr & its Principles, Ear oximeter, Pulse oximeter, Intravascular oximeter.
Blood Flow meters
Electromagnetic blood flow meter, Ultrasonic blood flow meter-Transit time and Doppler
blood flow meter, Cardiac output measurement-Dye dilution method and Impedance
technique.
12L
III PULMONARY FUNCTION MEASUEMENT
Respiratory volumes and capacities, Compliance and related pressure, Spirometer,
Pneumotachometer-different types, Measurement of respiration rate-impedance pneumograph
/ plethysmograph, apnea detector.
6L
IV ENDOSCOPY
Basic endoscopic equipment, Fibreoptic instruments and video-endoscopes, Accessories-
illumination, instrument tips, instrument channels, tissue sampling devices, suction traps and
fluid-flushing devices, Various endoscopic applications. Maintenance and Storage
6L
V COMPUTER BASED INSTRUMENTS
Computers in Biomedical Instrumentation, Types, Computer Interfacing, Computer Network
4L
TOTAl 40
Text/ Reference Books:
Text Books:
1. R. S. Khandpur “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. R. S. Khandpur “Handbook of Analytical Instruments”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. J.J.Carr & J.M.Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
4. Cromwell, Weibell & Pfeiffer, “Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurement”, Prentice Hall, India
References:
1. Joseph Bronzino, “Biomedical Engineering and Instrumentation”, PWS Engg . , Boston.
2. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons.
3. Joseph D.Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering handbook”, CRC Press
CO vs. PO Mapping
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
BME601.1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
BME601.2 - 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
BME601.3 - 2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
BME601.4 - 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
Subject Name: BIOPHYSICS & BIOCHEMISTRY
Subject Code: BME 602
Total Contact Hour/Week: 4
Credit: 4
Prerequisite: Fundamental Physics & Chemistry, Cell Biology.
Course objectives:
• To provide an in-depth knowledge of the core principles, biochemical & biophysical processes and their
experimental basis.
• To enable students to acquire a concept and understanding of the theoretical and technical basis for biophysical
& biochemical definition and determination of macromolecular structure.
• This course focuses on the phenomena related to the interaction and communication between living cells and
their molecular constituents, drawing on advanced methods used within the fields of molecular, cellular and
clinical biochemistry and biophysics.
Course outcome:
• BME602.1 Acquire, articulate and retain broad and in-depth knowledge and understanding of the ways by
which life functions are explained in terms of the principles of chemistry and physics and fundamental
processes of Biochemistry and Biophysics.
• BME602.2 Identify and analyze complex problems related to Formation of Structures in Biological Systems,
Structural-Functional Relationships of Nucleic Acid and proteins, Biophysical activity, Radioactivity to arrive
at suitable conclusions using first principles of Biophysics and Biochemistry.
• BME602.3 Design, develop and conduct investigations to evaluate and interpret results to solve problems
related to Cellular Biochemistry, Biophysical and Biochemical activity.
• BME602.4 Apply appropriate techniques, resources, modern engineering tools including prediction and
modeling to complex biophysical, biochemical and biomolecular activities with an understanding of the
limitations to demonstrate concepts in Clinical Science.
• BME602.5 Become familiar with the complexity of issues in the biochemistry, biophysics, and molecular
biology domain, including scientific and moral ethics, cultural diversity, environmental concerns and in turn
develops an awareness of ethical responsibilities while conducting and reporting investigations.
Course Content
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
1 Biological Principles: Composition and properties of cell membrane, membrane transport, body
fluid, electrolytes, filtration, diffusion, osmosis, electrophoresis, plasmapheresis,
radioimmunoassay, Photochemical reaction, laws of photochemistry, fluorescence,
phosphorescence.
5
2 Bioelectricity: Membrane potential, Action potential, Electrical properties of membrane,
capacitance, resistance, conductance, dielectric properties of membrane.
4
3 Electrical stimulus and biophysical activity: Patient safety, electrical shock and hazards,
leakage current, Electrical activity of heart (ECG), Electrical activity of brain(EEG),
Electroretinogram (ERG), Electro-occologram (EOG), Electromyogram(EMG).
5
4 Radioactivity: Ionizing radiation, U-V & IR radiations, Production of radioisotopes,
Radioactive decay, Half life period.
4
5 Macromolecules: Classification & functions of carbohydrates, glycolysis, TCA cycle, ATP
synthesis. Classification & functions of proteins, architecture of protein, Classification of amino
acid, oxidative and non oxidative deamination, transamination. Classification & functions of
lipids, biosynthesis of long chain fatty acid, oxidation and degradation of fatty acid.
8
6 Enzymes and Nucleic acid: Chemical nature &broad classification of enzymes, M-M kinetics,
Isozymes and Allosteric enzymes. Structure of DNA, DNA Replication, Transcription,
Translation.
8
TOTAL 34
Text/ Reference Books:
CO – PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO
12
BME602.1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
BME602.2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - - - -
BME602.3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - -
BME602.4 3 2 - 2 3 - - - - - - -
BME602.5 2 - - - - 2 2 3 - - - 1
Subject Name: MODELING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEM
Subject Code: BME 603 Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 3 Prerequisite: Human anatomy and physiology, Control system & analysis, Physics, Higher Engineering Mathematics
Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to acquaint each student with the knowledge of modelling a
physiological system and enable them to and thereby enable them to understand its interactions with various other
system, and dependency on various conditions affecting its stability & behaviour.
Course Outcomes:
After Completion of the course, students will be able to
BME603.1: Understand the requirements for the development of mathematical and computational models in the
analysis of physiological process/ biological systems
BME603.2: Select and apply appropriate analytical and numerical tools to solve ordinary differential equation models of
biological problems.
BME603.3: Understand, predict and interpret the biological significance of linear and nonlinear control systems.
BME603.4: Integrate electrical, electrochemical, physiological and mechanical phenomena into the design of models to
assess their inter-dependencies.
BME603.5: Break down a complex physiological system into the function of its component subsystems, and then build
an engineering model based on subsystems.
Course Content: Module Topic No. of
Lectures
Module1 Basic Concepts of Physiological System: Introduction to physiological system and
mathematical modelling of physiological system The technique of mathematical modeling,
classification of models-black box & building block, characteristics of models. Purpose of
physiological modeling and signal analysis, linearization of nonlinear models. Engineering
system and physiological system, System variables & properties- Resistance, Compliance &
their analogy. Time invariant and time varying systems for physiological modeling.
8
Module2 Equivalent circuit model: Electromotive, resistive and capacitive properties of cell
membrane, change in membrane potential with distance, voltage clamp experiment and
Hodgkin and Huxley’s model of action potential, the voltage dependent membrane constant
and simulation of the model, model for strength-duration curve, model of the whole neuron.
8
Module3 Linear Model: Respiratory mechanics & muscle mechanics, Huxley model of isotonic
muscle contraction, modeling of EMG, motor unit firing: amplitude measurement, motor
unit & frequency analysis.
4
Module4 Modelling of Blood flow and Urine formation: Electrical analog of blood vessels, model
of systematic blood flow, model of coronary circulation, transfer of solutes between
physiological compartments by fluid flow, counter current model of urine formation, model
of Henle's loop
5
Module 5 Linearized model of the immune response: Germ, Plasma cell, Antibody, system equation
and stability criteria.
3
Module 6 Cardio-Pulmonary Modelling: Cardiovascular system and pulmonary mechanics
modelling and simulation, Model of Cardiovascular Variability, Model of Circadian
Rhythms
4
Module 7 Eye Movement Model: Types of Eye movement, Eye movement system and Wetheimer’s
saccade eye model. Robinson’s Model, Oculomotor muscle model, Linear Reciprocal
Innervations Oculomotor Model.
4
TOTAL 36
Text books:
1. Endarle, Blanchard & Bronzino, Introduction to Biomedical Engg. , Academic press.
2. Suresh.R.Devasahayam, Signals & Systems in Biomedical Engineering, Kluwer Academic/ Plenum Publishers.
3. V.Z. Marmarelis, Advanced methods of physiological modeling, Plenum Press.
4. J. Candy, Signal Processing: The Model Based approach, Mc. Graw Hill.
5. L.Stark, Neurological Control System, Plenum Press.
6. R.B. Stein, Nerve and Muscle, Plenum Press.
Reference Books:
1. Michel C Khoo, Physiological Control Systems -Analysis, simulation and estimation, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
2. Joseph D, Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering Handbook”, CRC Press, 3rdedition, 2006.
3. Christof Koch, “Biophysics of Computation”, Oxford University Press, 28-Oct-2004.
4. Modeling and Simulation in Medicine and the Life Sciences (2nd Edition), by F.C. Hoppensteadt and C.S.Peskin,
Springer (2002) ISBN: 0-387-95072-9.
5. John D. Enderle, “Model of Horizontal eye movements: Early models of saccades and smooth pursuit”, Morgan &
Claypool Publishers, 2010.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME603.1 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -
BME603.2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - -
BME603.3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -
BME603.4 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - -
BME603.5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 -
Subject Name: ADVANCED IMAGING SYSTEMS
Subject Code: BME 604 Total Contact Hour/Week: 4
Credit: 4
Pre-requisite: Knowledge of basic medical imaging techniques
Course objectives:
1. To extend your knowledge of the technical basis for advanced medical imaging systems and develop the skills
to critically evaluate the performance and outputs of such systems.
2. To develop a comprehensive understanding of the functionality of advanced medical imaging systems including
time-resolved, hybrid and treatment-room-integrated.
Course outcome:
BME 604.1 Advanced and integrated understanding of the applications of physical processes to the diagnosis and
treatment of disease, including an understanding of contemporary developments in professional practice.
BME 604.2 Advanced understanding of the origins of radiation and its interactions with matter pertaining to the
production and use of ionizing radiation, with particular regard to the protection of people and environments.
BME 604.3 Develop an understanding of the different modalities in Radiology and recognize the images of each
modality.
BME 604.4 Describe the differences between the modalities, the method of imaging and safety precautions
Course Content
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
I PET and SPECT Imaging
Introduction to emission tomography, basic physics of radioisotope imaging Compton
cameras for nuclear imaging, Radio nuclides for imaging, nuclear decay and energy
emissions, brief of radionuclide production,radiation detectors, pulse height analyzer, uptake
monitoring equipments, Rectilinear scanners, Gamma Camera principles, Basic principles of
PET , SPECT, Scintigraphy, Dual isotope imaging.
10
II Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
Principles of nuclear magnetism, RF magnetic field and resonance, magnetic resonance (MR)
signal, nuclear spin relaxations, gradient pulse, slice selection, phase encoding, frequency
encoding, spin echoes, gradient echoes, K-space data acquisition and image reconstruction.
14
MRI scan ner hardware: magnet, gradient coil, RF pulse transmission and RF signal
reception. Diagnostic utility and clinical MRI, functional MRI, magnetic resonance
angiography (MRA), magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), diffusion MRI, bio-effects
and safety levels.
III Other Imaging Techniques Infrared (IR) imaging,infrared photography Thermography -
Clinical applications of thermography, thermographic scanning systems, liquid crystal
thermography, microwave thermogrphy. Optical coherence tomography (OCT): Introduction
and its medical applications, Fluoroscopy, Angiography.
10
IV Computer requirements of imaging systems:
Computer systems: operating systems, monitors-Generation & transfer of images: file
formats, Picture archiving and communication systems, internet & intranet, teleradiology,
medical image processing system-basic introduction.
6
TOTAL 40
Text Books:
1. Carr & Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology” Pearson Education, Asia.
2. R. S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. J.Webster, “Bioinstrumentation”, Wiley & Sons
References:
1. Dowsett, Kenny & Johnston, “The Physics of Diagnostic Imaging”, Chapman & Hall Medical, Madras/London.
2. Brown, Smallwood, Barber, Lawford & Hose, “Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering”, Institute of Physics
Publishing, Bristol.
3. Massey & Meredith , “Fundamental Physics of Radiology”, John Wright & Sons.
4. S. Webb, “The Physics of Medical Imaging”, Ada m Hilger, Bristol.
CO – PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME604.1 3 2 - - 2 1 - - - - - -
BME604.2 2 2 1 - 1 3 - 2 - - - -
BME604.3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - -
BME604.4 3 2 - - 1 1 - - - - - -
Subject Name: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS & BIOTELEMETRY
Subject Code: BME 605A
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3L
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Mathematics, Signal Theory.
Course objectives: This curriculum is designed for enabling the students to assimilate the principles of electronic
communication. Theory of traditional communication systems, digital communication, wireless communication,
information theory, Source coding, error correction strategies and their working methodology would be stressed.
Course outcome:
On course completion, the students would be able to,
BME605A.1. Define the methods of modulating signal,
BME605A.2. Recognize amplitude and phase/frequency of the electromagnetic wave,
BME605A.3. Illustrate transmission and receptions of binary streams and voice signals,
BME605A.4. Inspect constraints of designing communication systems namely noise, power.
BME605A.5. Integrate the idea of information as measurable quantity.
BME605A.6.Compare methods of probabilistic source coding and error correction techniques are ingrained
quantitatively.
Course Content:
Module Topic
No. of
Lectures
1 ANALOG COMMUNICATION: Introduction to Communication Systems: Modulation –Types
- Need for Modulation. Theory of Amplitude Modulation - Evolution and Description of SSB,
SSBSC & VSB Techniques – Basic concepts of Frequency and Phase Modulation, inter-relation
in between various analog modulation techniques. Noise: Basic concept of Noise, types of noise.
8
2 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION: Basic concepts of digital modulation, Amplitude Shift Keying
(ASK) – Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Minimum Shift Keying (MSK) –Phase Shift Keying
(PSK) – BPSK – QPSK – 8 PSK – 16 PSK - Quadrature Amplitude Modulation(QAM) – 8 QAM
– 16 QAM – Comparison of various Digital Communication System (ASK– FSK – PSK – QAM).
8
3 DATA AND PULSE COMMUNICATION: Data Communication: History of Data
Communication - Standards Organizations for Data Communication- Data Communication
Circuits - Data Communication Codes – Error Detection and Correction Techniques - Data
communication Hardware - serial and parallel interfaces.
Pulse Communication: Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) – Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) –
Pulse code Modulation (PCM) - Comparison of various Pulse Communication System (PAM –
PTM – PCM)
7
4 SOURCE AND ERROR CONTROL CODING: Entropy, Average mutual information, Source
encoding theorem, Shannon fano coding, Huffman coding, channel capacity, channel coding
theorem, Error Control Coding, linear block codes, cyclic codes, convolution codes, viterbi
decoding algorithm
7
5 MULTI-USER RADIO COMMUNICATION: Advanced Mobile Phone System (AMPS) -
Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) – Code division multiple access (CDMA) –
Cellular Concept and Frequency Reuse - Channel Assignment and Hand off - Overview of
Multiple Access Schemes - Satellite Communication - Bluetooth.
6
TOTAL 36
Text Book:
1. B. P.Lathi, “Modern Analog and Digital Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
Reference Books:
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.
2. H.Taub, D L Schilling and G Saha, “Principles of Communication”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.
3. Rappaport T.S, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
4. Wayne Tomasi, “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education.
5. Blake, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Thomson Delmar Publications.
6. Martin S.Roden, “Analog and Digital Communication System”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India.
7. B.Sklar, “Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications” 2 nd Edition Pearson Education.
CO – PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME605A.1 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 2
BME605A.2 2 1 - - 2 - 1 - - - -
BME605A.3 - 3 2 1 - 3 - - - 3 - 1
BME605A.4 2 - - 3 3 - 2 - - - 1 1
BME605A.5 - 1 3 1 3 - - - - 2 - 2
BME605A.6 3 2 1 - - 3 2 - - 1 - 1
Subject Name: DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
Subject Code: BME 605B
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 3
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Organic& Inorganic Chemistry, Biophysics, Biochemistry.
Course Objectives:
• This course is based on the scientific background and technical aspects important for drug design, basic dosage
forms and their therapeutic applications.
• It focuses on the biopharmaceutical considerations and physicochemical foundation of various dosage forms.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to
BME- 605B.1: Understand the various approaches for development of novel drug delivery systems.
BME- 605B.2: Select the criteria of drug and polymers for the development of drug delivering system.
BME- 605B.3: Formulate and evaluate the novel drug delivery systems.
Course Content:
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
I Sustained Release(SR) and Controlled Release (CR) formulations:
Introduction & basic concepts, advantages/disadvantages, factors influencing, Physicochemical &
biological approaches for SR/CR formulation, Mechanism of Drug Delivery from SR/CR
formulation. Polymers: introduction, definition, classification, properties and application Dosage
Forms for Personalized Medicine: Introduction, Definition, Pharmacogenetics, Categories of
Patients for Personalized Medicines: Customized drug delivery systems, Bioelectronic Medicines,
3D printing of pharmaceuticals, Telepharmacy.
10
II Rate Controlled Drug Delivery Systems:
Principles & Fundamentals, Types, Activation; Modulated Drug Delivery Systems; Mechanically
activated, pH activated, Enzyme activated, and Osmotic activated Drug Delivery Systems,
Feedback regulated Drug Delivery Systems; Principles & Fundamentals.
6
III Gastro-Retentive and Drug Delivery Systems:
Principle, concepts advantages and disadvantages, Modulation of GI transit time approaches to
extend GI transit. Buccal Drug Delivery Systems: Principle of mucoadhesion, advantages and
disadvantages, Mechanism of drug permeation, Methods of formulation and its evaluations.
8
IV Transdermal Drug Delivery Systems:
Structure of skin and barriers, Penetration enhancers, Transdermal Drug Delivery Systems,
Formulation and evaluation.
4
V Protein and Peptide Delivery:
Barriers for protein delivery. Formulation and Evaluation of delivery systems of proteins and other
macromolecules.
4
VI Vaccine delivery systems:
Vaccines, uptake of antigens, single shot vaccines, mucosal and transdermal delivery of vaccines.
4
TOTAL 36
Text/ Reference Books:
1. Y W. Chien, Novel Drug Delivery Systems, 2nd edition, revised and expanded, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York,
1992.
2. Robinson, J. R., Lee V. H. L, Controlled Drug Delivery Systems, Marcel Dekker,Inc., New York, 1992.
3. Encyclopedia of controlled delivery, Editor- Edith Mathiowitz, Published by Wiley Interscience Publication, John
Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, Chichester/Weinheim
4. N.K. Jain, Controlled and Novel Drug Delivery, CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, First edition 1997
(reprint in 2001).
5. S.P.Vyas and R.K.Khar, Controlled Drug Delivery-concepts and advances, Vallabh Prakashan, New Delhi, First
edition 2002
CO-PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME605B.1 3 3 3 2 - 2 1 2 - - - 2
BME605B.2 2 2 3 - - 2 1 - - - - 2
BME605B.3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 - - - 1
Subject Name: BIOINFORMATICS
Subject Code: BME 605C
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Concept of Biological Science, Mathematics, Statistics, Organic Chemistry, Computational theory,
Analysis and Algorithm Design.
Course objectives:
At the end of this course, the students would
● establish a successful career utilizing their education in bioinformatics or engage in advanced studies.
● Learnt about tools used in Bioinformatics & how to use them.
● Engage in lifelong learning to stay current with their profession as it changes.
● Demonstrate professional competence, integrity and responsibility in diverse work environments.
Course outcome:
By completion of the course student outcomes should include the following:
BME 605C.1: An ability to demonstrate the basic structure and functionalities of Cell Organelles.
BME 605C.2: Master computational techniques and diversified bioinformatics tools for processing data.
BME 605C.3: Ability to carry out bioinformatics research under advisement, including systems biology, structural
bioinformatics and proteomics.
BME 605C.4: The broad education necessary to understand the impact of bioinformatics in a global, economic,
environmental, and societal context.
Course Content
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
MODULE 1:
INTRODUCTION TO
CELLULAR
BIOLOGY
Concepts of Cell, types of cell, components of cell, organelle. Functions of
different organelles.
3L
MODULE 2: THE
CENTRAL DOGMA
Concepts of DNA: Basic Structure of DNA; Double Helix structure; Watson
and crick model. Exons and Introns and Gene Concept. Concepts of RNA:
Basic structure, Difference between RNA and DNA. Types of RNA. Concept
of Protein: Basic components and structure. Introduction to Central Dogma:
Transcription and Translation Introduction to Metabolic Pathways.
9L
MODULE 3:
BIOINFORMATICS
DATABASES
Introduction to Bioinformatics. Recent challenges in Bioinformatics. Data
Warehouse, Data models, Database Management Concepts. Different
Bioinformatics database types. Protein Sequence Databases: PDB, SWISS-
PROT database. DNA sequence databases: DDBJ, GenBank.
3L
MODULE 4:
BIOINFORMATICS
SEARCH ENGINES
Sequence database search programs like BLAST and FASTA. NCBI different
modules: GenBank; OMIM, Taxonomy browser, PubMed.
3L
MODULE 5: DNA
SEQUENCE
ANALYSIS AND
DATA
VISUALIZATION
DNA Mapping and Assembly: Size of Human DNA, Copying DNA:
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), Hybridization and Microarrays, Cutting
DNA into Fragments, Sequencing Short DNA Molecules, Mapping Long DNA
Molecules. DeBruijn Graph. Sequence Alignment: Introduction, local and
global alignment, pair wise and multiple alignments, Dynamic Programming
Concept. Alignment algorithms: Needleman and Wunsch algorithm, Smith-
Waterman.
12L
MODULE 6:
INTRODUCTION
PROBABILISTIC
MODELS USED IN
COMPUTATIONAL
BIOLOGY
Probabilistic Models; Hidden Markov Model: Concepts, Architecture,
Transition matrix, estimation matrix. Application of HMM in Bioinformatics:
Gene finding, profile searches, multiple sequence alignment and regulatory site
identification. Bayesian networks Model: Architecture, Principle, Application
in Bioinformatics.
9L
MODULE 7:
BIOLOGICAL DATA
CLASSIFICATION
AND CLUSTERING
Assigning protein function and predicting splice sites: Decision Tree
6L
TOTAL 45
Text/ Reference Books:
Suggested Text / Reference Books:
1. Bioinformatics and Molecular Evolution Paul G. Higgs and Teresa K. Attwood
2. Bioinformatics Computing By Bryan Bergeron
3. BIOINFORMATICS AND FUNCTIONAL GENOMICS Jonathan Pevsner
4. GENE CLONING AND DNA ANALYSIS T.A. BROWN
CO – PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME 605C.1 - - 3 - - - - - - - - -
BME 605C.2 - - - - 3 - - - - - - -
BME 605C.3 - 2 - 3 - - - - - - - - BME 605C.4 - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
Subject Name: Microprocessors & Microcontrollers
Subject Code: EI(BME)606A
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Knowledge in Digital Electronics
Course objectives: To develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of microprocessors and microcontrollers,
machine language programming & interfacing techniques.
Course outcome:
EI(BME)606A.1. Able to correlate the architecture , instructions, timing diagrams, addressing modes, memory
interfacing, interrupts, data communication of 8085
EI(BME)606A.2. Able to interprete the 8086 microprocessor-Architecture, Pin details, memory segmentation,
addressing modes, basic instructions, interrupts
EI(BME)606A.3. Recognize 8051 micro controller hardware, input/output pins, ports, external memory, counters and
timers, instruction set, addressing modes, serial data i/o, interrupts
EI(BME)606A.4 Apply instructions for assembly language programs of 8085, 8086 and 8051
EI(BME)606A.5 Design peripheral interfacing model using IC 8255, 8253, 8251 with IC 8085, 8086 and 8051.
Course Content:
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
1 Introduction to Microcomputer based system. History of evolution of Microprocessor and
Microcontrollers and their advantages and disadvantages, Architecture of 8085 Microprocessor.
Address/data bus De multiplexing, status Signals and the control signal generation. Instruction set
of 8085 microprocessor, Classification of instruction, addressing modes, timing diagram of the
instructions (a few examples).
10
2 Assembly language programming with examples, Interrupts of 8085 processor, programming
using interrupts, Stack and Stack Handling, Call and subroutine, DMA, Memory interfacing with
8085
3
3 8086 Microprocessor: 8086 Architecture, Pin details, memory segmentation, addressing modes,
Familiarization of basic Instructions, Interrupts, Memory interfacing, ADC / DAC interfacing.
Assembly language programming with 8086: Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Block
Transfer, Ascending order, Descending order, Finding largest & smallest number etc
7
4 8051 Microcontroller: 8051 architecture, hardware, input/output pins, ports, external memory,
counters and timers, instruction set, addressing modes, serial data i/o, interrupts, Memory
interfacing, ADC / DAC interfacing.
4
5 Assembly language Programming using 8051: Moving data: External data moves, code memory
read only data moves, PUSH and POP opcodes, data exchanges; Logical operations: Byte-level,
bit-level, rotate and swap operations; Arithmetic operations: Flags, incrementing and
decrementing, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, decimal arithmetic; Jump and call
instructions: Jump and call program range, jumps, calls and subroutines, interrupts and returns
4
6 Support IC chips: 8255, 8253 and 8251: Block Diagram, Pin Details, Modes of operation, control
word(s) format. Interfacing of support IC chips with 8085, 8086 and 8051
5
7 Brief introduction to PIC microcontroller (16F877): Architecture, PIN details, memory layout. 2
Text Books:
1. Microprocessor architecture, programming and application with 8085 – R. Gaonkar, Penram International
2. The 8051 microcontroller - K. Ayala ,Thomson
3. Microprocessors & interfacing – D. V. Hall,Tata McGraw-hill
4. Ray & Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals, TMH
5. The 8051 microcontroller and Embedded systems - Mazidi, Mazidi and McKinley, Pearson
6. An Introduction to Microprocessor and Applications –Krishna Kant,Macmillan
References:
1. Microprocessors and microcontrollers - N. Senthil Kumar, M. Saravanan and Jeevananthan,Oxford university press
2. 8086 Microprocessor –K Ayala, Cengage learning
3. The 8051 microcontrollers – Uma Rao and Andhe Pallavi ,Pearson
CO – PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EI(BME)606A.1 3 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 3
EI(BME)606A.2 3 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 3
EI(BME)606A.3 3 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - 2 3
EI(BME)606A.4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 3
EI(BME)606A.5 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 3
Subject Name: VLSI & Embedded System
Subject Code: EC(BME) 606B
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3L
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Basic Electronic circuits knowledge with BJT, FET, and MOSFET. Digital Electronics with logic gate
based design and sequential and combinational circuit knowledge.
Course objectives:
Students will be able to apply the theoretical VLSI circuits and embedded systems fundamentals knowledge for
designing circuits in the domain of biomedical chip (or subsystem design) or general VLSI chip design. Getting a strong
foundation on the theoretical knowledge on VLSI as well as embedded systems will help them to get into the field of
VLSI chip design in biomedical engineering field, which in turn help society to have biomedical chips for simplifying
/helping everyday life either in form of advanced health care system design or in the form of biomedical computing
systems or in medical image processing chip design.
Course outcome:
EC(BME) 606B.1 Describe MOS transistor structure and operation and write current voltage equations for nMOS &
pMOS.
EC(BME) 606B.2 Explain the operation of CMOS combinational and sequential circuits.
EC(BME) 606B.3 Solve the problem of static and dynamic circuit design with CMOS.
EC(BME) 606B.4 Describe the operation of low power circuits
EC(BME) 606B.5 Generate different subsystems using MOS circuits.
EC(BME) 606B.6 Understand the fundamentals of the embedded systems.
EC(BME) 606B.7 State programming concepts paradigms of for embedded systems
EC(BME) 606B.8 Describe the Basic OS fundamentals and the RTOS
Course Content
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
1
Introduction to MOSFETs: MOS-transistor structure, operation, characteristics. VLSI
design flow and design hierarchy. Brief overview of circuit design techniques (Hierarchical
design, Design abstraction, computer aided design).
2L
2 CMOS combinational and sequential circuits: basic gates, adder, CMOS transmission
gates with examples,SR Latch, JK Latch, D latch, Edge triggered Flipflops.
5L
3 Dynamic Logic Circuits: Dynamic logic circuits basics, Pre-charge and evaluate logic,
cascading problem, Domino Logic.
4L
4
Low power CMOS logic circuits: switching, short circuit & leakage power dissipation,
variable threshold CMOS circuits, Multiple threshold CMOS circuits, pipelining and parallel
processing approach, Switching activity estimation and optimization, Adiabatic logic circuits.
6L
5 Subsystem design: Single bit Adder, serial-parallel multiplier, RAM, ROM,
SRAM, DRAM
4L
6 Introduction to Embedded systems: Embedded Systems –Definition, Difference between
Embedded system and General Computing Systems, Importance of Embedded Systems ,
Hardware architecture of the real time systems,Different hardware units & processor
overview for embedded systems.
4L
7 Programming Concepts for Embedded systems:High level languages, Macros, functions,
data types, data structures, modifiers, statements ,loops, pointers Queue, stack, Lists and
ordered lists, compilers and cross compilers.
3L
8 Real Time Operating Systems : Operating system basics, Tasks, Process and Threads,
Multiprocessing and multitasking, task communication, task synchronization, Multiple tasks
scheduling in real time systems by RTOS
8L
TOTAL 36L
Text books:
1. Neil H.E Weste, Kim Haase, David Harris, A.Banerjee, ―CMOS VLSI Design: A circuits & Systems Perspective‖,
Pearson Education
2. Wayne Wolf,‖ Modern VLSI Design – System-on-chip Design‖, Prentice Hall India/Pearson Education
3. Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf Lablebici, ―CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, Analysis & Design‖, Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition
4 .Introduction to Embedded System: Shibu K. V. (TMH)
5. Embedded System Design – A unified hardware and software introduction: F. Vahid (John Wiley)
6. Embedded Systems: Rajkamal (TMH)
References:
1. David Hodges, Horace G Jackson & Resve A Saleh-Analysis & Design of Digital Integrated Circuits, Tata Mc Graw-
Hill
2. Ken Martin,‖ Digital Integrated Circuits‖, Oxford University Press
3. Embedded Systems : L. B. Das (Pearson)
4. Embedded System design: S. Heath (Elsevier)
5. Embedded microcontroller and processor design: G. Osborn (Pearson)
CO – PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EC(BME)606B.1 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.2 3 1 1 1 3 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.3 3 1 2 2 1 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.4 3 1 3 1 3 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.5 2 1 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.6 3 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.7 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 3
EC(BME)606B.8 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 3
Subject Name: SOFT COMPUTING
Subject Code: IT(BME)606C
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 3
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic computing, and applied mathematics.
Course objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on origin and basics of soft computing and Neural Networks.
2. To impart knowledge on genetic algorithms and their applications.
3. To impart knowledge on various types of neural networks, learning methods and their applications
4. To impart knowledge on fuzzy logic and different stages in fuzzy systems
Course outcome: On completion of this course the students will able:
IT(BME)606C.1: To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Soft Computing.
IT(BME)606C.2: To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Soft Computing.
IT(BME)606C.3: To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve fuzzy-perception,
reasoning and learning.
IT(BME)606C.4: To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve Neuro-Fuzzy modeling
and optimization.
Course Content
Module Topic No. of
Lectures
1 INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING AND NEURAL NETWORKS
Evolution of Computing - Soft Computing Constituents – From Conventional AI to
Computational Intelligence - Machine Learning Basics
4L
2 GENETIC ALGORITHMS Introduction
to Genetic Algorithms (GA) – Applications of GA in Machine Learning – Machine Learning
Approach to Knowledge Acquisition.
4L
3 NEURAL NETWORKS Machine Learning
Using Neural Network, Adaptive Networks – Feed forward Networks – Supervised Learning
Neural Networks – Radial Basis Function Networks - Reinforcement Learning –
Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks – Adaptive Resonance architectures – Advances in
Neural networks
11L
4 FUZZY LOGIC Fuzzy Sets –
Operations on Fuzzy Sets – Fuzzy Relations – Membership Functions- Fuzzy Rules and
Fuzzy Reasoning – Fuzzy Inference Systems – Fuzzy Expert Systems – Fuzzy Decision
Making
11L
5 NEURO-FUZZY MODELING Adaptive
Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems – Coactive Neuro-Fuzzy Modeling – Classification and
Regression Trees – Data Clustering Algorithms – Rulebase Structure Identification – Neuro-
Fuzzy Control – Case studies
5L
6 HYBRID SYSTEMS
Hybrid systems, GA based BPNN (Weight determination, Application); Neuro Fuzzy
Systems—Fuzzy BPNN--fuzzy Neuron, architecture, learning, application; Fuzzy Logic
controlled GA
5L
TOTAL 40L
Text/ Reference Books:
1. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun, Eiji Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing”, Prentice-Hall of India
2. A beginners approach to Soft Computing, Samir Roy & Udit Chakraborty, Pearson
3. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, “Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic-Theory and Applications”,Prentice Hall
4. David E. Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning”, Addison Wesley
CO – PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO
12
IT(BME)606C.1 3 3 2 1 2 - - - 2 - 1 1
IT(BME)606C.2 3 - 3 2 - - - - 2 - - 1
IT(BME)606C.3 2 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 - - 2
IT(BME)606C.4 3 3 3 2 1 - - - 1 - - 2
PRACTICAL PAPER
Subject Name: BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME 691
Total Contact hours/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Knowledge in Basic Electronics & Biomedical Instrumentation
Course Objective:
1. To introduce students with operation & purpose of different analytical & diagnostic instrument.
3. To emphasis on the maintenance of various biomedical instruments.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course the students will be able to:
BME691.1. Understand the fundamental principles and utilization of different biomedical analytical devices and
measurement of different sample concentration using those devices.
BME691.2. Acquire the knowledge and skills to recognize different biomedical diagnostic devices with their design,
basic functions and application.
BME691.3. Analyze the working principle of different therapeutic devices and how they are applied to give
physiotherapy to the patients.
BME691.4. Apply knowledge of engineering and science to understand the principle of biomedical electronic devices
and understand how to apply, measure circuit performance, and solve problems in the areas of biomedical signals
Course Content
List of experiments:
1. Lead selection circuits
2. Study on pulse rate meter
3. Study on colorimeter/spectrophotometer
4. Study on electronic BP and calibration procedure
5. Pacemaker Circuits / Pacemaker simulator
6. Study on pulmonary function analyzer - spirometer
7. Study on respiratory rate meter & apnea detection
8. Study on diathermy unit (ultrasound & short-wave)
9. Study of ultrasonic devices - transmitter and detector
10. Study on blood flow velocity measurement - ultrasonic method
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME691.1 2 3 - - 1 - - - - - - -
BME691.2 - 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
BME691.3 - 3 - 2 1 - - - - - - -
BME691.4 - 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
Subject Name: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS & BIOTELEMETRY LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME 695A
Total Contact hours/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Mathematics, Signal Theory.
Course Objective: This curriculum is designed for enabling the students to assimilate the principles of electronic
communication. Theory of traditional communication systems, digital communication, wireless communication,
information theory, Source coding, error correction strategies and their working methodology would be stressed.
Course Outcomes: On course completion, the students would be able to,
1. practice the practical methods of the use of generating communication signals.
2. understand the concept of analog and digital communication techniques and their applications.
3. design various circuits which needs transmitting & receiving section.
4. measure various parameters of any signal.
5. choose among modulation techniques based on need.
Course Content
List of experiments:
1. Measurement of MI of an AM signal,
2. Study of SSB modulation and demodulation technique,
3. Study of DSB modulation and demodulation technique,
4. Measurement of bandwidth of a FM signal,
5. Study of phase locked loop(PLL),
6. Study of PAM modulation and demodulation technique,
7. Study of PCM coder and decoder,
8. Study of PSK modulation and demodulation technique,
9. Study of FSK modulation and demodulation technique,
10. Study of time division multiplexing (TDM) and demultiplexing.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME695A.1 1 3 - 2 3 - 2 - - - - 2
BME695A.2 3 1 - 1 - 1 3 - 1 - - 1
BME695A.3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1 -
BME695A.4 3 3 - - - 1 - - - - - -
BME695A.5 1 2 - 3 - - 2 - 1 3 3 1
Subject Name: DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME 695B
Total Contact hours/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Organic& Inorganic Chemistry, Biophysics, Biochemistry.
Course Objective:
This course will focus on
• the biopharmaceutical considerations and physicochemical foundation of various dosage forms.
• preformulation factors (melting point, solubility, viscosity, dissolution, particle and solid state properties),
rheology, pharmaceutical solutions, colloids and dispersions, complexation, chelation, and protein binding.
Course Outcomes
After completion of this course students will be able to
BME- 695B.1: Describe the effects of different factors influencing the solubility and availability of drugs.
BME- 695B.2: Formulate the different drug delivery systems.
BME- 695B.3: Analyze the different types of drugs available in the market.
Course Content:
List of Experiments
1. Effect of surfactants on the solubility of drugs.
2. Effect of pH on the solubility of drugs.
3. Study on diffusion of drugs through various polymeric membranes.
4. Evaluation of drug-protein binding analysis.
5. Formulation and evaluation of trans-dermal drug delivery system.
6. Preparation and evaluation of liposome delivery systems.
7. Comparison of dissolution of two different marketed drugs.
8. Study of drug release from commercial suspension and emulsion dosage forms.
9. In vitro cell studies for permeability and metabolism of drugs.
10. Formulation and evaluation of microspheres / microencapsules.
CO-PO Mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME- 695B.1 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 1
BME- 695B.2 2 3 3 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 - 1
BME- 695B.3 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 - 2 - 1
Subject Name: BIOINFORMATICS LABORATORY
Subject Code: BME695C
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Concept of Biological Science, Mathematics, Statistics, Organic Chemistry, Computational theory,
Analysis and Algorithm Design.
Course objectives:
At the end of this course, the students would
● Establish a successful career utilizing their education in bioinformatics or engage in advanced studies.
● Learnt about tools used in Bioinformatics & how to use them.
● Engage in lifelong learning to stay current with their profession as it changes.
● Demonstrate professional competence, integrity and responsibility in diverse work environments.
Course outcome:
By completion of the course student outcomes should include the following:
BME695C.1. An ability to extract information from different types of bioinformatics data (gene, protein, disease,
ecological, environmental etc.), including their biological characteristics and relationships.
BME695C.2. An ability to employ different data representation models and formats used for bioinformatics data
representation.
BME695C.3. Master computational techniques and diversified bioinformatics tools for processing data.
BME695C.4. Ability to carry out bioinformatics research under advisement, including systems biology, structural
bioinformatics and proteomics.
BME695C.5. An ability to design and develop bioinformatics solutions by adapting existing tools, designing new ones
or a combination of both.
Course Content:
List of Experiments:-
1. Familiarity with biological databases a) NCBI b) UniProt c) PDB d) PubMed
2. To retrieve a gene / amino acid sequence from NCBI / UniProt for detection of functional
regions , domains, motifs
3. To retrieve the structure of a protein from PDB to identify the pattern of secondary
structural elements, presence of active site regions, domains, GO terms and biological
functions
4. To choose the literature(s) from PubMed relating to the aforementioned DNA or protein
5. To perform pairwise sequence alignment of a chosen DNA or protein sequence to find the homologs.
6. To perform multiple sequence alignments between the aforementioned homologues
7. To draw phylogenetic trees using the homologues and to detect the branch lengths
8. To build the three dimensional structures of a protein from sequence
9. To perform protein-protein docking
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
BME695C.1 - - - 3 2 - - - - 1 - -
BME695C.2 - - 3 - - 2 - - - - 1 - BME695C.3 - - - - 3 - - 2 - - - 1 BME695C.4 - 2 - 3 - - - - 1 - - - BME695C.5 - - 3 2 - - 1 - - - - -
Subject Name: Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Lab
Subject Code: EI(BME)696A
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Knowledge in Digital Electronics
Course Objective: To apply ALP Programming for arithmetic-logical solutions and also to interpret the interfacing
programming by conducting experiments.
Course Outcomes:
EI(BME)696A.1 Able to solve small assignments using the 8085 basic instruction sets and memory mapping through
trainer kit and simulator.
EI(BME)696A.2 Able to write 8085 assembly language programs like Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Square,
Complement, Look up table, Copying a block of memory, Shifting ,Packing and unpacking of BCD numbers,
Ascending order, Descending order etc. using trainer kit.
EI(BME)696A.3 Able to validate the interfacing technique using 8255 trainer kit through subroutine calls and
IN/OUT instructions like glowing LEDs accordingly, stepper motor rotation etc.
EI(BME)696A.4 Able to test fundamental of 8051 programs using the trainer kit.
Course Content:
List of Experiments:-
1. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to swap the content of two register B and C containing the values 08H
and 06H respectively.
2. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to add two number 09H and 08H and store the result in 9085H
location
3. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to subtract 05H from 09H and store the result in 8072H. Write a
program in 8085 microprocessor to add five (5) numbers and store the result in memory location 9071H. The
numbers are stored from 9061H to 9065H location. The numbers are stored in 5 consecutive memory locations
given below.
4. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to multiply 08H with 03H and store the result in 9065H location.
5. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to divide 07H by 03H and store the quotient in 9075H and reminder in
9076H memory location.
6. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to add six (6) numbers and store the result in memory location 9071H
and 9061H.The numbers are stored from 9050H to 9055H location. The numbers are stored in 6 consecutive
memory locations given below.
7. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor of shifting block of five (5) data from 9055H location to 9080H
location.
8. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to count ones (1) in 8 bit data. The 8 bit no. is store in memory
location 9070H.Store the counting result in memory location 9080H and draw the flow chart.
9. Write a program in 8085 microprocessor to interchange the nibble of a 8 bit number stored in memory location
9006H and store the interchanged number into memory location 9060H.[ for example 78H will be 87H]. 1
nibble= 4 bits
10. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to add two numbers 0465H and 2010H and store the result at different
registers.
11. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to subtract two numbers 0006H from 0009H and store the result at
different registers .
12. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to multiply between 24H and 45H and store the result at different
registers
13. In 8086 microprocessor write a program to divide 0009H by 0002H and store the quotient and remainder at
different registers.
14. Configure 8255 A such that port A and port B as output port. Display the value of 45H through port A and 56H
through port B. Execute the program at 8000H and draw the flow chart.
Port A Equ. 80H, Port B Equ. 81H, Control Register Equ. 83H
15.Configure 8255 A such that port A as an input and port B as output port. Take the input value through DIP
switch of Port A. Display the input value though port B. Execute the program at 8000H, and draw the flow
chart. Port A Equ. 80H, Port B Equ. 81H, Control Register Equ. 83H
16. Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to add 07H and 09H and store the result in RAM address 45H and
draw the flow chart.
17. Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to send 55h to port 1 and port 2 and check the value of ports and draw
the flow chart.
18.Write a program in 8051 microcontroller to multiply 06H by 05H and store the result in RAM address 46H .
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EI(BME)696A.1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 3
EI(BME)696A.2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 3
EI(BME)696A.3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 3 2 2 3
EI(BME)696A.4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 3 3
Subject Name: VLSI & EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORATORY
Subject Code: EC(BME)696B
Total Contact hours/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of logic gates and devices(BJT,FFET,MOSFET).Basic knowledge of programming.
Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to provide students enough practical hand to design and simulate basic VLSI circuits to
advanced ones and to make students able to write the codes in latest embedded environment to integrate, acquire,
activate devices sensors and in general scenario as well.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify circuit diagrams composed of CMOS.
2. Explain the simulation flow of the CMOS based Circuits.
3. Interpret a CMOS based circuit for functionality.
4. Generate any CMOS based circuit static as well as dynamic and simulate
5. Write embedded code for to acquire and display sensor data.
6. Write embedded code for interfacing.
Course Content:
List of Experiments
1. Design and simulation of CMOS AND, NAND, NOR gates by static CMOS design.
2. Design and simulation of 1 bit full adder and subtractor.
3. Design and simulation of single stage dynamic circuit(precharge and evaluate).
4. Design and simulation of a ROM circuit.
5. Design and Simulate SR,JK Latch and Flip flop.
6. Basics of arduino Board and different on board component identification.
7. Write a code to perform switching activity by arduino.
8. Write a code to perform serial communication between arduino and Host PC.
9. Write a code to read sensor data and visualization of the data.
10. Write code to interface arduino with relay with condition.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
EC(BME)696B.1 1 2 1 - 1 - - - 3 3 1 3
EC(BME)696B.2 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 3 1 3
EC(BME)696B.3 2 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 3 1 3
EC(BME)696B.4 3 3 2 - 3 - - - 3 3 2 3
EC(BME)696B.5 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
EC(BME)696B.6 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
Subject Name: SOFT COMPUTING LABORATORY
Subject Code: IT(BME)696 C
Total Contact Hour/Week: 3
Credit: 2
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic computing, and applied mathematics.
Course objectives:
• To impart knowledge on origin and basics of soft computing and Neural Networks.
• To impart knowledge on genetic algorithms and their applications.
• To impart knowledge on various types of neural networks, learning methods and their applications
• To impart knowledge on fuzzy logic and different stages in fuzzy systems
Course outcome: On completion of this course the students will able: IT(BME)696C.1: To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Soft Computing.
IT(BME)696C.2: To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Soft Computing.
IT(BME)696C.3: To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve fuzzy-perception, reasoning and
learning.
IT(BME)696C.4: To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve Neuro-Fuzzy modeling and
optimization.
Course Content: Fuzzy Logic, Neural Network and Genetic Algorithm.
List of Experiments: Experiment 1:
a) Overview Of Matrix , Matrix Operations , Giving input to Matrix, Displaying elements of Matrix.
b) Performing Operations On Matrix like Addition , Subtraction , Multiplication.
c) Performing Transpose Operations on Matrix.
d) Plotting of mathematical functions like log(x) , sin(x) , cos(x). etc
Experiment 2:
a) Write a Program in MATLAB to check whether a number is even or odd
b) Write a program in MATLAB to find out the sum of “N” natural numbers.
c) Write a Program in MATLAB to generate the fibonacci series upto N , where N is desired value input by user
d) Write a MATLAB program to solve MATRIX based problems.
Experiment 3:
a) Write a MATLAB Program to implement LMS Learning rule.
b) Write a MATLAB program to verify McCulloch OR Function.
c) Write a MATLAB program to verify Hebb’s Rule.
Experiment 4:
a) Write a MATLAB program to implement various Fuzzy Operations . (Eg Union , Intersection , Complement, XOR Operation)
Eg For two Fuzzy Set
P = (0.3/a) + (0.9/b) + (1.0/c) + (0.7/d) + (0.5/e) + (0.4/f) + (0.6/g)
Q = (1/a) + (1/b) + (0.5/c) + (0.2/d) + (0.2/e) + (0.1/f) + (0.4/g)
b) Write a MATLAB program to implement Max-Min Composition
For Two Fuzzy sets P = [0.3 0.7 ; 0.9 0.4 ; 0.2 0.5] Q = [0.4 0.1 0.8; 0.3 0.7 0.6]
Experiment 5: Implementation of Union , Intersection , Complement , XOR Operation and Demorgan's Law
Experiment 6:
a) Write a MATLAB program to implement MAX Composition for the two set of Matrix
S = [0.3 0.7;0.9 0.4;0.2 0.5] R = [0.4 0.1 0.8;0.3 0.7 0.6]
b) Write a MATLAB program to implement Deffuzification of α-cut method
For the following fuzzy set F = (0.6/a) + (0.3/b) + (0.7/c) + (1.0/d).
Rest of Experiments may decided by the concerned subject teacher.
CO-PO Mapping: CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
IT(BME)696C.1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2
IT(BME)696C.2 3
3 2 2 2
IT(BME)696C.3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1
IT(BME)696C.4 2 3 3 2 1 1 1
B. Tech. Biomedical Engineering Curriculum Structure
(Effective from 2018-19)
1st Semester Sl No Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_M 101 Mathematics -I 3 1 0 0 4 4
2 18_CH 101
Chemistry-I
3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_EE 101 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_HU 101 English 2 0 0 0 2 2
Total of Theory 12 12
B. PRACTICAL
5 18_CH 191 Chemistry-I Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
6 18_EE 191
Basic Electrical Engineering
Lab
0 0 3 0 3 1.5
7 18_ME 191 Engineering Graphics & Design 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
C. SESSIONAL
8 18_XC181 Extra Curricular Activity 0 0 0 0 0 2 units
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 21 16.5
D. PROJECT*
9 18_M 151 Mathematics –I Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
10 18_CH 151
Chemistry-I Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
11 18_EE 151
Basic Electrical Engineering
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
12 18_HU 151 English Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
*Students need to select any two projects (Total Credit: 0.5+0.5 =1)
Total Credit in Semester I: 16.5+1(for Honours)
2nd Semester
Sl
No.
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_M 201 Mathematics -II 3 1 0 0 4 4
2 18_PH 201 Physics - I 3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_EC 201 Basic Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_CS 201 Programming for Problem Solving 3 0 0 0 3 3
5 18_ME 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 16 16
B. PRACTICAL
6 18_CS291 Programming for Problem Solving Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
7 18_PH291 Physics -I Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
8 18_EC 291 Basic Electronics Engineering Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
9 18_ME 292 Workshop/Manufacturing Practice 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
10 18_HU 291
Language Lab and Seminar
Presentation
0 0 2 0 2 1
C.SESSIONAL
11 18_XC281 Extra Curricular Activity 0 0 0 0 0 2 Units
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 30 23
D. PROJECT*
12 18_M 251 Mathematics –II Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
13 18_PH 251 Physics – I Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
14 18_EC 251 Basic Electronics Engineering Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
15 18_CS 251 Programming for Problem Solving
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
16 18_ME 251 Engineering Mechanics Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
*Students need to select any two projects (Total Credit: 0.5+0.5 =1)
Total Credit in Semester II: 23.0+1(for Honours)
3rd Semester
Sl
No
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_M(BME)301 Mathematics -III 3 1 0 0 4 4
2 18_EE(BME)301 Circuit Theory 3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_BME 301 Engineering Physiology &
Anatomy
3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_BME 302 Biophysical Signals & System 3 0 0 0 3 3
5 18_BME 303 Biomechanics-I (Solid) 3 0 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 16 16
B. PRACTICAL
6 18_EE(BME)391 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 0 2 1
7 18_BME 391 Engineering Physiology &
Anatomy Lab
0 0 3 0 3 1.5
8 18_BME 392 Biophysical Signals & System
Lab
0 0 3 0 3 1.5
C.SESSIONAL
9 18_BME 381
Basic innovations,
creativity& aptitude
0 0 3 0 3 1.5
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 27 21.5
D. PROJECT*
10 18_M(BME)351 Mathematics –III Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
11 18_EE(BME)351 Circuit Theory Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
12 18_BME 351 Engineering Physiology &
Anatomy Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
13 18_BME 352 Biophysical Signals & System
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
14 18_BME 353 Biomechanics-I (Solid) Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
*Students need to select any four projects (Total Credit: 0.5+0.5+0.5+0.5 =2)
Total Credit in Semester III: 21.5+2(for Honours)
4th Semester
Sl
No
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_PH(BME) 401 Physics-II 3 0 0 0 3 3
2 18_BME 401 Biomaterials 3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_BME 402 Biomechanics-II (Fluid) 3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_EC(BME) 402 Analog & Digital Electronics 3 0 0 0 3 3
5 18_HU 403 Economics for Engineers 2 0 0 0 2 2
Total of Theory 14 14
B. PRACTICAL
6 18_PH(BME) 491 Physics-II 0 0 2 0 2 1
7 18_BME 491 Biomaterials & Biomechanics
Lab
0 0 3 0 3 1.5
8 18_EC(BME) 492 Analog & Digital Electronics
Lab
0 0 3 0 3 1.5
C.SESSIONAL
9 18_XC 401 Environmental Science 2 0 0 0 2 2 Units
10 18_BME 481 Technical Topic
Presentation
0 0 2 0 2 1
11 18_BME 482 Hospital Training 0 0 0 0 0 1
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 26 20
D. PROJECT*
12 18_PH(BME)451 Physics-II Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
13 18_BME 451 Biomaterials Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
14 18_BME 452 Biomechanics-II (Fluid)
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
15 18_EC(BME) 452 Analog & Digital Electronics
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
16 18_HU 453 Economics for Engineers
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
*Students need to select any four projects (Total Credit: 0.5+0.5+0.5+0.5 =2)
Total Credit in Semester IV: 20+2(for Honours)
5th Semester
Sl
No.
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_BME 501 Biomedical Instrumentation 3 0 0 0 3 3
2 18_BME 502 Biosensors & Transducers 3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_BME 503 Medical Imaging Techniques 3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_HU 504 Principles of Management 2 0 0 0 2 2
5 18_BME 504A
18_BME 504B
18_BME 504C
Biophysics & Biochemistry
Bio-nanotechnology
Computers in Medicine
3 0 0 0 3 3
6 18_BME (CS)505A
18_BME (CS)505B
18_BME (EE)505C
Data Structure & Algorithm
Database Management System
Control Engineering
3 0 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 17 17
B. PRACTICAL
7 18_BME 591 Biomedical Instrumentation Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
8 18_BME 592 Biosensors & Transducers Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
9 18_BME (CS)595A
18_BME (CS)595B
18_BME (EE)595C
Data Structure & Algorithm Lab
Database Management System Lab
Control Engineering Lab
0 0 2 0 2 1
C.SESSIONAL
10 18_MC 581 Foreign Language 2 0 0 0 2 2Units
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 27 21
D. PROJECT*
11 18_BME 551 Biomedical Instrumentation Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
12 18_BME 552 Biosensors & Transducers Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
13 18_BME 553 Medical Imaging Techniques Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
14 18_HU 554 Principles of Management Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
15 18_BME 554A
18_BME 554B
18_BME 554C
Biophysics & Biochemistry Project
Bio-nanotechnology Project
Computers in Medicine Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
16 18_BME (CS)555A
18_BME (CS)555B
18_BME (EE)555C
Data Structure & Algorithm Project
Database Management System
Project
Control Engineering Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
*Students need to select any four projects (Total Credit: 0.5+0.5+0.5+0.5 =2)
Total Credit in Semester V: 21+2(for Honours)
6th Semester
Sl
No.
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours/Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_BME 601 Biomedical Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 0 3 3
2 18_BME 602 Analytical & Diagnostic Equipments 3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_BME 603 Advanced Imaging Systems 3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_BME 604A
18_BME 604B
18_BME 604C
Bioelectrical & Bioelectronic Measurement
Communication Systems & Biotelemetry
Medical Informatics
3 0 0 0 3 3
5 18_BME(EC)605A
18_BME(EC)605B
18_BME(CS)605C
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers
VLSI & Embedded System
Soft Computing
3 0 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 15 15
B. PRACTICAL
7 18_691 Biomedical Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
8 18_BME 692 Biomedical Equipments Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
9 18_BME 694A
18_BME 694B
18_BME 694C
Communication Systems & Biotelemetry
Lab
Drug Delivery System Lab
BioMEMs Lab
0 0 2 0 2 1
10 18_BME(EC) 695A
18_BME(EC) 695B
18_BME(CS) 695C
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Lab
VLSI & Embedded System Lab
Soft Computing Lab
0 0 2 0 2 1
C.SESSIONAL
11 18_BME 681 Integrated Design Project I 0 0 2 0 2 1
12 18_BME 682 Industrial Training 0 0 0 0 0 1
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 27 22
D. PROJECT*
13 18_BME 651 Biomedical Digital Signal Processing
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
14 18_BME 652 Analytical & Diagnostic Equipments
Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
15 18_BME 653 Advanced Imaging Systems Project 0 0 0 1 1 0.5
16 18_BME 654A
18_BME654B
18_BME654C
Bioelectrical & Bioelectronic Measurement
Project
Communication Systems & Biotelemetry
Project
Medical Informatics Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
17 18_BME(EC) 655A
18_BME(EC) 655B
18_BME(CS) 655C
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Project
VLSI & Embedded System Project
Soft Computing Project
0 0 0 1 1 0.5
*Students need to select any four projects (Total Credit: 0.5+0.5+0.5+0.5 =2)
Total Credit in Semester VI: 22+2(for Honours)
7th Semester
Sl
No.
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_BME 701 Therapeutic Equipments 3 0 0 0 3 3
2 18_HU702 Values &Ethics in Profession 2 0 0 0 2 2
3 18_BME 702 Medical Image Processing 3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_BME 703 A. Biomedical Hazards & safety
B. Biological Control System
C. Bioheat & Mass Transfer
3 0 0 0 3 3
5 18_BME(CS)704A
18_BME(CS)704B
18_BME(EC)704C
A. Artificial Neural Networks
B. Computational Methods for Biomolecules
C. Laser and Fiber Optics in Medicine
3 0 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 14 14
B. PRACTICAL
6 18_BME 791 Medical Instruments & Systems Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
7 18_BME 792 Medical Image Processing Lab 0 0 3 0 3 1.5
C.SESSIONAL
8 18_BME 781 Integrated Design Project II 0 0 2 0 2 1
9 18_BME 782 Major Project (Part I) 0 0 6 0 6 3
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 28 21
Total Credit in Semester VII: 21
8th Semester
Sl
No.
Paper Code Theory Contact Hours /Week Credit
Points
L T P J Total
A. THEORY
1 18_BME 801 Artificial Organ & Rehabilitation Engineering
3 0 0 0 3 3
2 18_BME 802 A. Radiotherapy & Nuclear Medicine
B. Modeling of Physiological System
C. BioMEMs
3 0 0 0 3 3
3 18_BME 803 A. Biomedical Equipment Management
B. Tissue Engineering
C. Telemedicine
3 0 0 0 3 3
4 18_BME 804 A. Hospital Engineering & Management
B. Drug Delivery System
C. Medical Robotics & Automation
3 0 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 12 12
B. PRACTICAL/ SESSIONAL
5 18_BME 881 Project Seminar Presentation 0 0 0 0 0 2
6 18_BME 882 Major Project (Part II) 0 0 6 0 6 4
7 18_BME 883 Grand Viva 0 0 0 0 0 2
Total of Theory, Practical & Sessional 18 20
Total Credit in Semester VIII: 20
Distribution of Credit
SEM BS HU ES PC PE IE PW XC Total
SEM1 8.5 2 6 - - - - - 16.5
SEM2 8.5 1 13.5 - - - - - 23
SEM3 4 - 4 12 - - 1.5 - 21.5
SEM4 4 2 4.5 7.5 - - 2 - 20
SEM5 - 2 - 12 3 4 - - 21
SEM6 - - - 12 4 4 2 - 22
SEM7 - 2 - 9 3 3 4 - 21
SEM8 - - - 3 9 - 8 - 20
Total 25 9 28 55.5 19 11 17.5 - 165
Credit Distribution Ratio:
Category
Total
Credit
Percentage
of Proposed
curriculum
(wrt 165)
Credit
Allocation As
per AICTE
Basic Sciences 25 15.15
15 to 20%
Humanities & Social Sciences 9 5.45 5 to 10%
Engineering Sciences and Skills 28 16.97 15 to 20%
Professional Core 55.5 33.64 30 to 40%
Professional Electives 19 11.52 10 to 15%
Institutional Elective 11 6.67 5 to 10%
Project work, seminar, internship 17.5 10.61 10 to 15%
Environmental Science, Co &
extracurricular activities (new)
- - MC ( 100 units)
Total 165
All certificates received by the students across all the semesters for MOOCS from approved
organizations (Listed by AICTE/MAKAUT) have to be submitted to COE Office prior to
8th Semester Examination and the credit earned through MOOCS will be reflected in their
DGPA.
